inbox News April 2025: Issue 641

Week Three April 2025 (April 14 - 27)

Currently flowering: Swamp Mahogany - Eucalyptus Robusta

Swamp Mahogany, Eucalyptus robusta, currently flowering at Hitchcock park, Careel Bay - an Autumn food source for local wildlife. Photo: A J Guesdon

Tree that grows to 30 m high; bark persistent, red-brown, stringy (shortly fibrous), thick and spongy. Juvenile leaves disjunct, ovate, glossy green.

Adult leaves disjunct, broad-lanceolate, 10–17 cm long, 2–4.5 cm wide, dark green, glossy, discolorous, penniveined. Umbellasters 7- to > 11-flowered; peduncle broadly flattened, 13–30 mm long; pedicels terete, 1–9 mm long. Buds fusiform, 16–24 mm long, 6–8 mm diam., scar present; calyptra elongate acute or rostrate, as long and as wide as hypanthium.

Fruit cylindrical, 10–18 mm long, 6–11 mm diam.; disc depressed; valves rim-level or slightly exserted, usually apically joined.

Origin of Name: Eucalyptus robusta: Latin robustus, robust, referring to the appearance of the trees.

Flowering has been recorded in April, May, July, August, September, and October.

The timber of E. robusta has been used for fencing and wharf construction. The species is also used for honey production, and sometimes grown as an ornamental or windbreak tree.

A small to medium-sized tree of coastal New South Wales from about Moruya north to north-west of Bundaberg in south-eastern Queensland, including North Stradbroke, Moreton and Fraser Islands. One of the red mahoganies, E. robusta is recognised by the thick fibrous rough bark, large, discolorous leaves with wide-angled side-veins, large buds and cylindrical fruit with the valves of the fruit remaining joined across the orifice, with this latter feature being unique in eucalypts in eastern Australia. Eucalyptus robusta usually occurs in swampy sites.

Eucalyptus robusta belongs in Eucalyptus subgenus Symphyomyrtus section Latoangulatae because cotyledons are bilobed, leaves are discolorous and have side-veins at a wide angle to the midrib and buds have two opercula. Within this section, E. robusta is one of seven species forming series Annulares (the red mahogany group), as it has ovules in (6)8 rows, seeds pyramidal and bark rough over the trunk. The other six species are E. pellita, from coastal north Queensland and New Guinea; E. urophylla, from Timor and other islands to the north-west of Australia; E. scias, (with two subspecies) scattered in coastal and subcoastal New South Wales; E. notabilis, scattered in coastal and subcoastal New South Wales and south-eastern Queensland; E. resinifera, (with two subspecies) widespread in coastal New South Wales and Queensland; and E. botryoides, from coastal eastern Victoria and southern New South Wales.

Information sourced from EUCILD - Eucalypts of Australia: apps.lucidcentral.org/euclid/text/intro

Specimens of E. robusta were first collected by First Fleet surgeon and naturalist John White, and the species description was published by James Edward Smith in his 1793 collaboration with George Shaw, Zoology and Botany of New Holland. Shortly afterwards, the description was reprinted verbatim in Smith's A Specimen of the Botany of New Holland, and it is this publication that is usually credited. Smith gave it the specific epithet robusta ("robust") in reference to the size and strength of the full-grown tree. The common name of swamp mahogany comes from its preferred habitat of swamps, and its timber's likeness to that of West Indies mahogany (Swietenia mahagoni). Eucalyptus robusta is known as the swamp messmate in Queensland.

E. robusta by James Sowerby, from James Edward Smith's 1793 A Specimen of the Botany of New Holland

The species has been formally assessed for the IUCN Red List as "Near Threatened (NT)" as its population is thought to have declined by 25.7% over the previous three generations. The species has lost much of its habitat to urbanisation and land-clearing for agriculture and much of what is left is highly fragmented.

A long-lived tree, Eucalyptus robusta can live for at least two hundred years. Trees regenerate by regrowing from epicormic buds on the trunk after bushfire. 

The grey-headed flying fox (Pteropus poliocephalus) eats the flowers, and the koala (Phascalarctos cinereus) eats the leaves. The musk lorikeet feeds on the nectar of the blossoms. It is a favoured tree species of the critically endangered swift parrot on the mainland. It is a keystone species on the New South Wales Central Coast and Illawarra regions, where it is one of few reliable winter-flowering plants. 

Musk Lorikeet, Pittwater. Photo: A J Guesdon

Scaly-breasted Lorikeet, Pittwater. Photo: A J Guesdon


Swift Parrot visiting Canberra. Photo: Gunjan Pandey 

Stands of E. robusta have been drastically reduced by land clearance. Some remnant trees in Robson Park in the Sydney suburb of Haberfield are the last vestiges of the Sydney Coastal Estuary Swamp Forest Complex community in Sydney's inner western suburbs. Warriewood valley and Warriewood wetlands in Pittwater are also home to stands of these trees.

Insects, such as psyllids and Christmas beetles from the genus Anoplognathus and the eucalyptus chafer (Xylonichus eucalypti) commonly eat the leaves. The rectangular-lerp forming psyllid Glycaspis siliciflava eats only this species. The scale insects Brachyscelis munita and Opisthoscelis pisiformis form galls. The adult double drummer cicada (Thopha saccata) lives in the tree, while larvae of the small staghorn beetle species Ceratognathus froggattii and another beetle Moechidius rugosus live and pupate within the thick bark. The wood-moth (Aenetus splendens) makes a thick bag-like structure around a branch where it breeds.

While Eucalyptus robusta (Swamp Mahogany) itself is not listed as critically endangered in NSW, the River-Flat Eucalypt Forest on Coastal Floodplains, where it is a key component, is. This ecological community is listed as Critically Endangered under both the NSW Threatened Species Conservation Act 1995 and the Commonwealth Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999, indicating a severe threat to its survival. 

Bioregions: This ecological community is found in the NSW North Coast, Sydney Basin, and South East Corner bioregions. 

Keystone Species: Eucalyptus robusta (Swamp Mahogany) is a prominent species within this forest type, but the entire ecological community is the focus of conservation efforts. 

Eucalyptus robusta (Swamp Mahogany) is closely related to Sydney Turpentine, both belonging to the Myrtaceae family. They are found in similar habitats, often in coastal areas and on moist soils, but their distributions and specific characteristics differ. 

The Sydney Turpentine-Ironbark Forest (STIF), often found in areas like St. Ives (you can see them along the Mona Vale road heading east to Mona Vale and all along Burrawong road at North Avalon), is another critically endangered ecological community. It's protected under both the NSW Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016 and the Commonwealth Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. This means the forest is facing a high risk of extinction in the immediate future. It's a critically endangered ecological community due to land clearing and habitat degradation, such as invasive weeds.

Syncarpia glomulifera in Burrawong road, North Avalon, April 24, 2025

Spanish Moss killing critically endangered local trees

The spread of environment weeds in Pittwater is becoming of greater concern to residents and the bushcarers who work to remove them. A recent pictorial by Joe Mills showed there is widespread masses of all types of weeds at Warriewood's perimeter and wetlands and the spread of Spanish Moss, with quite a bit now growing on trees beside the path into Toongari Reserve off Avalon Parade, next to the kindergarten, is yet another invader.

Spanish Moss has been found to spread over mature trees across the Sydney Basin and in doing so, prevent photosynthesis, killing the trees. 

A recent study by STEP, over Cowan to Marrickville, ascertained what tree species it grew on and found the critically endangered  Turpentine (Syncarpia glomulifera) is the most severely affected of all the 76+ species of plants STEP recorded Spanish Moss growing in. 

Fragments carried by birds to line nests in bushland have spread this weed into more and more areas, but the tips can also be blown by the wind to another plant.

See: https://www.step.org.au/index.php/item/702-spanish-moss-a-serious-environmental-weed

STEP is a community-based environmental organisation with over 500 members from Ku-ring-gai, Hornsby and surrounding suburbs. Our primary aim is to work for the conservation of bushland in northern Sydney.

Many of these are termed 'garden escapees'.

STEP's Recommendations:

  • Gardeners remove all moss they can reach, put it in their green bin and prevent spread.
  • Local authorities such as local councils and NPWS remove it from all public places, including trees on nature strips.
  • Add Spanish Moss to the next iteration of the Greater Sydney Regional Strategic Weed Management Plan and all other relevant regional strategic weed management plans.
  • Classify Spanish Moss at a level that enables its eradication and containment, prohibition of sale and distribution, e.g. as a regional priority weed.
  • Undertake research into why Turpentines are a favoured host and the ecological effects of Spanish Moss on bushland.
  • Undertake research into control methods.

Swaying veils of grey in dead or dying trees and simplified bushland is not something to look forward to. Let’s not risk it.

Read STEP's full report.

Spanish Moss infestation killing Australian trees: STEP photo

Swamp Mahogany, Eucalyptus robusta, at Foley's Nursery, Warriewood (about 2m in diameter Joe says). Photo: Joe Mills

nSW Government’s call to action on illegal tree clearing

April 23 2025

The Minns Labor Government has state it is responding to calls from local government to help address the growing number of cases of illegal tree clearing in NSW.

An Explanation of Intended Effect (EIE) has been released today and offers stakeholders the opportunity to help shape reforms to the urban tree clearing framework.

A new resource to help planners, developers and builders tackle urban heat has also been released.

The EIE is aimed at protecting tree canopy by proposing stronger penalties for illegal tree and vegetation clearing.

Under the proposed policy changes, additional enforcement powers would be given to councils and exemptions would be tightened for dead, dying and dangerous vegetation to close loopholes that have been open to abuse.

The EIE responds to growing concerns among councils, the community and stakeholders that the current framework needs to be updated.

In addition to the EIE, the new Cooler Places hub has also been launched today to help address urban heat.

The NSW Government’s Cooler Places online resource has also been released to assist councils, residents and developers in accessing practical guidance to incorporate cooling measures into their homes and designs.

Urban heat can have negative effects on communities’ wellbeing, creating hotter homes and streetscapes. Some features of our urban landscape, such as the large areas of hard and dark surfaces, contribute to rising temperatures and amplify heatwaves.

The resource encourages cooling through low cost and innovative measures such as water saving features, trees, shrubs awnings and the use of materials and colours that absorb less heat.

In 2020, a study from Macquarie University found shade provided by urban trees can lower temperatures at ground level by up to 6°C.

Similarly, research from Wollongong University in 2019 showed that areas with at least 30 per cent tree canopy cover experience improved mental and physical health outcomes.

Cooler Places will help deliver cooler, more resilient cities, precincts, streets, parks and homes.

To read the illegal tree and vegetation clearing EIE and make a submission visit the Vegetation in non-rural areas web page.

The consultation period closes on 5pm on Wednesday, 4 June 2025. HAVE YOUR SAY HERE

For more information on Cooler Places visit the Cooler Places web page.

Minister for Environment and Climate Change Penny Sharpe said:

“NSW records some of the hottest temperatures on the planet and we need to minimise the impacts of urban heat and build climate resilience.

“Tackling illegal tree clearing is an essential part of this.

“Working with councils on these proposed measures will increase the ability to crack down on illegal activity.”

Minister for Planning and Public Spaces Paul Scully said:

“Communities have become increasingly frustrated by the growing number of instances of illegal tree clearing in urban areas, particularly on public land.

“Our housing reforms have leant on the development of infill housing, near existing infrastructure and services because constant urban sprawl is not sustainable. These proposed changes will better protect the existing tree canopy as we deliver more homes in developed areas.

“I encourage everyone to have their say on the proposed changes.

“The Cooler Places resource contains tips and advice on how to design and build cooler homes and neighbourhoods, delivering better communities.”

A Win for Councils - Crackdown on illegal tree clearing!

April 23, 2025

The state’s peak body for local government has welcomed the NSW Government’s proposed crackdown on illegal tree and vegetation clearing as a major win for councils, communities and the environment in urban areas across the state.

Local Government NSW (LGNSW) President Mayor Phyllis Miller OAM congratulated the NSW Government on its announced consultation proposing stronger penalties. 

Mayor Miller said the announcement showed the State Government had heard and acted upon councils’ calls for stronger protections. 

“LGNSW and councils have long called for action to address illegal tree clearing, with this matter raised at our 2022, 2023 and 2024 Annual Conferences. One of our advocacy priorities for the current year is for the NSW Government to legislate to increase protection of trees, with increased penalties for illegal destruction and vandalism,” Mayor Miller said. 

“The NSW Government’s proposed changes would strengthen councils’ ability to protect their communities’ urban canopy and natural environment," she said.

The Government has said the proposed changes would:

  • Increase fines and penalties for illegal tree and vegetation clearing.
  • Ensure existing restrictions on complying development where illegal clearing has occurred and can be enforced.
  • Improve compliance and enforcement outcomes by making the policy clearer, giving councils the power to issue orders relating to vegetation clearing.
  • Close potential loopholes associated with the removal of dead, dying and dangerous vegetation.
  • Require tree clearing permits to include a condition to replace cleared vegetation.

Mayor Miller thanked the NSW Government for listening to councils and communities.

“Councils invest millions in planting and maintaining trees and urban greenery, making our communities cooler, greener and more liveable. Trees are also critical to protecting biodiversity,” Mayor Miller said. 

“We know our communities love their trees, but we need to ensure that penalties for illegal clearing act as a sufficient deterrent for the small minority who think they're above the law,” she said. 

“LGNSW looks forward to carefully reviewing the proposed reforms in consultation with councils and contributing to this important step forward,” Mayor Miller said.

To read the details on the proposed measures to combat illegal tree and vegetation clearing and to make your submission, visit the State Government's website here. The consultation period closes at 5pm on Wednesday 4 June 2025.

 

The secret nightlife of an urban woodland - Saving our Species: Field Notes

published by the NSW Climate Change, Energy, Environment and Water, April 2025

Chloe Read Appointed Managing Director of TAFE NSW

April 22, 2024

NSW Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education Minister Steve Whan today announced former Department of Education executive Chloe Read will continue to lead TAFE NSW as the government moves to rebuild the institution after more than a decade of poor planning and neglect under the former Liberal-National government.

Ms Read has been Acting Managing Director of TAFE NSW from January 2025 and will now serve in the role in an ongoing capacity. Ms Read has extensive experience in leadership roles in the NSW Public Service and a track record of driving change and effective implementation of reform.

Most recently, Ms Read worked with government to deliver the NSW VET (Vocational Education and Training) Review and the first NSW Skills Plan in more than 15 years.

Since her appointment to Acting Managing Director, Ms Read has already established strong working relationships with key stakeholders, launched the new TAFE Charter and is overseeing the implementation of the new Operating Model.  

The Minns Labor Government is committed to restoring TAFE NSW to the heart of the VET sector and ensure it continues to deliver education and training to around 400,000 students a year, across 85 industry sectors and more than 250 occupations.

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education, Steve Whan said:

“TAFE NSW plays a critical role in delivering a pipeline of skilled workers for industries and communities and the institution will benefit from Ms Read’s strong leadership during a transformational period.

"Ms Read has demonstrated her effectiveness in driving positive change and has an exceptional track record in delivering critical projects in the NSW skills sector.”

Managing Director of TAFE NSW Chloe Read said:

“I am thrilled and honoured to have been chosen to lead TAFE NSW, which is central to equipping the State with the skilled workers it urgently needs.

“TAFE NSW is an amazing place to work and study. Since stepping into the role, I have been blown away by our dedicated teachers and staff and the difference they make every day for students and local communities.

“A strong skills sector is more vital than ever, and along with the fantastic team at TAFE NSW I look forward to preparing students across NSW with the skills needed for the career they want.”

Are you thinking about doing an SBAT? 

School-based apprenticeships and traineeships (SBATs) are a great way to get a head start on your career while still at school. By doing an SBAT in industries experiencing skills shortages, including renewable energy, housing and infrastructure, and early childhood education and care, you can set yourself up for a future career.

School-based apprenticeships and traineeships (SBATs) are a great way for you to get a head start on your career while still at school. SBATs are available to all Year 10, 11 and 12 high school students in NSW.

By choosing to do an SBAT you can gain a nationally recognised qualification as part of your Higher School Certificate (HSC). This is achieved by combining part-time work with formal training at school, TAFE NSW or another Registered Training Organisation. There are a range of industry opportunities available, with over 200 SBAT qualifications to choose from.

FAQ's

Can I complete an SBAT and get an ATAR?

Yes, it is possible to complete a school-based apprenticeship or traineeship and receive an Australian Tertiary Admission Rank (ATAR). Talk to your Careers Adviser about your pattern of study and how an SBAT will fit in.

What will I get out of an SBAT?

A school-based apprentice will:

  • complete Stage One of an apprenticeship part-time while completing the HSC
  • work a minimum of 100 - 180 days* in paid employment by December 31 of the HSC year
  • participate in formal training with TAFE NSW or another Registered Training Organisation.

A school-based trainee will:

  • complete a Certificate II or III qualification while completing the HSC
  • work a minimum of 100 - 180 days* in paid employment by December 31 of the HSC year
  • participate in formal training with TAFE NSW or another Registered Training Organisation.

How often will I go to work?

Generally, one day per week during school terms as well as additional days during the school holidays. The days and times will be negotiated between you, your school and employer.

Will I be paid for the days I work?

Absolutely. As a school-based apprentice or trainee you must be paid according to the wage rates and conditions of employment in the appropriate industrial award or modern working agreement.

How do I get started?

It’s simple:

  • Decide on the occupation or career path that interests you.
  • Discuss with your Careers Adviser and parents/carers about how this will work with your HSC.
  • Use your networks to gain employment – start with family, friends, local employers and explore job search websites.
  • If you already have a casual job, ask your employer if they would like more information about employing you as a school-based apprentice or trainee.

What happens after the HSC?

  • A school-based apprentice will enter Stage Two of their apprenticeship and continue in employment as a full-time or part-time apprentice.
  • A school-based trainee will have completed their Certificate II or III qualification and can begin to work full-time, or continue on to higher Vocational Education and Training (VET) studies or commence university.

Things to consider

Students who take on a school-based apprenticeship or traineeship are motivated young people who don’t just want to plan their future career, they want to experience it now. It’s very important to think about how you will manage your SBAT by considering:

  • Is this a career or occupation I’m interested in?
  • Can I balance school, work and training along with family, friends and community commitments?
  • Do I have a support network around me to help along the way? Teachers, Careers Adviser, parents/carers, friends or mentors?
  • Can I make travel arrangements to get myself to school, work and training on time?

If you answered YES to the questions above, an SBAT may be a great option for you.

Keen to get started? Speak to your Careers Adviser today. Call 13MYSBAT or email sbat@det.nsw.edu.au.

More information

Students: Starting the SBAT journey and visit: education.nsw.gov.au/skills-nsw/sbat

Opportunities:

New free TAFE courses to deliver Australia’s manufacturing workforce

April 5, 2025
The Albanese and Minns Labor governments have announced they are working together to build Australia’s future by growing the Australian manufacturing workforce, through Free TAFE.

Four new Free TAFE courses have been established, designed to upskill Australians, boost onshore capability, and support employment opportunities in the industry.

The four Free TAFE courses are being offered through the TAFE NSW Manufacturing Centres of Excellence, announced late last year to support manufacturing education and training across engineering, transport and renewable energy sectors.

Funded by $78.6 million matched investment from the Commonwealth and NSW governments ($157.2 million total over four years), the specialised training Centres are being established at TAFE NSW campuses in three of NSW’s major manufacturing industry areas – Newcastle/the Hunter, Western Sydney, and the Illawarra.

The Free TAFE courses have been designed with industry to upskill existing workers and equip the future domestic manufacturing workforce for emerging industry needs, boosting onshore manufacturing capability and providing more career opportunities for local workers.

Enrolments are now open for three Microskills (self-paced short courses) delivered online and one Microcredential:
  1. Discover renewable manufacturing careers – a Microskill introducing the industries, technologies and practices enabling renewable manufacturing in Australia.
  2. Discover advanced manufacturing careers – a Microskill introducing advanced manufacturing and its role in driving innovation, sustainability, and economic growth in Australia.
  3. Maths foundations in the manufacturing industry – a Microskill supporting students and workers with mathematical concepts to perform accurate calculations and solve problems in a manufacturing setting.
  4. Generative design and analysis – a Microcredential providing specialised training in advanced computer-aided drafting software for manufacturing product design and modelling to solve real-world manufacturing challenges.  
The four courses are the first of a series of short courses, education and training planned for delivery through the TAFE NSW Manufacturing Centres of Excellence this year.

To further support tertiary harmonisation, a University Partnership Panel has also been established to collaborate with the TAFE NSW Manufacturing Centres of Excellence on design and delivery of the specialised training. 

10 university partners across New South Wales, Victoria, and Queensland have been included on the University Partnership Panel and will collaborate with TAFE NSW over the next four years to support expertise in manufacturing education. 

This could include contributing subject matter expertise to inform new manufacturing courses, providing access to specialist equipment and facilities, and development of educational pathways and higher education qualifications.

The 10 universities are:
  1. University of Sydney
  2. University of Technology, Sydney
  3. Western Sydney University
  4. Macquarie University
  5. University of Wollongong
  6. University of Newcastle
  7. Charles Sturt University
  8. Griffith University
  9. RMIT University
  10. Swinburne University
Locally, the TAFE NSW Net Zero Manufacturing Centre of Excellence will boost local capability, enabling the community to take advantage of the opportunities of renewable manufacturing and the Hunter-Central Coast Renewable Energy Zone.

The Centre will deliver tailored, industry-aligned training needed to skill local workforces ready to lead in onshore manufacturing capabilities in resources, aviation, defence and transport.

The TAFE NSW Manufacturing Centres of Excellence are a joint initiative between the Australian Government and NSW Government under the National Skills Agreement.

Minister for Skills and Training Andrew Giles said:

“Free TAFE is changing lives and it is building Australia’s future. 

“The TAFE Centres of Excellence were established to be job-creating hubs, and this is more evidence that what we’re doing is working. 

“The Albanese and Minns Governments are ensuring manufacturing needs at a local, state and national level are backed by a pipeline of skilled workers and a strong economy for years to come.

“More Free TAFE courses, means more Free TAFE students and more Free TAFE success stories. 

“Through strong ongoing with industry and universities, TAFE is shaping the future of manufacturing education in Australia.”

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education Steve Whan said:

“These first four Fee-Free TAFE courses being delivered through the Centres of Excellence are just the beginning of the collaboration across TAFE NSW, universities and the manufacturing industry to support a skilled workforce to meet national challenges across the manufacturing sector.

“This partnership will deliver more technical and hands-on training to students across renewable energy and advanced manufacturing, with a focus on sustainable and technological innovation.”

Council's 2025 Environmental Art & Design Prize - Entries open now

Council has announced Ramesh Mario Nithiyendran (art) and Keinton Butler (design) as the judges for this year’s Environmental Art & Design Prize.

Now in its fifth year, Environmental Art & Design Prize is open to artists and designers of all levels and diverse disciplines from across Australia. Submissions will be accepted until 19 May 2025.

Mayor Sue Heins said the prize has developed into one of the leading competitions covering both art and design focusing on the environment.

“Each year fascinating art works and designs are submitted for this environmentally thought-provoking prize.

“The prize is an important platform for the natural environment to take centre stage, enabling artists and designers to share their work inspired by nature, climate change and sustainable living.

“In past years we have seen impactful submissions from creatives including painters, ceramists and furniture designers. This year we would also love to see more contributions from architects, product, fashion and industrial designers.

“We are looking forward to an amazing array of powerful artworks and designs for 2025,” Mayor Heins said.

This year’s judges have vast experience in the art and design worlds. Ramesh Mario Nithiyendran is a contemporary artist with his work appearing in galleries across the globe. Keinton Butler is Senior Curator at Sydney’s Powerhouse Museum and the Creative Director of Sydney Design Week.

There are four prizes on offer this year with prize money totalling $46000. 

The visual arts and design winners will each receive $20,000. The people’s choice winners and the young artists/designers have a prize pool of $3,000 each.

All finalists will be featured in an exhibition across the Council’s 3 galleries, Manly Art Gallery and Museum (MAG&M), Curl Curl Creative Space, and Mona Vale Creative Space Gallery from 1 August to 14 September 2025.

Finalists will be announced on Friday 23 May and the winners will be announced on Friday1 August 2025.

For more information, and to enter, visit Council's webpage at: https://www.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/things-to-do/arts-and-culture/northern-beaches-environmental-art-and-design-prize   

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: avoirdupois

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. a system of weights based on a pound of 16 ounces or 7,000 grains, widely used in English-speaking countries. 2. humorous; heaviness.

It was first commonly used in the 13th century AD and was updated in 1959.

The word avoirdupois is from Anglo-Norman French aveir de peis (later avoir du pois), literally "goods of weight" (Old French aveir, as verb meaning "to have" and as noun meaning "property, goods", comes from the Latin habere, "to have, to hold, to possess something"; de = "from"/"of", cf. Latin; peis = "weight", from Latin pēnsum. This term originally referred to a class of merchandise: aveir de peis, "goods of weight", things that were sold in bulk and were weighed on large steelyards or balances.

Only later did the term become identified with a particular system of units used to weigh such merchandise. Inconsistent orthography throughout history has left many variants of the term, such as haberty-poie and haber de peyse. (The Norman peis became the Parisian pois. In the 17th century de was replaced with du.)

The current spelling of the last word is poids in the current standard French orthography, but the spelling avoirdupois remained as is in the anglosphere.

The rise in use of the measurement system corresponds to the regrowth of trade during the High Middle Ages after the early crusades, when Europe experienced a growth in towns, turned from the chaos of warlordism to long-distance trade, and began annual fairs, tournaments and commerce, by land and sea. There are two major hypotheses regarding the origins of the avoirdupois system. The older hypothesis is that it originated in France. A newer hypothesis is that it is based on the weight system of Florence.

The avoirdupois weight system is thought to have come into use in England around 1300. It was originally used for weighing wool. In the early 14th century several other specialised weight systems were used, including the weight system of the Hanseatic League with a 16-ounce pound of 7200 grains and an 8-ounce mark. However, the main weight system, used for coinage and for everyday use, was based on the 12-ounce tower pound of 5400 grains. From the 14th century until the late 16th century, the system's basis and the prototype for today's international pound, the avoirdupois pound, was also known as the wool pound or the avoirdupois wool pound.

The earliest known version of the avoirdupois weight system had the following units: a pound of 6992 grains, a stone of 14 pounds, a woolsack of 26 stone, an ounce of 1⁄16 pound, and finally, the ounce was divided into 16 "parts".

The earliest known occurrence of the word "avoirdupois" (or some variant thereof) in England is from a document entitled Tractatus de Ponderibus et Mensuris ("Treatise on Weights and Measures"). This document is listed in early statute books under the heading 31 Edward I dated 2 February 1303. More recent statute books list it among statutes of uncertain date. Scholars nowadays believe that it was probably written between 1266 and 1303. Initially a royal memorandum, it eventually took on the force of law and was recognised as a statute by King Henry VIII and Queen Elizabeth I.

Robust weights like these hexagonal decimal-scaled antiques were used for trade into the late 20th century.

Fossil teeth show extinct giant kangaroos spent their lives close to home – and perished when the climate changed

Chris Laurikainen Gaete
Christopher Laurikainen GaeteUniversity of WollongongAnthony DossetoUniversity of WollongongLee ArnoldUniversity of Wollongong, and Scott HocknullThe University of Melbourne

Large kangaroos today roam long distances across the outback, often surviving droughts by moving in mobs to find new food when pickings are slim.

But not all kangaroos have been this way. In new research published today in PLOS One, we found giant kangaroos that once lived in eastern Australia were far less mobile, making them vulnerable to changes in local environmental conditions.

We discovered fossilised teeth of the now extinct giant kangaroo genus Protemnodon at Mount Etna Caves, north of Rockhampton, in central eastern Queensland. Analysing the teeth gave us a glimpse into the past movements of these extinct giants, hundreds of thousands of years ago.

Our results show Protemnodon did not forage across great distances, instead living in a lush and stable rainforest utopia. However, this utopia began to decline when the climate became drier with more pronounced seasons – spelling doom for Mount Etna’s giant roos.

Illustration of a large striped kangaroo in a rainforest.
Artist’s impression of Protemnodon in a lush rainforest ‘utopia’ before extinction. Queensland Museum & Capricorn Caves - Atuchin / Lawrence / Hocknull

Mount Etna Caves

The Mount Etna Caves National Park and nearby Capricorn Caves hold remarkable records of life over hundreds of thousands of years.

Fossils accumulated in the caves because they acted like giant pitfall traps and also lairs of predators such as thylacines, Tasmanian devils, marsupial lions, owls, raptors and the now-endangered ghost bats.

Aerial photo of a mined-out area in the side of a hill.
Reddish-coloured fossil deposits can be seen on the western side of Mount Etna mine, now part of Mt Etna National Park. Scott Hocknull

Large parts of the region were once mined for lime and cement. One of us (Hocknull) worked closely with mine managers to safely remove and stockpile fossil deposits from now-destroyed caves for scientific research which still continues.

As part of our study we dated fossils using an approach called uranium-series dating, and the sediment around them with a different technique called luminescence dating.

Our results suggest the giant kangaroos lived around the caves from at least 500,000 years ago to about 280,000 years ago. After this they disappeared from the Mount Etna fossil record.

At the time, Mount Etna hosted a rich rainforest habitat, comparable to modern day New Guinea. As the climate became drier between 280,000 and 205,000 years ago, rainforest-dwelling species including Protemnodon vanished from the area, replaced by those adapted to a dry, arid environment.

You are what you eat

Our study looked at how far Protemnodon travelled to find food. The general trend in mammals is that bigger creatures range farther. This trend holds for modern kangaroos, so we expected giant extinct kangaroos like Protemnodon would also have had large ranges.

Teeth record a chemical signature of the food you eat. By looking at different isotopes of the element strontium in tooth enamel, we can study the foraging ranges of extinct animals.

Photo of a man in front of a piece of equipment showing a scan on a screen.
Chris Laurikainen Gaete in the lab with the laser system used to analyse Protemnodon fossil teeth. Chris Laurikainen Gaete

Varying abundances of strontium isotopes reflect the chemical fingerprint of the plants an animal ate, as well as the geology and soils where the plant grew. By matching chemical signatures in the teeth to local signatures in the environment, we could estimate where these ancient animals travelled to obtain food.

Eat local, die local

Our results showed Protemnodon from Mount Etna didn’t travel far beyond the local limestone in which the caves and fossils were found. This is much a smaller range than we predicted range based on their body mass.

We think the small foraging range of Protemnodon at Mount Etna was an adaptation to millions of years of stable food supply in the rainforest. They likely had little need to travel to find food.

Map showing an orange area in a red circle.
Protemnodon at Mount Etna probably only ranged over the orange area for food – a much smaller area than would be estimated from modern kangaroo data (solid red circle). Chris Laurikainen Gaete / State of Queensland (Department of Resources)

Fossil evidence also suggests some species of Protemnodon walked on all fours rather than hopped. This would have constrained their ability to travel great distances, but is a great strategy for living in rainforests.

One question remains to be answered: if they didn’t need to move far to find food, why did they grow so big in the first place?

A local adaptation or a species trait?

The extinction of Australia’s megafauna – long-vanished beasts such the “marsupial lion” Thylacoleo and the three-tonne Diprotodon – has long been debated. It has often been assumed that megafauna species responded in the same way to environmental changes wherever they lived.

However, we may have underestimated the role of local adaptations. This particularly holds true for Protemnodon, with a recent study suggesting significant variation in diet and movement across different environments.

Similar small foraging ranges have been suggested for Protemnodon that lived near Bingara and Wellington Caves, New South Wales. Perhaps it was common for Protemnodon populations in stable habitats across eastern Australia to be homebodies – and this may have proved their Achilles’ heel when environmental conditions changed.

Extinction, one by one

As a rule, creatures with a small home range have a limited ability to move elsewhere. So if the something happens to their local habitat, they may be in big trouble.

At Mount Etna, Protemnodon thrived for hundreds of thousands of years in the stable rainforest environment. But as the environment became more arid, and resources increasingly patchy, they may have been unable to traverse the growing gaps between patches of forest or retreat elsewhere.

One key result of our study is that Protodemnon was locally extinct at Mt Etna long before humans turned up, which rules out human influence.

The techniques used in this study will help us to learn about how Australia’s megafauna responded to changing environments in more detail. This approach moves the Australian megafauna extinction debate away from the traditional continental catch-all hypotheses – instead we can look at local populations in specific sites, and understand the unique factors driving local extinction events.The Conversation

Christopher Laurikainen Gaete, PhD Candidate, University of WollongongAnthony Dosseto, Professor of Geochemistry, University of WollongongLee Arnold, Associate Professor in Earth Sciences, University of Adelaide, University of Wollongong, and Scott Hocknull, Senior Scientist and Curator, Geosciences, Queensland Museum, and Honorary Research Fellow, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Feeling mad? New research suggests mindfulness could help manage anger and aggression

Kaboompics.com/Pexels
Siobhan O'DeanUniversity of SydneyElizabeth SummerellUniversity of Adelaide, and Tom DensonUNSW Sydney

There’s no shortage of things to feel angry about these days. Whether it’s politics, social injustice, climate change or the cost-of-living crisis, the world can feel like a pressure cooker.

Research suggests nearly one-quarter of the world’s population feels angry on any given day. While anger is a normal human emotion, if it’s intense and poorly managed, it can quickly lead to aggression, and potentially cause harm.

Feeling angry often can also have negative effects on our relationships, as well as our mental and physical health.

So how should you manage feelings of anger to keep them in check? Our new research suggests mindfulness can be an effective tool for regulating anger and reducing aggression.

What is mindfulness?

Mindfulness is the ability to observe and focus on your thoughts, emotions and bodily sensations in the present moment with acceptance and without judgement.

Mindfulness has been practised for thousands of years, most notably in Buddhist traditions. But more recently it has been adapted into secular programs to support mental health and emotional regulation.

Mindfulness is taught in a variety of ways, including in-person classes, residential retreats and through digital apps. These programs typically involve guided meditations, and practices that help people become more aware of their thoughts, feelings and surroundings.

Mindfulness is linked to a range of mental health benefits, including reduced anxiety, depression and stress.

Neuroscience research also suggests mindfulness is associated with reduced activity in brain regions linked to emotional reactivity, and greater activity in those involved in self-regulation (the ability to manage our thoughts, emotions and behaviours).

In this way, mindfulness could foster emotional awareness essential for the effective regulation of emotions such as anger. And when people are less overwhelmed by anger, they may be better able to think clearly, reflect on what matters and take meaningful action, rather than reacting impulsively or shutting down.

A man sits on a bench with his head in his hands.
Anger is a normal human emotion – but it can sometimes have destructive consequences. Inzmam Khan/Pexels

We reviewed the evidence

To better understand whether mindfulness actually helps with regulating anger and aggression, we conducted a meta-analysis. This is a study that combines the results of many previous studies to look at the overall evidence.

We analysed findings from 118 studies across different populations and countries, including both people who were naturally more mindful and people who were randomly assigned to take part in interventions aimed at increasing mindfulness.

People who were naturally more mindful were those who scored higher on questionnaires measuring traits such as present-moment awareness and non-judgmental thinking. We found these people tended to report less anger and behave less aggressively.

However, mindfulness isn’t just something you have or don’t have – it’s also a skill you can develop. And our results show the benefits of lower anger and aggression extend to people who learn mindfulness skills through practice or training.

We also wanted to know whether mindfulness might work better for certain people or in particular settings. Interestingly, our results suggest these benefits are broadly universal. Practising mindfulness was effective in reducing anger and aggression across different age groups, genders and contexts, including whether people were seeking treatment for mental health or general wellbeing, or not.

Some anger management strategies aren’t backed by science

To manage feelings of anger, many people turn to strategies that are not supported by evidence.

Research suggests “letting off steam” while thinking about your anger is not a healthy strategy and may intensify and prolong experiences of anger.

For example, in one experiment, research participants were asked to hit a punching bag while thinking of someone who made them angry. This so-called “cathartic release” made people angrier and more aggressive rather than less so.

Breaking things in rage rooms, while increasingly popular, is similarly not an evidence-based strategy for reducing anger and aggression.

On the other hand, our research shows there’s good evidence to support mindfulness as a tool to regulate anger.

Mindfulness may reduce anger and aggression by helping people become more aware of their emotional reactions without immediately acting on them. It can foster a non-judgmental and accepting stance toward difficult emotions such as anger, which may interrupt the cycle whereby anger leads to aggressive behaviour.

A group of people meditating outdoors.
Mindfulness can help people become more aware of their emotions. New Africa/Shutterstock

Mindfulness is not a magic bullet

All that said, it’s important to keep in mind that mindfulness is not a magic bullet or a quick fix. Like any new skill, mindfulness can be challenging at first, takes time to master, and works best when practised regularly.

It’s also important to note mindfulness may not be suitable for everyone – particularly when used as a standalone approach for managing more complex mental health concerns. For ongoing emotional challenges it’s always a good idea to seek support from a qualified mental health professional.

However, if you’re looking to dial down the impact of daily frustrations, there are plenty of accessible ways to give mindfulness a go. You can get started with just a few minutes per day. Popular apps such as Smiling Mind and Headspace offer short, guided sessions that make it easy to explore mindfulness at your own pace — no prior experience needed.

While mindfulness may not solve the problems that make us angry, our research shows it could help improve how we experience and respond to them.The Conversation

Siobhan O'Dean, Research Fellow, The Matilda Centre for Research in Mental Health and Substance Use, University of SydneyElizabeth Summerell, Lecturer, School of Psychology, Faculty of Health and Medical Sciences, University of Adelaide, and Tom Denson, Professor of Psychology, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Scientists claim to have found evidence of alien life. But ‘biosignatures’ might hide more than they reveal

Artist’s impression of the exoplanet K2-18b. A. Smith/N. Madhusudhan (University of Cambridge)
Campbell RiderUniversity of Sydney

Whether or not we’re alone in the universe is one of the biggest questions in science.

A recent study, led by astrophysicist Nikku Madhusudhan at the University of Cambridge, suggests the answer might be no. Based on observations from NASA’s James Webb Space Telescope, the study points to alien life on K2-18b, a distant exoplanet 124 light years from Earth.

The researchers found strong evidence of a chemical called dimethyl sulfide (DMS) in the planet’s atmosphere. On Earth, DMS is produced only by living organisms, so it appears to be a compelling sign of life, or “biosignature”.

While the new findings have made headlines, a look at the history of astrobiology shows similar discoveries have been inconclusive in the past. The issue is partly theoretical: scientists and philosophers still have no agreed-upon definition of exactly what life is.

A closer look

Unlike the older Hubble telescope, which orbited Earth, NASA’s James Webb Space Telescope is placed in orbit around the Sun. This gives it a better view of objects in deep space.

When distant exoplanets pass in front of their host star, astronomers can deduce what chemicals are in their atmospheres from the tell-tale wavelengths they leave in the detected light. Since the precision of these readings can vary, scientists estimate a margin of error for their results, to rule out random chance. The recent study of K2-18b found only a 0.3% probability that the readings were a fluke, leaving researchers confident in their detection of DMS.

On Earth, DMS is only produced by life, mostly aquatic phytoplankton. This makes it a persuasive biosignature.

The findings line up with what scientists already conjecture about K2-18b. Considered a “Hycean” world (a portmanteau of “hydrogen” and “ocean”), K2-18b is thought to feature a hydrogen-rich atmosphere and a surface covered with liquid water. These conditions are favourable to life.

So does this mean K2-18b’s oceans are crawling with extraterrestrial microbes?

Some experts are less certain. Speaking to the New York Times, planetary scientist Christopher Glein expressed doubt that the study represents a “smoking gun”. And past experiences teach us that in astrobiology, inconclusive findings are the norm.

Life as we don’t know it

Astrobiology has its origins in efforts to explain how life began on our own planet.

In the early 1950s, the Miller-Urey experiment showed that an electrical current could produce organic compounds from a best-guess reconstruction of the chemistry in Earth’s earliest oceans – sometimes called the “primordial soup”.

Although it gave no real indication of how life in fact first evolved, the experiment left astrobiology with a framework for investigating the chemistry of alien worlds.

In 1975, the first Mars landers – Viking 1 and 2 – conducted experiments with collected samples of Martian soil. In one experiment, nutrients added to soil samples appeared to produce carbon dioxide, suggesting microbes were digesting the nutrients.

Initial excitement quickly dissipated, as other tests failed to pick up organic compounds in the soil. And later studies identified plausible non-biological explanations for the carbon dioxide. One explanation points to a mineral abundant on Mars called perchlorate. Interactions between perchlorate and cosmic rays may have led to chemical reactions similar to those observed by the Viking tests.

Concerns the landers’ instruments had been contaminated on Earth also introduced uncertainty.

In 1996, a NASA team announced a Martian meteorite discovered in Antarctica bore signs of past alien life. Specimen ALH84001 showed evidence of organic hydrocarbons, as well as magnetite crystals arranged in a distinctive pattern only produced biologically on Earth.

More suggestive were the small, round structures in the rock resembling fossilised bacteria. Again, closer analysis led to disappointment. Non-biological explanations were found for the magnetite grains and hydrocarbons, while the fossil bacteria were deemed too small to plausibly support life.

The most recent comparable discovery – claims of phosphine gas on Venus in 2020 – is also still controversial. Phosphine is considered a biosignature, since on Earth it’s produced by bacterial life in low-oxygen environments, particularly in the digestive tracts of animals. Some astronomers claim the detected phosphine signal is too weak, or attributable to inorganically produced sulfur compounds.

Each time biosignatures are found, biologists confront the ambiguous distinction between life and non-life, and the difficulty of extrapolating characteristics of life on Earth to alien environments.

Carol Cleland, a leading philosopher of science, has called this the problem of finding “life as we don’t know it”.

Aerial view of a blue ocean with a large patch of turquoise in the middle.
On Earth, dimethyl sulfide is only produced by life, mostly aquatic phytoplankton (pictured here in the Barents Sea). BEST-BACKGROUNDS/Shutterstock

Moving beyond chemistry

We still know very little about how life first emerged on Earth. This makes it hard to know what to expect from the primitive lifeforms that might exist on Mars or K2-18b.

It’s uncertain whether such lifeforms would resemble Earth life at all. Alien life might manifest in surprising and unrecognisable ways: while life on Earth is carbon-based, cellular, and reliant on self-replicating molecules such as DNA, an alien lifeform might fulfil the same functions with totally unfamiliar materials and structures.

Our knowledge of the environmental conditions on K2-18b is also limited, so it’s hard to imagine the adaptations a Hycean organism might need to survive there.

Chemical biosignatures derived from life on Earth, it seems, might be a misleading guide.

Philosophers of biology argue that a general definition of life will need to go beyond chemistry. According to one view, life is defined by its organisation, not the list of chemicals making it up: living things embody a kind of self-organisation able to autonomously produce its own parts, sustain a metabolism, and maintain a boundary or membrane separating inside from outside.

Some philosophers of science claim such a definition is too impreciseIn my own research, I’ve argued that this kind of generality is a strength: it helps keep our theories flexible, and applicable to new contexts.

K2-18b may be a promising candidate for identifying extraterrestrial life. But excitement about biosignatures such as DMS disguises deeper, theoretical problems that also need to be resolved.

Novel lifeforms in distant, unfamiliar environments might not be detectable in the ways we expect. Philosophers and scientists will have to work together on non-reductive descriptions of living processes, so that when we do stumble across alien life, we don’t miss it.The Conversation

Campbell Rider, PhD Candidate in Philosophy – Philosophy of Biology, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

When rock music met ancient archaeology: the enduring power of Pink Floyd Live at Pompeii

Sony Music
Craig BarkerUniversity of Sydney

The 1972 concert film Pink Floyd Live at Pompeii, back in cinemas this week, remains one of the most unique concert documentaries ever recorded by a rock band.

The movie captured the band on the brink of international stardom, released seven months before their breakout album Dark Side of the Moon, which would go on to sell 50 million copies and spend 778 weeks on the Billboard charts.

The film was the first time a rock concert took place in the ruins of an archaeological site. This intermingling of art and archaeology would change the way many thought of Pompeii.

The amphitheatre of Pompeii

The amphitheatre of Pompeii has quite a history as a venue for spectacles.

Constructed around 70 BCE, it was one of the first permanent constructed amphitheatres in Italy, designed to hold up to 20,000 spectators.

From graffiti and advertisements, we know it was used in antiquity for gladiatorial fights and displays and hunts of wild beasts and athletic contests.

Photograph of the amphitheatre at sunset.
The Amphitheatre of Pompeii was constructed around 70 BCE. Marco Ober/Wikimedia CommonsCC BY-SA

Famously we are told by Roman historian Tactius in 59 CE a deadly brawl occurred between Pompeiians and residents of the nearby town of Nuceria during games, resulting in a ten-year ban on gladiatorial contests at the venue. The amphitheatre was destroyed by the eruption of Vesuvius in 79 CE.

There is a long tradition of authors, artists, filmmakers and designers taking inspiration from the site and its destruction. A 13-year-old Mozart’s visit to the Temple of Isis at the site inspired The Magic Flute in 1791.

This fresco depicts the amphitheatre riots of 59 CE, which would lead to gladiatorial contests being banned at the venue for a decade. National Archaeological Museum of Naples/Wikimedia Commons

In the rock music era, Pompeii has inspired numerous artists, especially around themes of death and longing. Cities in Dust (1985) by Siouxsie and the Banshees was perhaps the most famous until Bastille’s 2013 hit Pompeii. In The Decemberists’ Cocoon (2002), the destruction of Pompeii acts as a metaphor for the guilt and loss in the aftermath of the September 11 attacks.

Since 2016, the amphitheatre has hosted concerts – with audiences this time. Appropriately, one of the first was a performance by Pink Floyd’s guitarist David Gilmour. His show over two nights in July 2016 took place 45 years after first playing at the site.

But how did Pink Floyd come to play at Pompeii in 1972?

Rethinking rock concert movies

It was the peak era of rock concert documentaries. Woodstock (1970) and The Rolling Stone’s Gimme Shelter (1970), and other documentaries of the era, placed the cameras in the audience, giving the cinema-goer the same perspective as the concert audience.

As a concept, it was getting stale.

Filmmaker Adrian Maben had been interested in combining art with Pink Floyd’s music. He initially pitched a film of the band’s music over montages of paintings by artists such as Rene Magritte. The band rejected the idea.

Maben returned to them after a holiday in Naples, realising the ambience of Pompeii suited the band’s music. A performance without an audience provided the antithesis of the era’s concert films.

A gong is hit against the setting sun.
Roger Waters during the film Pink Floyd Live at Pompeii. Sony Music

The performance would become iconic, particularly the scenes of Roger Waters banging a large gong on the upper wall of the amphitheatre, and the cameras panning past the band’s black road case to reveal the band in the ancient arena.

It was as far away from Woodstock as possible.

The performance was filmed over six days in October 1971 in the ancient amphitheatre, with the band playing three songs in the ancient venue: Echoes, A Saucerful of Secrets, and One of These Days.

Ancient history professor Ugo Carputi of the University of Naples, a Pink Floyd fan, had persuaded authorities to allow the band to film and to close the site for the duration of filming. Besides the film crew, the band’s road crew – and a few children who snuck in to watch – the venue was closed to the public.

In addition to the performance, the four band members were filmed walking over the volcanic mud around Boscoreale, and their performances in the film both were interspersed with images of antiquities from Pompeii.

The movie itself was fleshed out with studio performances in a Paris TV studio and rehearsals at Abbey Road Studios.

Marrying art and music

Famously the Pink Floyd film blends images of antiquities from the Naples Archaeological Museum with the band’s performances.

Roman frescoes and mosaics are highlighted during particular songs. Profiles of bronze statues meld with the faces of band members, linking past and present.

Later scenes have the band backdropped by images of frescoes from the famed Villa of the Mysteries and of the plaster casts of eruption victims.

The band’s musical themes of death and mystery link with ancient imagery, and it would have been the first time many audience members had seen these masterpieces of Roman art.

The mosaic features a large skull.
The Memento mori mosaic features significantly during the performance of the song Careful with that Axe, Eugene. Naples National Archaeological Museum/Wikimedia Commons

Pink Floyd Live at Pompeii marked a brave experiment in rock concert movies.

Watching it more than 50 years later, it is a timepiece of early 70s rock and a remarkable document of a band on the brink of fame.

Because of their progressive rock sound, sonic experimentation and philosophical lyrics, it was often said by Pink Floyd’s fans that they were “the first band in space”. They even eventually had a cassette of their music played in space.

But many are not aware of their earlier roots in the dust of ancient Pompeii. The re-release of the film gives an opportunity to enjoy the site’s unlikely role in music history.

Pink Floyd at Pompeii – MCMLXXII is in cinemas from Thursday.The Conversation

Craig Barker, Head, Public Engagement, Chau Chak Wing Museum, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why can’t I keep still after intense exercise?

Drazen Zigic/Shutterstock
Ken NosakaEdith Cowan University

Do you ever feel like you can’t stop moving after you’ve pushed yourself exercising? Maybe you find yourself walking around in circles when you come off the pitch, or squatting and standing and squatting again when you finish a run.

Sometimes the body knows what’s best for us, even if we’re not aware of the science.

Moving around after intense exercise actually helps the body recover faster. Here’s how it works – plus a tip for if you feel exactly the opposite (and just want to lie down).

What is ‘intense’ exercise?

There are different ways to measure exercise intensity. One is simply how hard it feels to you, known as the “rating of perceived exertion”.

This takes into account how fast you’re breathing, how much you’re sweating and how tired your muscles are. It also considers heart rate.

The average resting heart rate when you’re not exerting yourself is around 60–80 beats per minute, although this can vary between people.

The maximum healthy heart rate is based on subtracting your age from 220. So, if you’re 20 years old, that’s 200 beats per minute when you’re exercising as hard as you can.

This decreases as you age. If you’re 50 years old, your maximum heart rate would be around 170 beats per minute.

An increased heart rate helps pump blood faster to deliver fuel and oxygen to the muscles that are working hard. Once you stop exercising your body will begin its recovery, to return to resting levels.

Let’s look at how continuing to move after intense exercise helps do this.

Removing waste from the muscles

Whenever the body converts fuel into energy it also produces leftover substances, known as metabolic byproducts. This includes lactate (sometimes called lactic acid).

During intense exercise we need to burn more fuel (oxygen and glucose) and this can make the body produce lactate much more quickly than it can clear it. When lactate accumulates in the muscles it may delay their recovery.

We can reuse lactate to provide energy to the heart and brain and modulate the immune system. But to do this, lactate must be cleared from the muscles into the bloodstream.

After intense exercise, continuing to move your body – but less intensely – can help do this. This kind of active recovery has been shown to be more efficient than passive recovery (meaning you don’t move).

Older man and woman jogging through a park together.
Intense exercise can mean your muscles produce more metabolic byproducts. Tom Wang/Shutterstock

Returning blood to the heart

Intense exercise also makes our heart pump more blood into the body. The volume pumped to the muscles increases dramatically, while blood flow to other tissues – especially the abdominal organs such as the kidneys – is reduced.

Moving after intense exercise can help redistribute the blood flow and speed up recovery of the respiratory and cardiovascular systems. This will also clear metabolic byproducts faster.

After a long run, for example, there will be much more blood in your leg muscles. If you stand still for a long time, you may feel dizzy or faint, thanks to lowered blood pressure and less blood flow to the brain.

Moving your legs, whether through stretching or walking, will help pump blood back to the heart.

In fact around 90% of the blood returning from the legs via veins relies on the foot, calf and thigh muscles moving and pumping. The calf muscle plays the largest role (about 65%). Moving your heels up and down after exercising can help activate this motion.

What if you don’t feel like moving?

Maybe after exercise you just want to sit down in a heap. Should you?

If you’re too tired to do light movement such as stretching or walking, you may still benefit from elevating your legs.

You can lie down – research has shown blood from the veins returns more easily to the heart after exercise when you’re lying down, compared to sitting up, even if you’re still. Elevating your legs has an added benefit, as it reverses the effect of gravity and helps circulation.The Conversation

Ken Nosaka, Professor of Exercise and Sports Science, Edith Cowan University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘The pay is not worth the stress’: research finds 10% of lawyers plan to quit within a year

Momentum studio/Shutterstock
Vivien HolmesAustralian National UniversityJulian WebbThe University of MelbourneSusan AinsworthThe University of Melbourne, and Tony FoleyAustralian National University

No one goes into the legal profession thinking it is going to be easy. Long working hours are fairly standard, work is often completed to tight external deadlines, and 24/7 availability to clients is widely understood to be a norm, particularly in commercial and international practice.

But too often, the demands of law can create an unhealthy workplace environment. In 2021, the stress of high workloads, low job control, and risks of secondary trauma led SafeWork NSW to categorise legal work as “high risk” for fatigue hazards – putting it alongside night shift work, emergency services, and fly-in, fly-out roles.

To investigate this problem, we surveyed about 1,900 lawyers across Victoria, New South Wales and Western Australia in March and April last year.

We asked them about their workplace culture and its impact on wellbeing, about their levels of psychological distress, and whether they had experienced disrespectful behaviours at work.

We also asked whether they intended to leave either their employer or the legal profession in the near future.

Their answers allowed us to identify the type of workplace culture that is harmful to lawyers’ wellbeing. Here’s why fixing this problem matters to us all.

Unhealthy environments

Among the professionals we surveyed, about half found themselves in a workplace culture with negative effects on wellbeing.

A third of this group said their workplaces were characterised by poor working relationships, self-interest and pressure to cut corners or bend rules.

lawyer standing with box full of packed belongings
Alarming numbers of lawyers currently want to leave their current employer or quit the profession entirely. Pormezz/Shutterstock

These poorer workplace cultures involved higher levels of psychological distress and more disrespectful behaviours from superiors and coworkers.

They were also characterised by a lack of effective wellbeing supports such as mental health leave arrangements or workload allocation practices.

Long working hours were common. More than half of participants (53%) said they worked more than 40 hours per week and 11% said they put in more than 60 hours.

About a third of the lawyers we surveyed wanted to quit their firm, while 10% planned to leave the profession, within a year.

Society can’t afford to ignore this problem. Lawyer wellbeing can directly affect the quality of legal services and may even lead to disciplinary action against individual lawyers. All of this can undermine public trust and confidence in the justice system.

Workload ‘cannot be sustained’

We invited participants to explain why they intended to leave the profession. Their answers are telling.

One mid-career lawyer at a large firm said:

I am in my 11th year of practice working as a Senior Associate at a top-tier firm. To put it bluntly, the work rate at which I am currently operating, which is required to meet the billable targets and budgets set for us, cannot be sustained for my whole working life – it’s too much.

A small-firm junior lawyer talked of the workload issues described by many:

The pay is not worth the stress. I can’t sleep because I’m constantly worried about deadlines or making mistakes, and I got paid more when I was a bartender. I love the work, but it’s a very tough slog and damaging my own wellbeing – for what?

Our data showed junior lawyers take a lot of the pressure, reflected in higher-than-average levels of psychological distress. Equally concerning was the extent to which senior lawyers with practice management responsibilities also reported above average distress.

Our research also showed the challenges extended beyond private practice and into government, legal aid and corporate “in-house” settings.

As one mid-career legal aid lawyer put it:

Lack of debriefing and supports, lack of formal mentoring and supervision, mental health toll, high workload and poor workplace culture, lack of training and supports to deal with clients in crisis, [mean it’s] not [a] family-friendly profession.

The positives

There was also good news. Three themes stood out in the responses from the 48% who told us they worked in positive workplace cultures. This suggests where support should be targeted.

For nearly two thirds of our sample, having good colleagues was the most important wellbeing support. As one mid-career lawyer put it:

Informal support such as debriefing with colleagues has been most beneficial for me.

Good flexible working and (mental health) leave arrangements came across as the most important practical support employers could provide.

Good workload allocation practices - and a willingness from managers to “reach out to discuss work-life balance” - make a real difference to peoples’ experience.

woman consoling her colleague
Support from colleagues was the most important wellbeing support. UM-UMM/Shutterstock

It matters to the rest of us

The legal profession and its regulators have been engaging with the wellbeing problem for a while now. Our findings suggest there is still more to be done.

For the profession as a whole we felt that there was still a need to develop greater understanding of the specific wellbeing needs of both junior lawyers and those managing them, as these are the two groups experiencing the most distress.

Legal regulatory bodies should work to better understand how economic drivers of legal practice, such as high workloads and billing expectations, can have negative consequences for wellbeing, and whether any regulatory levers could lessen these impacts.


The authors would like to acknowledge the significant contribution of Stephen Tang, clinical psychologist, in undertaking data analysis and coauthoring the original report.The Conversation

Vivien Holmes, Emerita Professor, Australian National UniversityJulian Webb, Professor of Law, The University of MelbourneSusan Ainsworth, Professor of Management and Marketing, The University of Melbourne, and Tony Foley, Professor of Law, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why do scientists want to spend billions on a 70-year project in an enormous tunnel under the Swiss Alps?

An artist’s impression of the tunnel of the proposed Future Circular Collider. CERN
Tessa CharlesMonash University and Ulrik EgedeMonash University

The Large Hadron Collider has been responsible for astounding advances in physics: the discovery of the elusive, long-sought Higgs boson as well as other new exotic particles, possible hints of new forces of nature, and more.

Located at the European Organization for Nuclear Research (CERN) on the border of France and Switzerland, the LHC is expected to run for another 15 years. Nevertheless, physicists are already planning what will come after it.

One of the most favoured proposals for CERN’s next step is the 70-year Future Circular Collider (FCC) project. More than three times the size of the LHC, this enormous proposed machine promises to resolve some mysteries of the universe – and undoubtedly reveal some new ones.

What will the Future Circular Collider do?

The LHC, which occupies a circular tunnel 27 kilometres in circumference, is currently the largest machine in the world. The FCC would be housed in a much larger 91km tunnel in the Geneva basin between the Jura mountains and the Alps.

The first stage of the FCC would be the construction and operation of a collider for electrons (the lightweight particles that make up the outer shell of atoms) and positrons (the antimatter mirror images of electrons). This collider would allow more precise measurements of the Higgs boson.

Aerial photo of Geneva and surrounds with the locations of the LHC and FCC drawn on it.
The planned Future Circular Collider would occupy a tunnel 91 kilometres long, dwarfing the 27-kilometre Large Hadron Collider. CERN

The second stage would be a collider for protons (heavier particles found in the cores of atoms). The LHC already collides protons, but the new collider would accelerate the protons up to more than seven times as much energy.

This increase in collision energy allows for the discovery of particles never produced by humanity before. It also brings with it technical challenges, such as the development of high-powered superconducting magnets.

Known unknowns

The most high-profile result from the LHC has been the discovery of the Higgs boson, which lets us explain why particles in the universe have mass: they interact with the so-called Higgs field which permeates all of space.

This was a great victory for what we call the Standard Model. This is the theory that, to the best of our current knowledge, explains all the fundamental particles in the universe and their interactions.

However, the Standard Model has significant weaknesses, and leaves some crucial questions unanswered.

The FCC promises to answer some of these questions.

Illustration showing colliding particles in a detector.
Collisions between high-energy particles may shed light on several unanswered questions of physics. CERN

For example, we know the Higgs field can explain the mass of heavy particles. However, it is possible that a completely different mechanism provides mass to lighter particles.

We also want to know whether the Higgs field gives mass to the Higgs boson itself. To answer these Higgs questions we will need the higher energies that the FCC will provide.

The FCC will also let us take a closer look at the interactions of very heavy quarks. (Quarks are the tiniest components of protons and some other particles.) We hope this may shed light on the question of why the universe contains so much more matter than antimatter.

And the FCC will help us look for new particles that might be dark matter, a mysterious substance that seems to pervade the universe.

Of course, there is no guarantee that the FCC will provide the answers to these questions. That is the nature of curiosity-driven research. You know the journey, but not the destination.

Competing colliders

The FCC is not the only major particle physics project under consideration.

Another is a proposed 20-kilometre machine called the International Linear Collider, which would likely be built in Japan.

The US has several projects on the go, mainly detectors of various kinds. It also supports an “offshore Higgs factory”, located in Europe or Japan.

One project that may concern the FCC’s backers is the planned 100 kilometre Chinese Electron Positron Collider (CEPC), which has significant similarities to the FCC.

This poses a dilemma for Europe: if China goes ahead with their project, is the FCC still worthwhile? On the other hand, CERN chief Fabiola Gianotti has argued that the FCC is necessary to keep up with China.

High costs

The decision on the FCC won’t be taken lightly, given the large cost associated with the project.

CERN estimates the first stage will cost 15 billion Swiss francs (around US$18 billion or A$28 billion at current exchange rates), spread out over 12 years. One third of this cost is the tunnel construction.

The size of the sum has attracted criticism. However, a CERN spokesperson told the Agence France-Press that up to 80% of the cost would be covered by the organisation’s current annual budget.

The second stage of FCC, which would reuse the 91km tunnel as well as some existing LHC infrastructure, is currently estimated to cost 19 billion Swiss francs. This costing carries a large uncertainty, as the second stage would not be commissioned until 2070 at the earliest.

Benefits beyond science

Pure science has not been the only benefit of the LHC. There have been plenty of practical technological spinoffs, from medical technology to open and free software.

One specific example is the Medipix chips developed for a detector at the LHC, which are now used across multiple areas in medical imaging and material science.

For the past 70 years, CERN has served as a fantastic model for peaceful and efficient international collaboration. Beyond its astonishing scientific output, it has also produced significant advances in engineering that have spread through society. Building the FCC will be an investment in both technology and curiosity.The Conversation

Tessa Charles, Accelerator Physicist, Monash University and Ulrik Egede, Professor of Physics, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Yoko Ono, ‘the first female punk rocker’, is an artist of benevolent magic

Christine Feldman-BarrettGriffith University

In 1945, when Yoko Ono was 12, her home city of Tokyo was firebombed. With her mother and siblings, she fled to the safety of a farming village in Nagano Prefecture. Food was scarce. During this time, Ono, as the eldest child, often had to help find provisions for her family. At one point, while she and her brother Keisuke were lying down looking up at the sky, she asked him to create a dream menu: if access was no obstacle, what foods would he choose?

Her prompt, fired by her imagination, inspired hope for better days ahead. Her brother believes this was her first work of conceptual art.

This is difficult to argue with, given so much of Ono’s art has recurring motifs of hope and joyful human interaction. David Sheff’s Yoko is the latest offering in a new generation of books revisiting Ono and her legacy within popular culture. It creates a portrait of an artist – now 92 – who has championed the power of positivity, no matter the adverse conditions.


Review: Yoko: A Biography – David Sheff (Simon & Schuster)


Ono’s career as a conceptual artist was well underway by the time she met John Lennon in 1966, when he visited her about-to-be-staged solo exhibition in London. Nonetheless, when the Beatles broke up in 1970, a misogynistic narrative swiftly blamed her for playing a substantial role in the band’s demise.

Journalists and fans accused Ono of being a “homewrecker” (Lennon was still married when they became a couple), but the conceptual artist’s even greater sin seemed to be that she was not a blonde, leggy model typical of rock-star girlfriends.

It is little wonder that, a few years later, some of her songwriting would call upon the image of the witch – a historical figure especially symbolic of women’s misrepresentation within society. Ono’s reclamation, through songs like Woman of Salem (1973) and Yes, I’m a Witch (1974) – also the title of her 2007 album – is fitting.

The 1968 release of the Lennon–Ono album Two Virgins, which featured experimental music and had the couple pose nude for its cover, prompted a moral panic. As Sheff writes,

people went from attacking Yoko as a homewrecker to accusing her of destroying Lennon as an artist. Talk of John being under Yoko’s spell percolated; she was forcing him to do outrageous – nutty, abhorrent – things.

Few would deny Ono – as artist, musician and woman – has experienced her own set of witch trials. Some still blame her for the Beatles’ breakup, see her conceptual art as nonsensical garbage, or believe her own musical output is nothing more than a screaming banshee’s wail.

Correctives to such unforgiving and tired narratives are necessary. This is why David Sheff’s biography is so important.

Biographer and ‘good friend’

Sheff admits from the outset that his position as biographer is paired with that of a longtime friend. But he also assures readers he did his “best to strip the varnish away” to reveal a more authentic Ono. That close proximity to his subject makes for a compelling account.

The journalist met Lennon and Ono in September 1980, spending several weeks with them to write a magazine profile. They were happy with the resulting article. The day after he spoke with them about it, Lennon was killed. Sheff became good friends with Ono and got to know their son Sean, becoming one of those who helped her survive “the season of glass” following Lennon’s murder.

In 2002, she and Sean “helped save the life” of Sheff’s son, during a period of homelessness and drug addiction. Ono later granted Sheff permission to title the memoir about his son “Beautiful Boy”, after Lennon’s song.

He interviews scores of family members, friends and colleagues, while drawing upon his own experiences with Ono. In a telling passage, which speaks to Ono’s interest in creative visualisation, Sheff explains that she:

believed that the words she used – in everything from song titles to conversation – would influence the future. She wanted to fill her brain with positive thoughts, not negative ones.

Some have refused to believe this benevolent Yoko Ono exists.

Privilege and emotional poverty

Ono was born on February 18 1933 in Tokyo, to one of Japan’s wealthiest families. Her father was a bank executive while her mother’s family, the Yasudas, were responsible for what later became Fuji Bank. Despite her privileged upbringing, which also saw her family move between Japan and the United States, she felt her parents were emotionally distant. As she grew older, she received mixed messages about what they saw as her purpose in life: was it marriage or a career?

Ono was the first woman to be accepted to study philosophy at the elite Gakushuin University in the fall of 1952, but soon left for the US to study at the women’s liberal arts college Sarah Lawrence, outside New York. There, she focused on composing music and writing poems and stories, while also investigating the city’s art scene – and met and married her first husband, composer Toshi Ichiyanagi, in 1956. Soon after, she was mixing with visual artists and composers like John Cage, who was both. By 1960, she was hosting art and music events at a loft she rented in New York’s bohemian downtown. Performing and exhibiting her own work soon followed.

Before she met and married Lennon, Ono was married a second time, in 1963, to Anthony Cox. Cox was an American painter, sculptor and film producer who rescued her from a mental hospital in Tokyo, where she was placed after a series of suicide attempts that followed a barrage of criticism of her work. “She was trying to connect through her work, but she’d never felt more alone,” Sheff writes.

With Cox, who she was still married to when she met Lennon, she had a daughter, Kyoko, in 1963. A year later – with her husband’s encouragement – a book called Grapefruit, filled with Ono’s “instruction pieces”, was published. Despite the deep despair she had felt, her life had turned around and she was newly motivated to share her art with the world.

Playful positivity

Sheff smartly conveys the first moments Ono and Lennon realised they were on the same wavelength: as artists and as people. In their first meeting, when Lennon visited Ono’s Indica exhibition in London, he climbed a ladder and held up a magnifying glass to the ceiling, where he saw the word yes.

Another piece he noticed was Painting to Hammer a Nail, which comprised a white wooden panel, a hammer on a chain, and a can of nails just beneath. He asked to hammer a nail in, but as the exhibit was not yet open, Ono did not want him to do it. After another moment, she agreed he could, if he paid five shillings to do so. Lennon then offered her an imaginary five shillings to hammer in an equally imaginary nail.

Ono was charmed by the playful response. Lennon was struck with the positivity and humour inherent in Ono’s work: it contradicted his view of avant-garde art as pretentious and overly self-serious.

Sheff points out Ono’s work often asks audiences to imagine and create with her. Famously, her “instruction pieces”, which first gained visibility during the 1960s (helped by her book Grapefruit), asked those interacting with the art to do something or think about certain things. Here, the artist and audience were actively working together.

In Self Portrait (1965), a mirror tucked into an envelope meant the portrait in question was not of Ono, but of the person glimpsing their reflection, Sheff writes. Ono did not summon her audience into a world of whimsy for whimsy’s sake, but into a space where artist and audience were co-creating new vantage points from which to admire the world’s everyday wonders.

Mrs Yoko Ono Lennon

By March 1969, Ono was officially Mrs Yoko Ono Lennon. Their marriage was life-changing in myriad ways: both truly felt they had found their perfect match. In 1975, they would welcome a son, Sean. The couple collaborated in art and music, but the union was not beloved by all.

Criticism of Ono ran the gamut from descriptions of her as an oddball interloper in Lennon’s music-making to outright racist remarks because she was Japanese. Sheff shares glimpses that depict just how mean-spirited some of the 1970s media coverage was. But despite the negativity the couple encountered, they enjoyed a loving, meaningful and productive partnership.

Ono’s world changed forever on December 8 1980, when her husband was shot and killed outside their New York home. She was beside him when it happened. Sheff recounts his memories of her unimaginable grief and the resilience she somehow found in the aftermath of Lennon’s murder. Since her husband’s death, she has dedicated a substantial portion of her life to championing Lennon’s legacy, as well as advocating for gun control in the US.

Ono’s own artistic accomplishments and place in the historical record are rightly given full attention throughout the book. Recent retrospective exhibits, including the Tate Modern’s 2024 Yoko Ono: Music of the Mind in London, demonstrate the longstanding cultural impact of her conceptual art. But Sheff also provides welcome insights into her musical career.

‘First female punk rocker’

Ono’s 1974 sold-out tour of Japan is a noteworthy inclusion, as her musical output has received more than its share of negative criticism. Even in 2025, there are memes that assert Ono’s music is unlistenable and among the worst ever created. Anyone familiar with her discography, however, knows most of her work features singing (not screaming). But it has been difficult to pry Ono’s reputation away from her more avant-garde forays into music.

In 2017, Ono was officially credited with co-writing 1971’s Imagine, with her late husband. A more holistic reappraisal of her music has been underway for some time too. Sean Lennon is quoted saying a good number of musicians from his generation always have appreciated and celebrated Ono’s more experimental sounds. As a musician himself, Sean is influenced and inspired by both parents’ work, and he has collaborated with his mother on several occasions.

Gen-X icon Kurt Cobain cited Ono as “the first female punk rocker”, Sheff writes, placing her in a genre where her so-called “screaming” would be a badge of honour, rather than worthy of derision. As a fellow Gen-Xer, I was delighted when, in the early 1990s, I discovered one of my favourite bands, Redd Kross, had helped create a Yoko Ono tribute band of sorts, the Tater Totz – who Sean mentions while discussing his generation’s appreciation of Ono.

Benevolent magic

This thoughtful, engaging biography prompts readers to put aside their preconceptions and reimagine Ono. It suggests she is a force of nature who has made a significant impact on our culture – for good, rather than ill. The book’s cover serves as a fitting preview: a black-and-white photo of its smiling subject.

Sheff asserts at the beginning that he is not looking to “depict Yoko as either a saint or a sinner”. Nonetheless, he offers a much-needed antidote for the decades of venomous critiques directed her way. Considering the amount of public ridicule that Ono has faced for a good portion of her 92 years, it is important more people have a better understanding of who she is, separating myth from reality.

Sheff’s Yoko works well towards achieving this goal. The book offers a nuanced portrait of both the woman and the artist, while showcasing Ono’s creative work as a form of benevolent magic.The Conversation

Christine Feldman-Barrett, Senior Lecturer in Cultural Sociology, Griffith University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘We get bucketloads of homework’: young people speak about what it’s like to start high school

Rawpixel.com
Katherine StevensMurdoch University and Peter R. WhippMurdoch University

Starting high school is one of the most significant transitions young people make in their education. Many different changes happen at once – from making new friends to getting used to a new school environment and different behaviour and academic expectations.

What do young people think about this crucial time in their lives?

In our new research we spoke to ten students in Year 7 at a co-educational school in Perth, Western Australia in 2023. Students were interviewed in Term 3 and asked to share their thoughts about what the move to high school was like. We used a focus group to allow young people to explore their thoughts in a supportive environment.

Our current study is on a small scale. But it contributes to the growing body of research showing the importance of supporting students’ emotional wellbeing during school transitions.

Big changes take time

One of the key things students discussed was how it took time to adjust to high school.

This included managing their time to fit in new study commitments, such as homework for multiple subjects. They also had to locate new classrooms: “trying to go around the school and find them was hard”.

They noted how “different teachers have different rules […] so you gotta remember that and where you’re going”. Other students explained how there was “too much stuff for my brain to handle”.

As another student talked about the pressure to be organised:

It’s hard work going in from Year 6 primary school to Year 7. I can tell you that much. […] we’ve been expected from the first week to remember our timetable, be organised, not forget anything and know our classes […] it’s a lot of pressure and stress on you because we also get bucketloads of homework as well because we don’t get enough time to finish our work.

Students write in book in a classroom.
Students spoke about needing time to adjust. Rawpixel.com

Adjusting to new friendship dynamics

Previous research has found when students start high school they are “more focussed on building new relationships and maintaining old friends”. They will then shift their focus to academic matters “later on”.

Students in our study certainly discussed the importance of friends. Some students had looked forward to making new friends and were enjoying being able to “make some proper friends that you can actually have a proper relationship with”.

Others spoke about their worries about not knowing anyone or having any friends (“I was always questioning myself. Am I going to make any friends?”). Others found their friendship groups changed from primary school (“I don’t talk to them as much […] it’s kind of not the same with them).

Students also talked about how working out new friendships took time.

you’ll find that yes, you might be friends […] but then you might find that they’re not the person who you thought they would be and you might not really want to be with them.

A lot more work

All students observed there was an increased workload of Year 7. Many students said they did not feel prepared for the volume of work and the time frames in which they were expected to complete it.

Some students "found it stressful to keep on top of work”. For some “the homework load and the amount of tests that we have and assessments” were the least enjoyable features of high school. They said it felt like in Year 7, “everything is about academics”.

But students also said they enjoyed being able to do a wider range of subjects. And the hands-on subjects such as cooking and design and technology helped them balance out more intense, academic subjects.

High school students in uniform walk in a group outside a building.
Going from primary school to high school means friendships change – and it is a lot to navigate. Rawpixel.com/Shutterstock

What can help Year 7s?

While students outlined challenges about moving from Year 6 to Year 7, they also identified three things to help make the transition easier.

1. A support network: students stressed it was important to have a support network, whether informally through fellow students, staff or a parent or formally with counselling. This is something schools can encourage with buddy groups or peer support.

2. Extra time: students talked about the importance of teachers giving them extra time to complete work and to get used to new places and processes at high school. They were grateful to teachers who “let you develop in the classroom”.

3. Transition programs: students said specific Year 7 transition programs – that prepare students for the new logistics and expectations – would also help. One student suggested a term in Year 6 should “replicate what it feels like to be in Year 7”.The Conversation

Katherine Stevens, PhD Candidate, Education, Murdoch University and Peter R. Whipp, Dean and Head of School of Education, Murdoch University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Want straighter teeth or a gap between? Don’t believe TikTok – filing them isn’t the answer

Arosha WeerakoonThe University of Queensland

After decades of Hollywood showcasing white-picket-fence celebrity smiles, the world has fallen for White Lotus actor Aimee Lou Wood’s teeth.

Wood was bullied for her looks in her youth and expressed gratitude for the positive comments she received about her teeth since appearing on White Lotus. She also joked that people shouldn’t take to drastic measures like filing teeth to copy her famous gap.

But social media influencers are promising that teeth filing is a quick way to achieve a straight smile. Some influencers even use electric nail drills to cut gaps between their front teeth.

A few of my patients admit to taking a nail file to “buff” or file jagged edges off their teeth. Many do this without understanding what they are cutting away.

Here’s why you should think twice about filing your teeth at home, and why we as dentists or orthodontists occasionally resort to this.

When might a dentist file a tooth?

Dentists and orthodontists occasionally file a tooth’s enamel, known as enameloplasty, to conservatively smooth-down a chipped tooth, or even-out a smile.

But adjustments to a person’s smile are minute, and always limited to the superficial enamel layer of the tooth.

Why don’t dentists routinely file teeth?

Dentists and orthodontists are particular about what and when we cut because teeth don’t grow back like fingernails or hair.

So what is a tooth? A tooth is like an egg, with an outer diamond-like lustrous crystal enamel coat that envelops the hard yet springy dentine.

The enamel and dentine envelop a central chamber – containing blood vessels, cells and nerves – called the pulp.

The outer periphery of the pulp is surrounded by and nourishes special dentine-making cells called odontoblasts.

The odontoblasts are similar to our bone-making cells but don’t have the capacity to regenerate. These cells eventually give way to age-related changes or trauma.

Our enamel-making cells die when our teeth cut through our gums as children, which means we can no longer make new, or repair damaged, enamel.

So damaged enamel or dentine on the outer surface of the tooth cannot self-repair.

Cutting your teeth without sealing and filling them can leave the tooth exposed, destroying the previously well-insulated pulp and causing sensitivity and pain.

Infections can occur because the bacteria from the plaque inside your mouth travels into the tooth and inflames the pulp.

And just like a cut on your skin, the pulp inflames and swells as part of the healing process. But your pulp is encased in a hard enamel-dentine chamber, so it has no room to expand and swell, leading to a throbbing toothache.

What can you do if you want to change your teeth?

You can change your smile without compromising the integrity of your teeth. Dentists can even create or close gaps.

And we will always offer conservative options, including “no treatment”, to keep as many of your teeth whole and healthy as possible.

Sometimes, your dentists and or orthodontists may offer options to:

  • use braces to move teeth. Moving teeth can create a different smile, and sometimes change the shape and position of your jaws, lips and cheeks

  • whiten teeth to remove superficial stains to make your smile look more visually even

  • adapt white resin fillings or veneers to add and change the shape of teeth, with little or no tooth cutting required.

If you’re concerned about the look of your teeth, talk to your dentist or orthodontist about options that won’t damage your teeth and make them last the distance.

Don’t forget that Aimee Lou Wood’s iconic smile makes her stand out from the crowd. Your smile is what makes you special, and is part of who you are.

The Conversation

Arosha Weerakoon, Senior Lecturer and General Dentist, School of Dentistry, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Once a bestseller, now forgotten – why William by E.H. Young deserves a revisit

Emily Hilda Young by Howard Coster. Half-plate film negative, 1932. National Portrait Gallery, LondonCC BY-NC
Rebecca HutcheonUniversity of South Wales

In a year filled with centenaries of famous novels, including Virginia Woolf’s Mrs Dalloway, F. Scott Fitzgerald’s The Great Gatsby and Franz Kafka’s The Trial, another novel also quietly turns 100. William was published in 1925 by the once-celebrated, now largely forgotten, E.H. Young.

William was Young’s most successful novel. It sold more than 68,000 copies and was reprinted 20 times before 1948. It was William which established Young’s reputation as a great writer.

It follows the life of William and Kate Nesbitt and their grown-up children, tracing their trials and tribulations as modern life butts up against traditional values. One of the daughters, Lydia, leaves her husband to live with a novelist. William, a shipowner and the family’s steady centre, supports her. Kate, steeped in traditional respectability, cannot.

A black and white photo of Young.
Emily Hilda Young by Howard Coster, 1932. National Portrait Gallery, LondonCC BY-NC-SA

Two issues lie at the heart of the novel: the role of women and domestic life. Through Kate and William’s relationship, Young breaks new ground as a writer. She explores a later stage of life, when children have grown up. The husband and wife spend time alone and find themselves at odds.

This kind of astute characterisation exemplifies Young’s writing. As with many of Young’s novels, romantic love plays a very small part. The narrative emphasis falls, instead, on other types of relationships.

Women are seen to bear the main burdens of marriage and family life. Again and again, her characters rail against the smallness of middle-class female life and its social conventions.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.


Place and psyche

The novel’s central tension plays out not only in the family, but also in the city they inhabit. William spans the docks and suburbs of fictional Radstowe, a thinly disguised Bristol.

As in Mrs Dalloway, place and psyche are deeply connected. Young uses the physical and social geography of Bristol to examine how women move through a world of unspoken rules.

Young lived in Bristol for 15 years. Most of her novels are set there – or rather in “Upper Radstowe”, her fictional version of real life suburban Clifton. She turned the city’s bridges, rivers and steep class divides into metaphors for the pressures placed on women navigating early 20th-century life.

In William, her characters feel real because they are flawed. The conflict between Lydia’s modern values and Kate’s traditional ones doesn’t resolve cleanly. Young isn’t interested in moralising. Instead, she observes. Her sharp wit, psychological acuity and feel for the rhythms of domestic life make William both an engrossing family novel and a quietly radical one.

Clifton Suspension Bridge with Clifton and reflections on the river Avon.
Modern day Clifton in Bristol. It became Upper Radstowe in E.H. Young’s novels. Sion Hannuna/Shutterstock

Who was the woman behind Radstowe?

Emily Hilda Young was born in 1880 and died in 1949. She wrote 11 novels and was widely read in her day. Four of her novels were made into BBC radio dramas. Her 1930 novel Miss Mole was televised by the BBC in 1980.

Like many of her characters, Young led an unconventional life. During the first world war she worked as a stable hand and in a munitions factory. Her husband, a solicitor named Arthur Daniell, went off to fight. After Daniell was killed at Ypres in 1917, Young moved to London and got a job in a school where her married lover, Ralph Henderson, was the headmaster.

She was also a keen mountaineer in an era when there were few women climbers. She even pioneered and led others along a route, now known as Hope, in the Carneddau mountains in Eryri (Snowdonia) in 1915.

This quiet radicalism filters into her fiction. Her characters are often sharp-tongued, independent and disillusioned by the roles they’ve been expected to play.

It’s hard to place Young in a neat category, however. Her novels can hardly be described as romances. Love is often portrayed as destructive or imprisoning. Young was a feminist and campaigned for votes for women, but she saw human failings in both men and women. She admired strength of character in spite of gender.

If anything, she’s a 20th-century Jane Austen. Her narratives are witty portrayals of social and family life with psychological depth. In Young, though, there’s a mixture of openness and coldness, and a sarcastic sense of humour which emerges spontaneously. At times, it catches you off guard.

Like the best realist writers, Young’s world and its characters are richly drawn. And yet unlike Thomas Hardy or Leo Tolstoy, for instance, Young isn’t interested in tragedy or melodrama. Small troubles are overcome and people make up, even if it doesn’t result in a traditional happy ending.

Young’s legacy has faded, perhaps because her novels sit between genres: not quite realist, not quite modernist, not quite romantic. But as literary anniversaries prompt readers to revisit old favourites, there’s room to bring back overlooked voices.

For readers interested in the inner lives of women, in family dynamics, in novels where place and psychology are intertwined, E.H. Young is worth discovering. This year, rather than returning to the worlds of Clarissa Dalloway and Jay Gatsby, you could instead take a detour to Upper Radstowe, where quiet, deeply human dramas still unfold.The Conversation

Rebecca Hutcheon, Research Fellow at the Faculty of Business and Creative Industries, University of South Wales

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

One to One: John & Yoko – documentary shows how Lennon and Ono shaped protest music, pop culture and each other

Stephanie HernandezUniversity of Liverpool

The new documentary One to One: John & Yoko offers an illuminating look into John Lennon’s post-Beatles activism with his partner Yoko Ono. It captures an early 1970s climate that was charged with political unrest and media saturation.

Rather than perpetuate the simplified myth of Lennon as a lone revolutionary figure, the film spotlights Ono’s equally influential role in their shared artistic and social endeavours. The film also highlights how Lennon and Ono aimed to galvanise a generation that had grown apathetic and disillusioned after the perceived failure of the 1960s “flower power” to deliver genuine social change.

The film adopts a pop-art, “channel surfing” aesthetic that situates the viewer in a recreated version of Lennon and Ono’s Greenwich Village apartment. This form plays on Lennon’s own television addiction. The story unfolds amid rapid cuts between Richard Nixon reelection speeches, anti-war demonstrations and playful consumer ads for laundry soap or ground beef – as if the viewer is surfing television channels.

These scenes coalesce into a surreal tapestry of commercialism and counterculture. The interplay echoes the way Lennon and Ono saw pop culture and radical activism as inescapably intertwined discourses. It underscores how even seemingly mundane aspects of consumer life impinged on their activism and vice versa.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.


Lennon’s politics had emerged during his time as a Beatle, as evidenced in the song Revolution (1968). But it was Ono’s avant-garde sensibility that nudged him into more radical territory – both musically and socially.

I’ve researched Ono’s comedic artistry in her performance art. So I found the way One to One portrays Ono seamlessly blending her artistic principles with raw emotional outcries onstage especially compelling.

Her presence surfaces most powerfully in her onstage performance of Don’t Worry Kyoko (Mummy’s Only Looking for Her Hand in the Snow). There, her raw, piercing screams function as a form of cathartic protest rather than mere provocation. Despite widespread media ridicule (such as the infamous Chuck Berry footage that resurfaces on the internet every now and then), One to One clarifies that Ono’s screams constitute a highly personal mode of expression and resistance.

The trailer for One to One: John & Yoko.

Later in the film, Lennon’s own raw performance of his song Mother (1970) reveals how much Ono’s techniques informed his own. The documentary explores the emotional origins behind Ono’s shrieks, situating them within the context of primal scream therapy. This provides an interesting background to Lennon’s own wailing on Mother, a song about the lingering feeling of abandonment he had experienced since childhood.

The film highlights a mutual borrowing. Lennon was not only the rock artist providing Ono exposure on the world’s stage but also a beneficiary of her experimental practices. Throughout the film, the couple are shown workshopping protest songs, connecting with countercultural figureheads such as poet Allen Ginsberg and activist Jerry Rubin, and aiding in counter-cultural protest of the American prison system.

This sense of reciprocity between the couple is at the core of One to One.

Complementary forces

The One to One Benefit Concerts in August of 1972 at Madison Square Garden are at the epicentre of this film. Far from a publicity stunt, the shows sought tangible outcomes. They ultimately raised over US$1.5 million (£1,149,000) for Willowbrook State School, a facility for children with disabilities. Coincidentally, Lennon and Ono learned about the school through watching TV.

The film includes an emotional scene of the children from Willowbrook playing in a park while Lennon performs Imagine. It shows how the song was never intended to canonise Lennon as a saint, but was rather to encourage social change.

Although their plans to bail out people in prison on a Free The People tour fell through, Lennon and Ono’s capacity for integrating live music with direct engagement resonates in the concert footage.

The film devotes considerable screen time to the concerts and crowd reactions. This portrays the physical energy of Lennon’s brand of rock ‘n’ roll and Ono’s more avant-garde flair as complementary forces. What emerges is a dynamic synergy, both onstage and off, that positions them as co-leaders of their own brand of pop activism.

Towards the end of the film is footage of Ono delivering a speech about the ridicule she has faced in society and performing the song Age 39 (Looking Over from My Hotel Window) at the First International Feminist Conference at Harvard University in 1973.

This segment includes home video footage of Ono walking among the witch sites of Salem, Massachusetts, symbolising her shifting role in society. She explains that she was “upgraded” from a “bitch” to a “witch”. One to One’s portrayal of Ono as a collaborator of Lennon’s rather than a reduction of her to a romantic partner points to how the narrative tide is changing, and Ono is finally getting her due recognition.

One to One captures a moment when their combined artistry, activism, and mutual exchange of vocal techniques converged – creating an indelible record of how two personalities shaped protest music, pop culture and each other.The Conversation

Stephanie Hernandez, PhD Candidate, Literature and Music, University of Liverpool

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

SLSA Masters Legends 2025: Congratulations Ted Smithies of Newport SLSC

Ted when presented with his Newport SLSC Life Membership in July 2022, surrounded by his fan base. Photo: Newport SLSC

The third Masters Legends award ceremony was held during the Masters Competition of the 2025 Australian Surf Life Saving Championships (The Aussies). The Masters Legends recognises Masters competitors (individuals or teams) over the age of 35 who have achieved exceptional results over a sustained period in Masters competition.

Masters competitors play an integral part in the sport arena, through their dedication to surf lifesaving, competitiveness, and ability to play a key role within the club structures.

2025 marks 32 years of the Masters Championship at the Aussies. At this year’s Masters Legends awards ceremony, three Masters were recognised for their achievements – Laura Thurtell (Bondi SBLSC, NSW), Rod Taylor (Mooloolaba SLSC, QLD), Louise Santos (Bondi SBLSC, NSW), and Ted Smithies (Newport SLSC, NSW).

Surf Life Saving Australia wishes to congratulate and recognise Laura, Rod, Louis, and Ted for their respective achievements, which are listed below.

Ted Smithies (Newport SLSC, NSW)

Between 2001 and 2024, Ted Smithies won 31 Gold, three silver and three bronze medals in Masters competition in the beach area – sprint, relay and flags. He won again in 2025, taking gold in the 70-74 yrs Male Beach Flags.

In 2016 Newport Masters legend Ted Smithies finishing 1st in the beach sprint  at the World Championships held at the Netherlands.

Ted was made a Life Member of Newport SLSC in 2022. 

Ted has been an active Patrolling member for 25yrs, holding 5 different positions on the management committee and 2 positions on different sub committees during this time.

Ted has been keen on actively mentoring new patrolling members through the club and encouraging them to take on more roles throughout the club.

Newport SLSC said on Thursday April 17, when SLSA announced the awards:

''Congratulations to Newport's Ted Smithies on his induction into the SLSA masters hall of fame. Recognition of his ongoing incredible results in beach sprints and flags.''

Laura Thurtell – Bondi SBLSC, NSW

Laura first competed as a Master in 2006 in the age 40-44 group. She has been a continuous podium finisher since that year and across a range of disciplines including Surf, Board, Tube, Iron Woman, Ski and Beach events. Laura also excels in pool rescue events. In the three years between 2019 and 2022 when the Championships were held, Laura won 19 Gold medals.

Rod Taylor – Mooloolaba SLSC, QLD (Award collected by club representative)

Rod first commenced competing in individual Masters beach events in 2003 in the 50-54 years age group. He has been a continuous podium finisher since 2003 across a wide range of disciplines, and was the most successful master in the over 70 years age group at the 2023 championships winning every event he contested.

Louise Santos – Bondi SBLSC, NSW (Award presented to Louise’s husband)

Between 2005 and 2023, Louise Santos won 32 Gold, 19 Silver and 19 Bronze medals in Masters competition which included Ironwoman, R&R, Board, and Pool Rescue events.


THE SLSA MASTERS LEGENDS

NAME CLUB Year Inducted

Stephen FRY Northcliffe, QLD 2019

Gavin HILL Grange SA, Northcliffe QLD 2019

Mark BENNETTS Southport, QLD 2019

Michael COOK Trigg Island, WA 2019

Neville DeMESTRE North Burleigh, QLD 2019

Paul LEMMON Terrigal, NSW 2019

Martin LYNCH Newport, NSW 2019

Donald MARSH Carlton Park, TAS 2019

Georgina LYNCH Noosa Heads, QLD 2019

Alison PEGG Noosa Heads, QLD 2019

Dori MILLER      Bondi Surf Bathers LSC, NSW 2022

Michael GEDZ                 Queenscliff NSW 2022

David HUTCHISON Glenelg, SA         2023

Davina STRAUSS         Coledale, NSW 2023

Dianne WALLACE-WARD Seacliff, SA 2023

Laura THURTELL Bondi, NSW 2025

Rod TAYLOR Mooloolaba, QLD 2025

Louise SANTOS Bondi, NSW 2025

Ted SMITHIES Newport, NSW 2025

Should we halve the super drawdown rate?: National Seniors

Uncertainty and risk are a curse on retirement savings, especially superannuation where Australians now have more than $4 trillion invested. 

Super builds wealth through equity growth and bond markets but these markets are now under significant strain from the Trump administrations’ reshaping of trade tariffs. 

Uncertainty and risk have been elevated to levels not seen since the Covid-19 pandemic. 

During the past weeks, some Australian retirees have seen their super investments drop by up to 30% or more. 

A commentator for the Australian Financial Review observed: “Investors are all wondering the same thing: will the Trump administration leave them better or worse off. Some see method in the madness. Others believe the optimists are engaging in the delusional act of sane-washing; imparting logic and reason where it does not exist.” 

This election, restore retirement certainty
While our government cannot undo the global uncertainty, it has room to take the pressure off retirees, who rightly worry they won’t have enough to fund a comfortable retirement. 

Australian governments have a record of making changes to superannuation rules, which undermine confidence in super. 

The current market volatility should dissuade all sides of politics from making further substantive changes to super rules. 

National Seniors Australia (NSA) is calling on all election candidates to commit to the following actions that can provide support to seniors on fixed and limited incomes: 
  • Halve the super drawdown rate if markets continue to deteriorate.
  • Freeze Age Pension deeming rates and review the method used to calculate deeming rate thresholds.
  • Abstain from significant changes to superannuation to restore confidence in super. 
NSA CEO, Chris Grice, says the election is an important watershed in the way Australia treats retirees. 

“In the lead-up to the federal election, and at a time when Australians are already facing so much uncertainty, we hope all sides of politics heed our call and commit to giving older Australians some certainty over their superannuation.” 

Super drawdown rate
Under Australia’s superannuation rules, superannuants are required to withdraw a minimum amount each financial year, beginning at 4% for retirees under 65 and increasing to 14% for those 95 and older. 

During the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting hit on investor super balances, the government halved the mandatory minimum superannuation drawndown rates to help slow the depletion of super balances. 

Currently markets are not yet at crisis levels but we don’t know where things are going. According to the Super Members Council, “the recent share market declines are so far relatively small compared to that during COVID and the GFC. During COVID markets fell by more 30%, and by as much as 50% GFC. At the time of writing the Australian All Ordinaries Index was down about 3.8% for the week, and 7.6% for the year.” 

NSA believes that whoever forms government should consider halving drawdown rates if markets deteriorate to a point that the current drawdown rates undermine retirees’ savings. 

We’re calling on all election candidates to commit to this and demonstrate their support for retirees who, generally, don’t have time to recoup losses and who are affected the most. 

Deeming rates freeze
The next government should continue the freeze on deeming rates (due to be lifted 1 July) until interest rates drop and a fairer and more transparent way to calculate deeming is put in place. 

With the cash rate higher than the upper deeming rate, there is a risk that when the freeze ends, a return to the post-2012 methodology will mean: 
  • Hundreds of thousands of pensioners will have their pensions cut 
  • Some Commonwealth Seniors Health Card holders will lose this benefit 
  • Aged care costs will increase for seniors subject to means testing. 
The freeze should be in tandem with developing a more transparent method for calculating deeming rates in the future. 

The previous method (pre-2012), where the upper rate mirrored the Reserve Bank of Australia cash rate and the lower rate was a proportion of this, would be a fair approach. 

With the RBA cash rate high, any change to the deeming rate should be phased in incrementally when indexation of the Age Pension occurs in March and September. 

Restoring confidence in superannuation
Superannuation is often the single most important investment, outside the family home. Older people rely on their super for financial security in later life. 

However, constant debates and rule changes undermine confidence in the system. Myths that older people are dying with their super balances intact, fuel some of these policy debates, but are wrong. 

Median account balances for men and women aged 75 and over in 2022 were only $166,185 and $161,201 respectively – this means that 50% of people aged 75 and over had balances less than these amounts.  

Older people value the flexibility and choice that Australia’s world class retirement income system provides. The inherent flexibility of super in the pension phase is one of its most important features.  

This election, we are calling for:
  • A moratorium on any substantive changes to superannuation rules, with future changes subject to rigorous and independent analysis 
  • Amend the legislated Objective of Superannuation to rebalance its lopsided focus on retirement income to ensure it is not used to justify unfair changes to super rules 
  • Resist the imposition of egregious inheritance taxes  
  • Increase Age Pension gifting limits to provide an incentive for pensioners to donate to charity and gift to younger generations. 
You can read more about National Seniors Australia 2025 election policies – on Cost of Living, Health and Aged Care, and Banking and Superannuation – here.  

Tremors, seizures and paralysis: this brain disorder is more common than multiple sclerosis – but often goes undiagnosed

Kateryna Kon/Shutterstock
Benjamin ScrivenerUniversity of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau

Imagine suddenly losing the ability to move a limb, walk or speak. You would probably recognise this as a medical emergency and get to hospital.

Now imagine the doctors at the hospital run some tests and then say, “Good news! All your tests were normal, clear scans, and nothing is wrong. You can go home!” Yet, you are still experiencing very real and disabling symptoms.

Unfortunately, this is the experience of many people with functional neurological disorder. Even worse, some are blamed and reprimanded for exaggerating or faking their symptoms.

So, what is this disorder, and why is it so challenging to recognise and treat?

What is functional neurological disorder?

Neurological disorders are conditions that affect how the nervous system works. The nervous system sends and receives messages between the brain and other parts of your body to regulate a wide range of functions, such as movement, speaking, vision, thinking and digestion.

To the untrained eye, functional neurological disorder can resemble other conditions such as stroke, multiple sclerosis or epilepsy.

But, unlike these conditions, functional neurological symptoms aren’t due to damage or a disease process affecting the nervous system. This means the disorder doesn’t appear on routine brain imaging and other tests.

Functional symptoms are, instead, due to dysfunction in the processing of information between several brain networks. Simply put, it’s a problem of the brain’s software, not the hardware.

What are the symptoms?

Functional neurological disorder can produce a kaleidoscope of diverse and changing symptoms. This often adds to confusion for patients and make diagnosis more challenging.

Symptoms may include paralysis or abnormal movements such as tremors, jerks and tics. This often leads to difficulty walking or coordinating movements.

Sensory symptoms may involve numbness, tingling or loss of vision.

Dissociative symptoms, such as functional seizures and blackouts, are also common.

Some people experience cognitive symptoms including brain fog or problems finding the right words. Fatigue and chronic pain frequently coexist with these symptoms.

These symptoms can be severe and distressing and, without treatment, can persist for years. For example, some people with functional neurological disorder cannot walk and must use a wheelchair for decades.

Diagnosis involves identifying established diagnostic signs and ensuring no other diagnoses are missed. This process is best carried out by an experienced neurologist or neuropsychiatrist.

Older woman sits in a wheelchair in her lounge room.
Functional neurological disorder can affect movement and some people may be unable to walk. Fit Ztudio/Shutterstock

How common is it?

Functional neurological disorder is one of the most common medical conditions seen in emergency care and in outpatient neurology clinics.

It affects around 10–22 people per 100,000 per year. This makes it more common than multiple sclerosis.

Despite this, it is often under-recognised and misunderstood by health-care professionals. This leads to delays in diagnosis and treatment.

This lack of awareness also contributes to the perception that it’s rare, when it’s actually common among neurological disorders.

Who does functional neurological disorder affect?

This condition can affect anyone, although it is more common in women and younger people. Around two thirds of patients are female, but this gender disparity reduces with age.

Understanding of the disorder has developed significantly over the past few decades, but there’s still more to learn. Several biological, psychological, and social factors can predispose people.

Genetics, traumatic life experiences, anxiety and depression can increase the risk. Stressful life events, illness, or physical injuries can trigger or worsen existing symptoms.

But not everyone with the disorder has experienced significant trauma or stress.

How is it treated?

If left untreated, about half the people with this condition will remain the same or their symptoms will worsen. However, with the help of experienced clinicians, many people can make rapid recoveries when treatment starts early.

There are no specific medications for functional neurological disorder but personalised rehabilitation guided by experienced clinicians is recommended.

Some people may need a team of multidisciplinary clinicians that may include physiotherapists, occupational therapists, speech therapists, psychologists and doctors.

People also need accurate information about their condition, because understanding and beliefs about the disorder play an important role in recovery. Accurate information helps patients to develop more realistic expectations, reduces anxiety and can empower people to be more active in their recovery.

Treating common co-existing conditions, such as anxiety or depression, can also be helpful.

Man in grey sweatshirt lies in bed with arm over head.
Symptoms can include headaches and brain fog. PeopleImages.com - Yuri A/Shutterstock

A dark history

The origins of the disorder are deeply rooted in the sexist history of its pre-scientific ancestor – hysteria. The legacy of hysteria has cast a long shadow, contributing to a misogynistic bias in perception and treatment. This historical context has led to ongoing stigma, where symptoms were often labelled as psychological and not warranting treatment.

Women with functional symptoms often face scepticism and dismissal. In some cases, significant harm occurs through stigmatisation, inadequate care and poor management. Modern medicine has attempted to address these biases by recognising functional neurological disorder as a legitimate condition.

lack of education for medical professionals likely contributes to stigma. Many clinicians report low confidence and knowledge about their ability to manage the disorder.

A bright future?

Fortunately, awareness, research and interest has grown over the past decade. Many treatment approaches are being trialled, including specialist physiotherapypsychological therapies and non-invasive brain stimulation.

Patient-led organisations and support networks are making headway advocating for improvements in health systems, research and education. The goal is to unite patients, their families, clinicians, and researchers to advance a new standard of care across the world.The Conversation

Benjamin Scrivener, PhD Candidate, Faculty of Medical and Health Sciences, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A weird phrase is plaguing scientific papers – and we traced it back to a glitch in AI training data

Google Deepmind / Unsplash
Aaron J. SnoswellQueensland University of TechnologyKevin WitzenbergerQueensland University of Technology, and Rayane El MasriQueensland University of Technology

Earlier this year, scientists discovered a peculiar term appearing in published papers: “vegetative electron microscopy”.

This phrase, which sounds technical but is actually nonsense, has become a “digital fossil” – an error preserved and reinforced in artificial intelligence (AI) systems that is nearly impossible to remove from our knowledge repositories.

Like biological fossils trapped in rock, these digital artefacts may become permanent fixtures in our information ecosystem.

The case of vegetative electron microscopy offers a troubling glimpse into how AI systems can perpetuate and amplify errors throughout our collective knowledge.

A bad scan and an error in translation

Vegetative electron microscopy appears to have originated through a remarkable coincidence of unrelated errors.

First, two papers from the 1950s, published in the journal Bacteriological Reviews, were scanned and digitised.

However, the digitising process erroneously combined “vegetative” from one column of text with “electron” from another. As a result, the phantom term was created.

Excerpts from scanned papers show how incorrectly parsed column breaks lead to the term 'vegetative electron micro...' being introduced.
Excerpts from scanned papers show how incorrectly parsed column breaks lead to the term ‘vegetative electron micro…’ being introduced. Bacteriological Reviews

Decades later, “vegetative electron microscopy” turned up in some Iranian scientific papers. In 2017 and 2019, two papers used the term in English captions and abstracts.

This appears to be due to a translation error. In Farsi, the words for “vegetative” and “scanning” differ by only a single dot.

Screenshot from Google Translate showing the similarity of the Farsi terms for 'vegetative' and 'scanning'.
Screenshot from Google Translate showing the similarity of the Farsi terms for ‘vegetative’ and ‘scanning’. Google Translate

An error on the rise

The upshot? As of today, “vegetative electron microscopy” appears in 22 papers, according to Google Scholar. One was the subject of a contested retraction from a Springer Nature journal, and Elsevier issued a correction for another.

The term also appears in news articles discussing subsequent integrity investigations.

Vegetative electron microscopy began to appear more frequently in the 2020s. To find out why, we had to peer inside modern AI models – and do some archaeological digging through the vast layers of data they were trained on.

Empirical evidence of AI contamination

The large language models behind modern AI chatbots such as ChatGPT are “trained” on huge amounts of text to predict the likely next word in a sequence. The exact contents of a model’s training data are often a closely guarded secret.

To test whether a model “knew” about vegetative electron microscopy, we input snippets of the original papers to find out if the model would complete them with the nonsense term or more sensible alternatives.

The results were revealing. OpenAI’s GPT-3 consistently completed phrases with “vegetative electron microscopy”. Earlier models such as GPT-2 and BERT did not. This pattern helped us isolate when and where the contamination occurred.

We also found the error persists in later models including GPT-4o and Anthropic’s Claude 3.5. This suggests the nonsense term may now be permanently embedded in AI knowledge bases.

Screenshot of a command line program showing the term 'vegetative electron microscopy' being generated by GPT-3.5 (specifically, the model gpt-3.5-turbo-instruct). The top 17 most likely completions of the provided text are 'vegetative electron microscopy
Screenshot of a command line program showing the term ‘vegetative electron microscopy’ being generated by GPT-3.5 (specifically, the model gpt-3.5-turbo-instruct). The top 17 most likely completions of the provided text are ‘vegetative electron microscopy’, and these suggestions are 2.2 times more likely than the next most likely prediction. OpenAI

By comparing what we know about the training datasets of different models, we identified the CommonCrawl dataset of scraped internet pages as the most likely vector where AI models first learned this term.

The scale problem

Finding errors of this sort is not easy. Fixing them may be almost impossible.

One reason is scale. The CommonCrawl dataset, for example, is millions of gigabytes in size. For most researchers outside large tech companies, the computing resources required to work at this scale are inaccessible.

Another reason is a lack of transparency in commercial AI models. OpenAI and many other developers refuse to provide precise details about the training data for their models. Research efforts to reverse engineer some of these datasets have also been stymied by copyright takedowns.

When errors are found, there is no easy fix. Simple keyword filtering could deal with specific terms such as vegetative electron microscopy. However, it would also eliminate legitimate references (such as this article).

More fundamentally, the case raises an unsettling question. How many other nonsensical terms exist in AI systems, waiting to be discovered?

Implications for science and publishing

This “digital fossil” also raises important questions about knowledge integrity as AI-assisted research and writing become more common.

Publishers have responded inconsistently when notified of papers including vegetative electron microscopy. Some have retracted affected papers, while others defended them. Elsevier notably attempted to justify the term’s validity before eventually issuing a correction.

We do not yet know if other such quirks plague large language models, but it is highly likely. Either way, the use of AI systems has already created problems for the peer-review process.

For instance, observers have noted the rise of “tortured phrases” used to evade automated integrity software, such as “counterfeit consciousness” instead of “artificial intelligence”. Additionally, phrases such as “I am an AI language model” have been found in other retracted papers.

Some automatic screening tools such as Problematic Paper Screener now flag vegetative electron microscopy as a warning sign of possible AI-generated content. However, such approaches can only address known errors, not undiscovered ones.

Living with digital fossils

The rise of AI creates opportunities for errors to become permanently embedded in our knowledge systems, through processes no single actor controls. This presents challenges for tech companies, researchers, and publishers alike.

Tech companies must be more transparent about training data and methods. Researchers must find new ways to evaluate information in the face of AI-generated convincing nonsense. Scientific publishers must improve their peer review processes to spot both human and AI-generated errors.

Digital fossils reveal not just the technical challenge of monitoring massive datasets, but the fundamental challenge of maintaining reliable knowledge in systems where errors can become self-perpetuating.The Conversation

Aaron J. Snoswell, Research Fellow in AI Accountability, Queensland University of TechnologyKevin Witzenberger, Research Fellow, GenAI Lab, Queensland University of Technology, and Rayane El Masri, PhD Candidate, GenAI Lab, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

1 in 3 voters aged 60+: Seniors call to candidates ahead of election

National Seniors Australia (NSA) is urging candidates ahead of the Federal Election to adopt policies to improve the lives of older Australians with cost-of-living, health, aged care, banking, and superannuation top concerns.

With a community of 260,000 supporters nationwide, the peak consumer body is well placed to reflect the views of seniors as detailed in its policy priorities for older Australians.

“Against a background of market and retirement income volatility, rising living costs continue to stretch household budgets for older Australians,” NSA CEO Mr Grice said.

“The 2025 election provides an opportunity to refine the direction of government policy to ensure our standard of living does not go backwards and to better aid those who need support.

“NSA’s six key policy recommendations, across three policy areas, reflect the diverse needs and views of older Australians to ensure they feel safe and secure in their later years.”

NSA is calling for:

COST OF LIVING
  • Retain the deeming rate freeze until a fairer method is devised.
  • Let Pensioners Work by exempting employment income from the pension income test.
HEALTH & AGED CARE
  • Review the private health system to reduce premiums and out-of-pocket costs.
  • Provide more home care packages to reduce wait list to three month.
BANKING & SUPERANNUATION
  • Create an Australia Post bank for regional and rural Australia.
  • Protect your hard-earned super by retaining choice and control.
“To help older Australians understand where their local candidates stand on these issues, NSA has created a Scorecard. It’s a simple yet effective way for people to query candidates’ support for seniors’ policies,” Mr Grice said.

“1 in 3 voters are aged 60 years and older. It is imperative candidates support older people to have the confidence to live full lives and enhance their ongoing contribution to the social fabric and economic prosperity of Australia.

“On May 3rd, Australians will decide who will form government – older Australians will play a critical role in this decision.” 

Alleviating cost of living pressures key to older Australians’ vote: new polling - COTA

Australians aged over 50 say action to address key cost of living pressures such as grocery costs and energy bills is key to getting their vote in the upcoming election.

Polling commissioned by COTA Australia – the leading advocacy organisation for older people – released today shows that older people rank the cost of groceries and other day-to-day expenses; energy bills and other utility bills; and healthcare and medicines as the top three issues that will affect how they vote in the upcoming election.

Another cost of living pressure – the cost and availability of housing – ranks as the fourth most important issue for people over 50.COTA Australia Chief Executive, Patricia Sparrow, said the polling should act as a wake up call to politicians ahead of the election.

“We know cost of living pressures are hurting people of all ages, and older people are no different. The top three issues older voters will have on their minds when they’re standing at the ballot box are all cost of living related,” Ms Sparrow said.

“We’ve already seen some good cost of living measures announced by our politicians, but we’re looking forward to seeing more including on things like the introduction of a Seniors Dental Benefit Scheme and targeted housing support.

People need to see real, tangible action and solutions. The cost of living pressures are really hurting people, especially those on fixed incomes like the pension.”

Ms Sparrow said older Australians also want to see action to address ageism, with six in ten people saying Australia needs a national plan to support an ageing Australia and tackle ageism.72 per cent of participants aged 50 and over also believe that ageism locks older people out of the workforce. The figures increases to 75 per cent of people who are not in paid employment.

“We’ve got an ageing population and an ageism problem. It’s a dangerous combination that our politicians need to start addressing quickly.

“Ageism impacts everyone. It locks people out of work, it impacts our healthcare – it can impact people in every area of their lives. The obvious impacts are on the people experiencing ageism themselves, but the flow on effects impact all of us.”

The polling found that 30 per cent of participants say they have experienced ageism in the past five years. That increases to 40 per cent of older Australians who are in serious financial difficulty.

“This is a very worrying statistic that our politicians can’t afford to ignore. We need a national plan to tackle ageism put in place so we can start seriously investigating and addressing these issues.”

Key findings:
  • Cost of groceries and other day-to-day expenses is the top election priority for those aged 50 and over. 61% rank the issue in their top 3 most important and 31% say it is the most important.
  • Cost of energy bills is the second most important election issue for older Australians, with 43% ranking it in their top 3 election issues.
  • Healthcare and medicines are the third most important issue for older Australians, with 35% ranking it in their top 3.
  • 28% of older Australians put the cost and availability of housing in their top 3 most important election issues.
  • Cost and availability of housing is the second most important issue for older Australians who are renting, with almost half (49%) ranking the issue in their top 3.
  • A majority (57%) of older Australians see ageism as a problem in Australia and 60% say Australia needs a national plan to tackle ageism.
  • 72% of participants aged 50 and over agree that ageism locks older people out of the workforce.
  • 30% of participants say they have experienced ageism in the last 5 years. Older Australians in serious financial difficulty are the most likely to have experienced ageism in the past 5 years (40%).

Artefacts reveal the courage and sacrifice 110 years on from Gallipoli

April 23, 2025
A powerful collection of wartime artefacts testifying to the enduring legacy of the ANZACs is on display at the Anzac Memorial as the nation marks 110 years since the landing at Gallipoli this week.

Anzac Day is an opportunity to reflect on a legacy etched in courage and sacrifice that has shaped our nation and resonated through the generations for more than a century.

These artefacts offer a tangible connection to those who served at Gallipoli, ensuring their stories are preserved for generations to come.

Among the artefacts is an otherwise ordinary pocket Bible that saved the life of Corporal Alister Ross at Gallipoli. Carried in his breast pocket, the bible absorbed the full force of a bullet or high-velocity shrapnel fragment, its cover still bearing the imprint of that life-saving moment.

A rare surviving trench periscope, acquired by light horseman Sergeant Roy Harris during the campaign, speaks to the remarkable ingenuity of soldiers who improvised solutions to the challenges of warfare in the trenches.

The 9th Battalion’s marker pennant is a poignant remnant of the first battalion to land at Anzac Cove – among them, several hundred men from northern NSW who were part of that historic dawn landing.

Visitors to the Anzac Memorial can see these and many more artefacts from over a century of service by Australian men and women, including the Treasures of the Anzac Memorial exhibition marking the Memorial’s 90th anniversary. Entry is free and open daily, 9am to 5pm.

Many of the items in the exhibition can now be viewed digitally following the launch of the Memorial’s online collection on the Anzac Memorial website.

Minister for Veterans David Harris said:

“Anzac Day is a time for the NSW community to come together and pay tribute to the first ANZACs and to all the brave servicemen and servicewomen who have since followed in their footsteps.

“Thanks to the generosity of those who returned from Gallipoli and the families of those who served, artefacts like these now sit in collections such as the Anzac Memorial’s, ensuring the stories of courage and sacrifice of those who landed at Anzac Cove 110 years ago can be shared with generations to come.

“These artefacts hold a special place with my family, as my great great uncle Duncan Chapman served in the 9th battalion and was the first ashore at Gallipoli in 1915.

“I want to encourage everyone to visit these artefacts but for those who are unable to visit in person, the online collection enables anyone to view the memorial virtually and experience the thousands of donated items.”

Anzac Memorial’s Senior Historian and Curator Brad Manera said:

“The Gallipoli campaign in 1915 saw the birth of the ANZAC legend. The gallantry of the Australian soldiers attracted international attention and created a reputation for military skill that is the foundation of a tradition enjoyed by the Australian Defence Force to this day.

“The great-hearted men who fought at Gallipoli, and the women who nursed and supported them, are all long dead but the mementoes and souvenirs they acquired and entrusted to collections like those of the Anzac Memorial remain. These artefacts are tangible reminders of an extraordinary generation and their legacy of courage, endurance and sacrifice.”

New study finds no evidence technology causes ‘digital dementia’ in older people

RDNE Stock project/Pexels
Nikki-Anne WilsonUNSW Sydney

In the 21st century, digital technology has changed many aspects of our lives. Generative artificial intelligence (AI) is the latest newcomer, with chatbots and other AI tools changing how we learn and creating considerable philosophical and legal challenges regarding what it means to “outsource thinking”.

But the emergence of technology that changes the way we live is not a new issue. The change from analogue to digital technology began around the 1960s and this “digital revolution” is what brought us the internet. An entire generation of people who lived and worked through this evolution are now entering their early 80s.

So what can we learn from them about the impact of technology on the ageing brain? A comprehensive new study from researchers at the University of Texas and Baylor University in the United States provides important answers.

A man wearing a suit speaking into a microphone.
Manfred Spitzer first introduced the ‘digital dementia’ hypothesis in 2012. Marc Reichwein/Wikipedia

Published today in Nature Human Behaviour, it found no supporting evidence for the “digital dementia” hypothesis. In fact, it found the use of computers, smartphones and the internet among people over 50 might actually be associated with lower rates of cognitive decline.

What is ‘digital dementia’?

Much has been written about the potential negative impact from technology on the human brain.

According to the “digital dementia” hypothesis introduced by German neuroscientist and psychiatrist Manfred Spitzer in 2012, increased use of digital devices has resulted in an over-reliance on technology. In turn, this has weakened our overall cognitive ability.

Three areas of concern regarding the use of technology have previously been noted:

  1. An increase in passive screen time. This refers to technology use which does not require significant thought or participation, such as watching TV or scrolling social media.

  2. Offloading cognitive abilities to technology, such as no longer memorising phone numbers because they are kept in our contact list.

  3. Increased susceptibility to distraction.

Why is this new study important?

We know technology can impact how our brain develops. But the effect of technology on how our brain ages is less understood.

This new study by neuropsychologists Jared Benge and Michael Scullin is important because it examines the impact of technology on older people who have experienced significant changes in the way they use technology across their life.

The new study performed what is known as a meta-analysis where the results of many previous studies are combined. The authors searched for studies examining technology use in people aged over 50 and examined the association with cognitive decline or dementia. They found 57 studies which included data from more than 411,000 adults. The included studies measured cognitive decline based on lower performance on cognitive tests or a diagnosis of dementia.

Older man riding a bicycle through a forest.
The study found that technology use had a similarly positive effect on brain function as physical activity. l i g h t p o e t/shutterstock

A reduced risk of cognitive decline

Overall, the study found greater use of technology was associated with a reduced risk of cognitive decline. Statistical tests were used to determine the “odds” of having cognitive decline based on exposure to technology. An odds ratio under 1 indicates a reduced risk from exposure and the combined odds ratio in this study was 0.42. This means higher use of technology was associated with a 58% risk reduction for cognitive decline.

This benefit was found even when the effect of other things known to contribute to cognitive decline, such as socioeconomic status and other health factors, were accounted for.

Interestingly, the magnitude of the effect of technology use on brain function found in this study was similar or stronger than other known protective factors, such as physical activity (approximately a 35% risk reduction), or maintaining a healthy blood pressure (approximately a 13% risk reduction).

However, it is important to understand that there are far more studies conducted over many years examining the benefits of managing blood pressure and increasing physical activty, and the mechanisms through which they help protect our brains are far more understood.

It is also a lot easier to measure blood pressure than it is use of technology. A strength of this study is that it considered these difficulties by focusing on certain aspects of technology use but excluded others such as brain training games.

These findings are encouraging. But we still can’t say technology use causes better cognitive function. More research is needed to see if these findings are replicated in different groups of people (especially those from low and middle income countries) who were underrepresented in this study, and to understand why this relationship might occur.

A question of ‘how’ we use technology

In reality, it’s simply not feasible to live in the world today without using some form of technology. Everything from paying bills to booking our next holiday is now almost completely done online. Maybe we should instead be thinking about how we use technology.

Cognitively stimulating activities such as reading, learning a new language and playing music – particularly in early adulthood – can help protect our brains as we age.

Greater engagement with technology across our lifespan may be a form of stimulating our memory and thinking, as we adapt to new software updates or learn how to use a new smartphone. It has been suggested this “technological reserve” may be good for our brains.

Technology may also help us to stay socially connected, and help us stay independent for longer.

A group of older men and women sit on a couch watching television.
Depending on how it’s used, technology can be highly stimulating for our brain. Rawpixel.com/Shutterstock

A rapidly changing digital world

While findings from this study show it’s unlikely all digital technology is bad for us, the way we interact and rely on it is rapidly changing

The impact of AI on the ageing brain will only become evident in future decades. However, our ability to adapt to historical technological innovations, and the potential for this to support cognitive function, suggests the future may not be all bad.

For example, advances in brain-computer interfaces offer new hope for those experiencing the impact of neurological disease or disability.

However, the potential downsides of technology are real, particularly for younger people, including poor mental health. Future research will help determine how we can capture the benefits of technology while limiting the potential for harm.The Conversation

Nikki-Anne Wilson, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, Neuroscience Research Australia (NeuRA), UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Think your specialist is expensive? Look at what others are paying

PeopleImages.com - Yuri A/Shutterstock
Yuting ZhangThe University of Melbourne and Chenhao LiangThe University of Melbourne

Seeing a medical specialist can leave you with significant out-of-pocket costs. Yet political parties have not adequately addressed this in their pre-election bids.

Labor has promised A$7 million to expand the government’s Medical Costs Finder website, which potentially allows you to compare specialists’ fees. But it hasn’t outlined a policy to lower these fees. The Coalition and the Greens have not addressed specialists’ fees directly.

During a cost-of-living crisis, this is a major omission.

Specialists’ fees are high, vary across specialties and across geographical regions.

That’s what we found when we used actual Medicare data to map costs across Australia to see a specialist doctor.

What we did and what we found

We used data from the national 2023 Medicare Benefits Schedule (or MBS) accessed from the Australian Bureau of Statistics. We calculated mean (average) fees charged by doctors in 17 specialties for initial face-to-face appointments after a GP referral.

Under MBS billing rules, different specialties use different item numbers (104 or 110) for an initial consultation. These attracted a different Medicare schedule fee ($91.80 and $161.90, respectively, as of January 2023). These schedule fees are what Medicare considers a fair price for doctors to charge.

Most patients pay the gap between 85% of the Medicare schedule fee and the specialist’s fee. This is their out-of-pocket cost. But that percentage can differ, depending on the circumstances. So not all patients have the same out-of-pocket costs for the same consultation.

We only looked at fees charged by private specialists at private clinics. We didn’t include free specialist care in public clinics. Nor did we look at GP fees.

We then looked at how specialists’ fees varied by patients’ geographical location to create some maps.

Use the map below to search for mean specialists’ fees and mean out-of-pocket costs for cardiology, rheumatology, neurology, and oral and maxillofacial surgery.

Fees for the other 13 specialties we looked at are available via maps on the HALE Hub’s Australian Healthcare Atlas website.

Which specialists charged the most?

Specialist fees varied substantially. On average, rheumatology had the highest fees, followed by neurology and immunology. Oral and maxillofacial surgery had the lowest fees, followed by general surgery.

Some specialties used the item number that attracted the $91.80 Medicare schedule fee. But almost all these specialists (except for general surgery) charged more than twice this amount (an average $183.60) in at least 80% of geographical areas.

Other specialties used the item number that attracted the $161.90 Medicare schedule fee. This included rheumatologists, which charged an average of over $323.80 (twice the schedule fee) in 17.6% of geographical areas. Neurologists charged the same amount in 19.2% of geographical areas.

Which parts of the country had the highest fees?

Certain states and territories consistently had higher fees for some specialties. For example:

  • cardiology was most expensive in Western Australia, Australian Capital Territory and Queensland

  • orthopaedics was most expensive in ACT, New South Wales and Queensland

  • obstetrics was most expensive in ACT, WA and NSW.

High fees matter

Higher specialists’ fees directly translate to patients’ higher out-of-pocket costs. That’s because Medicare rebates are fixed, and private health insurance does not cover out-of-hospital consultations.

If patients avoid their initial consultation due to cost, their health can worsen over time, potentially leading to more expensive treatments later.

Higher specialists’ fees and the barrier to care could also entrench inequalities. That’s because people in lower socioeconomic groups already tend to have worse health.

What can I do?

You can use our maps to look at what specialists charge near you. Although the maps use 2023 data and look at average fees and out-of-pocket costs, you can get a general idea. Then you can call specialists’ offices and the receptionist will tell you how much the doctor charges for an initial appointment.

If there are several referral options, comparing fees will help you make an informed decision about your health care, alongside wait times, geographical location, quality of care and other factors. You can discuss these issues with your GP so they can refer you to the best available specialist for your circumstances.

What else can we do?

1. Make fees transparent

Patients often do not know how much a specialist consultation costs until they arrive at the doctor’s office. GPs typically do not refer to specialists based on their fees and often don’t know them anyway.

The government’s Medical Costs Finder website relies on doctors voluntarily reporting their fees. But only a few report them.

If re-elected, the Labor government says it will upgrade the website to display the average fee charged by every eligible specialist (other than GPs) using Medicare data, without asking doctors to spend time inputting their fees.

This is a welcome move. But the government should also mandate disclosure of fees on the website, which would be more up-to-date than looking back through past Medicare data.

2. Doctors need more advice, and can help

Specialists in Australia can charge what they like, and as we’ve found, sometimes way above the Medicare schedule fee.

But professional medical colleges can provide guides on how to set “reasonable” fees. They can also develop codes of conduct about fee practices, and counsel members who consistently charge high fees.

Once specialists’ fees are more transparent, GPs can inform patients about fee variations and options for more affordable care.

3. We need more public clinics

Government could also open more public clinics that offer free specialist care for those who cannot afford large gap fees in private clinics. This type of investment may be warranted in some low-socioeconomic areas if we’re aiming for all Australians to receive the specialist care they need.The Conversation

Yuting Zhang, Professor of Health Economics, The University of Melbourne and Chenhao Liang, Foundation Fellow and Data Analyst, Melbourne Institute of Applied Economic and Social Research, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Avalon Beach SLSC turns 100 in 2025!

2025 marks 100 years of Avalon Beach Surf Lifesaving Club.

Planning is underway to celebrate the achievement of Avalon Beach SLSC's Volunteer Surf Lifesavers keeping Avalon Beach safe for residents and visitors for 100 years!

A number of celebratory events and activities spread throughout the Club's 100th year, are currently under development, and will be progressively announced through the year. 

The range of celebrations will involve past and present members, the Avalon Beach community, as well as visitors to our area.  The Surf Club is a focal point in and for the Avalon Beach community, so it is fitting that the community takes pride in this milestone.

Initially, so that our records are up to date, we invite all past members of our Club to Email the Club at 100years@avalonbeachslsc.com.au  with your updated details so we can keep you informed of what will be happening for members.

If you know of others that may be interested in the 100th Anniversary celebrations please pass the message on. 

The Club looks to the future, acknowledging and building on the legacy left from those who came before us over the past 100 years.

Avalon Beach SLSC Centenary Committee

Focusing on a child’s strengths can transform assessments – and help them thrive after an ADHD or autism diagnosis

Jota Buyinch Photo/Shutterstock
Adam GuastellaUniversity of SydneyKelsie BoultonUniversity of Sydney, and Natalie SiloveUniversity of Sydney

When parents are concerned about their child’s development, they often seek an assessment to address concerns and identify any conditions, such as autism, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), or learning disorders.

Common worries include difficulties making friends, focusing on tasks, or meeting educational goals.

It might seem counter-intuitive but assessments are starting to focus on a child’s strengths during this process. This can create powerful opportunities to improve child and family outcomes, particularly when too much of the focus is on challenges in the family home, school and play settings.

There is, however, a lack of evidence about how to do such assessments and how certain strengths can be used in assessment.

In a new research paper, we have developed a strengths checklist for parents, carers and clinicians to more easily identify children’s skills, talents and positive qualities – and understand the type of support they need at home, school or socially.

The aim was to provide an easy way for parents and clinicians to identify strengths in children, and to provide a method for studying the role of strengths in development. This assessment can be used alongside more established assessments of challenges.

Why highlight a child’s strengths?

Focusing on a child’s strengths can have a powerful impact on children and parents. It can boost a child’s motivation, self-esteem, cognitive skills, language development, problem-solving abilities and build stronger relationships.

For parents and caregivers, it can increase their own feelings of self-worth and improve the quality of their relationship with their own children.

When parents and caregivers believe in their child’s abilities and encourage their strengths, children and families thrive.

However, there are many gaps in research about how to apply a strengths-based approach in the context of a neurodevelopmental assessment.

Currently, while the basic principle of incorporating strengths is clear, clinicians need to rely on intuition and creativity to guide their practices.

We have long needed better evidence-based methods to guide this.

This is where our research comes in

Our new study used the Sydney Child Neurodevelopment Research Registry, which aims to improve the neurodevelopmental assessment processes and the evidence for what works for families and clinicians. We asked caregivers to identify their child’s strengths on their first assessment visit.

Nearly 700 caregivers reported an average of 2.8 strengths about their children. Using these themes, we developed a child strengths checklist to use for clinical assessments.

We showed caregivers identified six categories of child strengths: cognitive and intellectual, social and interpersonal, hobbies and passions, character and personality, physical, and resilient behaviours.

Some caregivers might report that while their child had difficulty with peer interactions, they were also kind, affectionate, honest and caring.

Other caregivers described concerns about cognitive delays, but they also described how children persevered and persisted with tasks.

A child twirls in autumn leaves
We asked parents and caregivers about their child’s strengths and found they fell into six categories. HopeNFPhotography/Shutterstock

Analysing the data qualitatively – where we read caregiver transcripts and extracted themes – we captured the richness and detail of unique strengths. In total, we identified 61 unique strengths.

With community representatives and clinicians, we used this to develop a strengths-based checklist we’re calling the Child Autism and Neurodevelopment Strengths Checklist, or the CANS checklist.

This type of research will provide the evidence needed to be able to implement national guidelines and to develop better evidence about how strengths can be used to improve outcomes. We want to develop best practices for combining concerns and strengths into feedback, support plans and intervention strategies.

What can caregivers and clinicians do now?

Support schemes including the National Disability Insurance Scheme (NDIS) often require families to highlight what children can’t do. Still, there are some practical ways caregivers and clinicians can ensure a child’s strengths are kept front and centre.

For caregivers, along with discussing concerns, reflect on and talk with your clinicians about your child’s strengths. Make sure clinicians keep these in mind when devising supports.

For both caregivers and clinicians, it can be helpful to think about characteristics often seen as challenges – such as a strong need for routine – as also potential strengths. It may lead to new ways of supporting children. With the right environment and support, these traits can be valuable assets in a child’s development.

Children build with lego
Parents we talked to highlighted their children’s hobbies and passions. Cloudy Design/Shutterstock

For clinicians, consider how a child’s strengths can inform your assessment and intervention strategies. Make sure you don’t only focus on what children can’t do or need support with.

Communicate clearly about the child’s strengths and consider how these strengths can:

  • support the child’s long-term development and goals. If the child thrives on routine and pays close attention to details, showing them how to embrace these strengths can teach them how to use them to reach their own goals and to be more independent

  • be the target of an intervention. Everyone needs to experience success. Designing activities around strengths can make intervention more enjoyable and engaging, and the effects are more likely to be long-lasting

  • be used to support the wellbeing of families. Helping families focus on each other’s strengths and improve the way family members talk about and support one another creates a positive environment where they can all feel valued, respected and cared for.

By focusing on strengths, we want to create more effective and personalised support for children with neurodevelopmental conditions to reach their full potential.

Building a strong, evidence-based approach will help ensure children’s strengths are consistently considered in assessments and intervention planning. The Conversation

Adam Guastella, Professor and Clinical Psychologist, Michael Crouch Chair in Child and Youth Mental Health, University of SydneyKelsie Boulton, Senior Research Fellow in Child Neurodevelopment, Brain and Mind Centre, University of Sydney, and Natalie Silove, Neurodevelopmental Paediatrician and Associate Professor, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Pope Francis has died, aged 88. These were his greatest reforms – and controversies

Joel HodgeAustralian Catholic University and Antonia PizzeyAustralian Catholic University

Pope Francis has died on Easter Monday, aged 88, the Vatican announced. The head of the Catholic Church had recently survived being hospitalised with double pneumonia.

Cardinal Kevin Farrell’s announcement began:

Dear brothers and sisters, with deep sorrow I must announce the death of our Holy Father Francis. At 7:35 this morning, the Bishop of Rome, Francis, returned to the house of the Father.

There were many unusual aspects of Pope Francis’ papacy. He was the first Jesuit pope, the first from the Americas (and the southern hemisphere), the first to choose the name “Francis” and the first to give a TED talk. He was also the first pope in more than 600 years to be elected following the resignation, rather than death, of his predecessor.

From the very start of his papacy, Francis seemed determined to do things differently and present the papacy in a new light. Even in thinking about his burial, he chose the unexpected: to be placed to rest not in the Vatican, but in the Basilica of St Mary Major in Rome – the first pope to be buried there in hundreds of years.

Vatican News reported the late Pope Francis had requested his funeral rites be simplified.

“The renewed rite,” said Archbishop Diego Ravelli, “seeks to emphasise even more that the funeral of the Roman Pontiff is that of a pastor and disciple of Christ and not of a powerful person of this world.”

Straddling a line between “progressive” and “conservative”, Francis experienced tension with both sides. In doing so, his papacy shone a spotlight on what it means to be Catholic today.

The day before his death, Pope Francis made a brief appearance on Easter Sunday to bless the crowds at St Peter’s Square.

Between a rock and a hard place

Francis was deemed not progressive enough by some, yet far too progressive by others.

His apostolic exhortation (an official papal teaching on a particular issue or action) Amoris Laetitia, ignited great controversy for seemingly being (more) open to the question of whether people who have divorced and remarried may receive Eucharist.

He also disappointed progressive Catholics, many of whom hoped he would make stronger changes on issues such as the roles of women, married clergy, and the broader inclusion of LGBTQIA+ Catholics.

The reception of his exhortation Querida Amazonia was one such example. In this document, Francis did not endorse marriage for priests, despite bishops’ requests for this. He also did not allow the possibility of women being ordained as deacons to address a shortage of ordained ministers. His discerning spirit saw there was too much division and no clear consensus for change.

Francis was also openly critical of Germany’s controversial “Synodal Way” – a series of conferences with bishops and lay people – that advocated for positions contrary to Church teachings. Francis expressed concern on multiple occasions that this project was a threat to the unity of the Church.

At the same time, Francis was no stranger to controversy from the conservative side of the Church, receiving “dubia” or “theological doubts” over his teaching from some of his Cardinals. In 2023, he took the unusual step of responding to some of these doubts.

Impact on the Catholic Church

In many ways, the most striking thing about Francis was not his words or theology, but his style. He was a modest man, even foregoing the Apostolic Palace’s grand papal apartments to live in the Vatican’s simpler guest house.

He may well be remembered most for his simplicity of dress and habits, his welcoming and pastoral style and his wise spirit of discernment.

He is recognised as giving a clear witness to the life, love and joy of Jesus in the spirit of the Second Vatican Council – a point of major reform in modern Church history. This witness has translated into two major developments in Church teachings and life.

Love for our common home

The first of these relates to environmental teachings. In 2015, Francis released his ground-breaking encyclical, Laudato si’: On Care for Our Common Home. It expanded Catholic social teaching by giving a comprehensive account of how the environment reflects our God-given “common home”.

Consistent with recent popes such as Benedict XVI and John Paul II, Francis acknowledged climate change and its destructive impacts and causes. He summarised key scientific research to forcefully argue for an evidence-based approach to addressing humans’ impact on the environment.

He also made a pivotal and innovative contribution to the climate change debate by identifying the ethical and spiritual causes of environmental destruction.

Francis argued combating climate change relied on the “ecological conversion” of the human heart, so that people may recognise the God-given nature of our planet and the fundamental call to care for it. Without this conversion, pragmatic and political measures wouldn’t be able to counter the forces of consumerism, exploitation and selfishness.

Francis argued a new ethic and spirituality was needed. Specifically, he said Jesus’ way of love – for other people and all creation – is the transformative force that could bring sustainable change for the environment and cultivate fraternity among people (and especially with the poor).

Synodality: moving towards a Church that listens

Francis’s second major contribution, and one of the most significant aspects of his papacy, was his commitment to “synodality”. While there’s still confusion over what synodality actually means, and its potential for political distortion, it is above all a way of listening and discerning through openness to the guidance of the Holy Spirit.

It involves hierarchy and lay people transparently and honestly discerning together, in service of the mission of the church. Synodality is as much about the process as the goal. This makes sense as Pope Francis was a Jesuit, an order focused on spreading Catholicism through spiritual formation and discernment.

Drawing on his rich Jesuit spirituality, Francis introduced a way of conversation centred on listening to the Holy Spirit and others, while seeking to cultivate friendship and wisdom.

With the conclusion of the second session of the Synod on Synodality in October 2024, it is too soon to assess its results. However, those who have been involved in synodal processes have reported back on their transformative potential.

Archbishop of Brisbane, Mark Coleridge, explained how participating in the 2015 Synod “was an extraordinary experience [and] in some ways an awakening”.

Catholicism in the modern age

Francis’ papacy inspired both great joy and aspirations, as well as boiling anger and rejection. He laid bare the agonising fault lines within the Catholic community and struck at key issues of Catholic identity, triggering debate over what it means to be Catholic in the world today.

He leaves behind a Church that seems more divided than ever, with arguments, uncertainty and many questions rolling in his wake. But he has also provided a way for the Church to become more converted to Jesus’ way of love, through synodality and dialogue.

Francis showed us that holding labels such as “progressive” or “conservative” won’t enable the Church to live out Jesus’ mission of love – a mission he emphasised from the very beginning of his papacy.The Conversation

Joel Hodge, Senior Lecturer, Faculty of Theology and Philosophy, Australian Catholic University and Antonia Pizzey, Postdoctoral Researcher Research Centre for Studies of the Second Vatican Council, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Three ways Pope Francis influenced the global climate movement

Celia Deane-DrummondUniversity of Oxford

The death of Pope Francis has been announced by the Vatican. I first met the late Pope Francis at the Vatican after a conference called Saving Our Common Home and the Future of Life on Earth in July 2018. My colleagues and I sensed something momentous was happening at the heart of the church.

At that time, I was helping to set up the new Laudato Si’ research institute at the Jesuit Hall at the University of Oxford. This institute is named after the pope’s 2015 encyclical (a letter to bishops outlining church policy) on climate change.

Its mission is rooted in the pope’s religiously inspired vision of integral ecology – a multidisciplinary approach that addresses social and ecological issues of equality and climate breakdown.

Originating from Argentina, Pope Francis, the first Jesuit pope, witnessed firsthand the destruction of the Amazon and the plight of South America’s poorest communities. His concern for justice for vulnerable communities and protection of the planet go hand in hand with his religious leadership.

In his first papal letter, Laudato Si’, he called for all people, not just Catholics, to pay more attention to the frailty of both our planet and its people. What we need is no less than a cultural revolution, he wrote. As a theologian, I recognise that he inspired significant change in three key ways.

1. At global climate summits

It’s no coincidence that Pope Francis released Laudato Si’ at a crucial moment in 2015 prior to the UN climate summit, Cop21, in Paris. A follow-up exhortation, or official statement, Laudate Deum, was released in October 2023, just before another UN climate summit, Cop28 in Dubai.

Did the decisions at these global meetings shift because of the influence of Pope Francis? Potentially, yes. In Laudate Deum, Pope Francis showed both encouragement and some frustration about the achievements of international agreements so far.

He berated the weakness of international politics and believes that Cop21 represented a “significant moment” because the agreement involved everyone.

After Cop21, he pointed out how most nations had failed to implement the Paris agreement which called for limiting the global temperature rise in this century to below 2°C. He also called out the lack of monitoring of those commitments and subsequent political inertia. He tried his best to use his prominent position to hold power to account.

Promoting a general moral awareness of the need to act in ecologically responsible ways, both in international politics and at the local level is something that previous popes, Pope John Paul II and Pope Benedict XVI also did. But, Pope Francis’s efforts went beyond that, by connecting much more broadly with grassroots movements.

2. By advocating for Indigenous people

Cop28 marked the first time that close to 200 countries agreed to transition away from fossil fuels. Pope Francis’s interventions potentially helped shift the needle just a little in the desired direction.

His emphasis on listening to Indigenous people may have influenced these gatherings. Compared with previous global climate summits, Cop28 arguably opened up the opportunity to listen to the voices of Indigenous people.

However, Indigenous people were still disappointed by the outcomes of Cop28. Pope Francis’s lesser-known exhortation Querida Amazonia, which means “beloved Amazonia”, was published in February 2020.

This exhortation resulted from his conversations with Amazonian communities and helped put Indigenous perspectives on the map. Those perspectives helped shape Catholic social teaching in the encyclical Fratelli Tutti, which means “all brothers and sisters”, published on October 3 2020.

For many people living in developing countries where extractive industries such as oil and gas or mining are rife, destruction of land coincides with direct threats to life. Pope Francis advocated for Indigenous environmental defenders, many of whom have been inspired to act by their strong faith.

For example, Father Marcelo Pérez, an Indigenous priest living in Mexico, was murdered by drug dealers just after saying mass on October 23 2023 as part of the cost of defending the rights of his people and their land.

While 196 environmental defenders were killed globally in 2023, Pope Francis continued to advocate on behalf of the most marginalised people as well as the environment.

3. By inspiring activism

I’ve been speaking to religious climate activists from different church backgrounds in the UK as part of a multidisciplinary research project on religion, theology and climate change based at the University of Manchester. Most notably, when we asked more than 300 activists representing six different activist groups who most influenced them to get involved in climate action, 61% named Pope Francis as a key influencer.

On a larger scale, Laudato Si’ gave rise to the Laudato Si’ movement which coordinates climate activism across the globe. It has 900 Catholic organisations as well as 10,000 of what are known as Laudato Si’ “animators”, who are all ambassadors and leaders in their respective communities.

Our institute’s ecclesial affiliate, Tomás Insua, based in Assisi, Italy, originally helped pioneer this global Laudato Si’ movement. We host a number of ecumenical gatherings which bring together people from different denominations and hopefully motivate churchgoers to think and act in a more climate-conscious way.

Nobody knows who the next pope might be. Given the current turmoil in politics and shutting down of political will to address the climate emergency, we can only hope they will build on the legacy of Pope Francis and influence political change for the good, from the grassroots frontline right up to the highest global ambitions.


Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 40,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Celia Deane-Drummond, Professor of Theology, Director of Laudato Si' Research Institute, Campion Hall, University of Oxford

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Tiny dips in sea level reveal flow of climate-regulating underwater waterfalls

NASA ICE via FlickrCC BY
Matthis AugerUniversity of Tasmania

Beneath the surface of the Southern Ocean, vast volumes of cold, dense water plunge off the Antarctic continental shelf, cascading down underwater cliffs to the ocean floor thousands of metres below. These hidden waterfalls are a key part of the global ocean’s overturning circulation – a vast conveyor belt of currents that moves heat, carbon, and nutrients around the world, helping to regulate Earth’s climate.

For decades, scientists have struggled to observe these underwater waterfalls of dense water around Antarctica. They occur in some of the most remote and stormy waters on the planet, often shrouded by sea ice and funnelled through narrow canyons that are easily missed by research ships.

But our new research shows that satellites, orbiting hundreds of kilometres above Earth, can detect these sub-sea falls.

By measuring tiny dips in sea level – just a few centimetres – we can now track the dense water cascades from space. This breakthrough lets us monitor the deepest branches of the ocean circulation, which are slowing down as Antarctic ice melts and surface waters warm.

Dense water helps regulate the climate

Antarctic dense water is formed when sea ice grows, in the process making nearby water saltier and more dense. This heavy water then spreads across the continental shelf until it finds a path to spill over the edge, plunging down steep underwater slopes into the deep.

As the dense water flows northward along the seafloor, it brings oxygen and nutrients into the abyss – as well as carbon and heat drawn from the atmosphere.

But this crucial process is under threat. Climate change is melting the Antarctic ice sheet, adding fresh meltwater into the ocean and making it harder for dense water to form.

Underwater waterfalls around Antarctica carry dense, salty surface water into the depths of the ocean.

Past research has shown the abyssal circulation has already slowed by 30%, and is likely to weaken further in the years ahead. This could reduce the ocean’s ability to absorb heat and carbon, accelerating climate change.

Our research provides a new technique that can provide easy, direct observations of future changes in the Southern Ocean abyssal overturning circulation.

Satellites and sea level

Until now, tracking dense water cascades around Antarctica has relied on moorings, ship-based surveys, and even sensors attached to seals. While these methods deliver valuable local insights, they are costly, logistically demanding, carbon-intensive, and only cover a limited area.

Satellite data offers an alternative. Using radar, satellites such as CryoSat-2 and Sentinel-3A can measure changes in sea surface height to within a few centimetres.

And thanks to recent advances in data processing, we can now extract reliable measurements even in ice-covered regions – by peering at the sea surface through cracks and openings in the sea ice.

Aerial photo of a large zigzagging crack in sea ice.
Openings or ‘leads’ in sea ice can reveal the height of the sea surface beneath. NASA ICE via FlickerCC BY

In our study, we combined nearly a decade of satellite observations with high-resolution ocean models focused on the Ross Sea. This is a critical hotspot for Antarctic dense water formation.

We discovered that dense water cascades leave a telltale surface signal: a subtle but consistent dip in sea level, caused by the cold, heavy water sinking beneath it.

By tracking these subtle sea level dips, we developed a new way to monitor year-to-year changes in dense water cascades along the Antarctic continental shelf. The satellite signal we identified aligns well with observations collected by other means, giving us confidence that this method can reliably detect meaningful shifts in deep ocean circulation.

Cheap and effective – with no carbon emissions

This is the first time Antarctic dense water cascades have been monitored from space. What makes this approach so powerful is its ability to deliver long-term, wide-reaching observations at low cost and with zero carbon emissions – using satellites that are already in orbit.

These innovations are especially important as we work to monitor a rapidly changing climate system. The strength of deep Antarctic currents remains one of the major uncertainties in global climate projections.

Gaining the ability to track their changes from space offers a powerful new way to monitor our changing climate – and to shape more effective strategies for adaptation.The Conversation

Matthis Auger, Research Associate in Physical Oceanography, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Port of Darwin’s struggling Chinese leaseholder may welcome an Australian buy-out

Slow Walker/Shutterstock
Colin HawesUniversity of Technology Sydney

Far from causing trade frictions, an Australian buyout of the Port of Darwin lease may provide a lifeline for its struggling Chinese parent company Landbridge Group.

Both Labor and the Coalition have proposed such a buyout based on national security grounds.

But neither party has placed a dollar amount on a potential buyout, preferring to seek out private investors first. Any enforced acquisition would need to provide fair market value compensation to Landbridge.

The previous Northern Territory government leased the port to Landbridge for 99 years in 2015. The A$506 million contract was supported by the then Turnbull government.

Finding a buyer

This could put Australian taxpayers on the hook for hundreds of millions of dollars. Private investors might baulk at taking on a port lease that has consistently lost money for many years.

It is not clear why the national security situation has changed. The latest government inquiry found there were no security risks requiring Landbridge to divest their lease.

The more pressing risk threatening the port is a financial one.

Troubled times

If Landbridge Group, which holds the lease through its Australian subsidiary, declares insolvency, it will no longer be able to sustain the port’s operations. And the terminal could not support itself.

Several hundred employees would lose their jobs, and serious disruptions to trade and cruise ship tourism would follow.

A grey, single storey building
The closure of the port would cause significant disruptions. Claudine Van Massenhove/Shutterstock

The Australian media reported last November that the Port of Darwin racked up losses of $34 million in the 2023–24 financial year. Yet this figure is overshadowed by the financial liabilities Landbridge has in China.

Where the problems started

The problems started with Landbridge Group’s ambitious expansion between 2014 and 2017.

In that time it shelled out almost $5 billion on international and Chinese assets. Purchases included Australian gas producer WestSide Corporation Ltd, ($180 million in 2014); the Port of Darwin lease ($506 million in 2015); and another port in Panama ($1.2 billion in 2016). Landbridge reportedly planned to plough a further $1.5 billion into that port.

In China, the Landbridge Group also signed a partnership deal with Beijing Gas Co in 2019 to construct a huge liquefied natural gas (LNG) terminal at its main port site in Rizhao City, Shandong Province. The planned co-investment was worth $1.4 billion.

Rushing to invest

This was a heady time for Chinese private firms to invest overseas. Their often charismatic founders took advantage of the central government’s devolution of approval powers to the provinces and dressed up their pet investment projects as Belt and Road initiatives.

Much of this breakneck expansion was funded by high-interest bonds issued on the Chinese commercial interbank debt markets or so-called shadow banking.

Most private Chinese firms did not have easy access to the generous bank loans available to state-owned enterprises.

Landbridge, a private firm controlled by Shandong entrepreneur Ye Cheng and his sister Ye Fang, was no exception. They borrowed heavily to fund their acquisitions.

Mounting debt

Unfortunately, Landbridge’s income from its Chinese and international operations has not kept pace with its debt obligations. As early as 2017, the group was already struggling to pay debts.

Sign attached to a wire fence.  Beach in distant background
Landbridge has been struggling to pay down debt. lovemydesigns/Shutterstock

By 2021, Landbridge had been sued by at least 14 major financial or trade creditors. Outstanding judgment debts were issued by the Shanghai People’s Court amounting to about $600 million.

Since then, all of the group’s main assets have been frozen in lieu of payment. Unpaid debts and interest amounting to more than $1 billion have been passed on to state asset management companies to collect or sell off at knockdown prices, an indication the group is effectively insolvent.

Time to restructure

In early 2025, a restructuring committee was formed by the local government in Rizhao City, where Landbridge is headquartered. Its job is to find a way to keep the company’s Rizhao Port operating and avoid losing thousands of local jobs.

As recently as 2021, Ye Cheng was still ranked among the top 300 richest entrepreneurs in China, with an estimated net worth of more than $3 billion.

He is currently on the hook for his company’s debts after mortgaging all his business assets and giving personal guarantees to major creditors. He has also been fined by China’s corporate regulator for failing to lodge any annual financial reports for Landbridge Group since 2021.

Landbridge’s plans to develop its Panama port were cut short and its lease there was terminated in 2021 due to financial shortfalls.

Ye’s next move?

Ye Cheng may be unwilling to sell off his remaining overseas assets as this would be an admission of defeat. Yet an enforced buyout of the Darwin Port lease arranged by Australia may provide his businesses with a temporary financial lifeline in China.

It would also absolve Landbridge of its previously announced commitments to invest about $35 million in expanding Darwin Port’s infrastructure.

Far from causing trade frictions between Australia and China, such an enforced buyout – or more accurately, a bail-out – should be privately welcomed by both Landbridge and the Chinese government.The Conversation

Colin Hawes, Associate professor of law, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A landmark ruling will tackle the gender pay gap for thousands of workers

Lordn/Shutterstock
Fiona MacdonaldRMIT University

The Fair Work Commission has found award pay rates in five industrial awards covering a range of female-dominated occupations and industries do not provide equal pay.

This important decision should narrow the gender pay gap.

The commission proposed significant increases to award pay rates covering thousands of workers including pharmacists, early childhood education and care workers, psychologists, physiotherapists and some other health workers.

The Fair Work Commission’s review of the five “priority” awards was undertaken following the Labor government’s changes to the Fair Work Act in 2022. The changes require the commission to take account of the need to achieve gender equality in setting modern award rates of pay.

Who is covered by the latest review?

The five priority modern awards reviewed by the expert panel are:

  1. Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Health Workers and Practitioners and Aboriginal Community Controlled Health Services Award 2020

  2. Children’s Services Award 2010

  3. Health Professionals and Support Services Award 2020

  4. Pharmacy Industry Award 2020

  5. Social, Community, Home Care and Disability Services Industry Award 2010.

The commission examined the evidence and found many pay rates in the five modern awards do not reflect the value of the work undertaken in these female-dominated occupations and industries.

The commission found pay rates in these awards are not equal to pay rates for comparable work, due to the work largely being done by women.

Skills typically required to work with and to provide care and support to people, sometimes referred to as “soft” skills, have not been valued as much as the so-called “hard” skills required in male-dominated technical roles.

Past attempts were not successful

Before the Labor government’s 2022 changes to the Fair Work Act, almost all attempts by unions to have industrial tribunals address gender pay inequity failed.

One major barrier to success was a requirement that discrimination be demonstrated. The need to prove gender undervaluation of work largely done by women by referring to “comparable” jobs largely undertaken by men has also been a problem.

Now, under an amended Fair Work Act, the Fair Work Commission is able to examine the skills required in feminised jobs to assess the work’s value without needing to find a male comparison.

The commission’s decision that a total increase of 14% in award rates for pharmacists is justified will take effect in three phases, starting in July 2025.

The commission’s decisions on pay increases for workers covered by the other four awards, including proposed increases of 23% for Certificate III qualified childcare workers, have been put forward as provisional views only. The expert panel will begin consultations on these views in May.

Some concerns remain

The commission’s proposal for remedying gender undervaluation in one of the awards, covering a broad range of workers in social and community services, including disability workers, is puzzling.

The remedy appears to risk undermining past pay gains won for many social and community services workers because of proposed changes in the classification structure. These changes may not take account of the complexity and diversity of skills used by workers in the wide range of roles covered by the award.

Reflecting this, unions have expressed concerns the proposals for changes to this award may have the unintended consequence of reducing pay and hurting careers for some workers.

The final pay increases and their timing for workers covered by the four awards other than the pharmacy award will be made following consultations with unions, employers and funding bodies, including federal and state governments.

Following last week’s decision, one large employer group is arguing employers in private hospitals and the early childhood education and care sectors cannot afford the proposed pay increases.

They are calling on the government to fund increases in the industries that are largely government funded, including the early childhood education and care sector.

The funding picture so far

The Labor government supported the Fair Work Commission’s gender undervaluation review when it was announced in 2024. At the time the government also made clear it was their view any large pay increases would need to be phased in.

nurse walks with an elderly man in a wheelchair
Aged care workers have already received pay hikes. R.Classen/Shutterstock

The government did fully fund increases for aged care workers, which it said came to a total investment of A$17.7 billion.

The government has also funded a 15% pay increases for early childhood workers gained through a multi-enterprise agreement covering hundreds of centres. The first increase of 10% came into effect in December, with a further 5% increase due in December 2025.

Better pay in care and support occupations was identified by the Labor government as essential to the sustainability and growth of the care and support economy.

The Coalition has not made any commitments regarding funding for any pay increases awarded in the gender undervaluation proceedings. The Coalition spokeswoman on workplace relations, Michaelia Cash, said the Coalition would examine the decision and its implications.

The Coalition did not support the larger Secure Jobs Better Pay legislation that included the gender equality changes.The Conversation

Fiona Macdonald, Policy Director, Centre for Future Work at the Australia Institute and Adjunct Principal Research Fellow, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A survey of Australian uni students suggests more than half are worried about food or don’t have enough to eat

StoryTime Studio/ Shutterstock
Katherine KentUniversity of Wollongong

Being a university student has long been associated with eating instant noodles, taking advantage of pub meal deals and generally living frugally.

But for several years, researchers have been tracking how students are not getting enough food to eat. This can have an impact on their mental and physical health as well as their academic performance.

In new research, we look at how the problem is getting worse.

Our research

In March 2022 and March 2024, we surveyed University of Tasmania students about their access to food.

More than 1,200 students participated in the first survey and more than 1,600 participated in the second. Students were recruited through university-wide emails and social media and included both undergraduate and postgraduate students from a range of disciplines.

We used an internationally recognised survey to assess food insecurity. It can tell us whether students are struggling and to what extent.

It asked simple but revealing questions about financial barriers to food, such as “In the past 12 months, did you ever skip meals because there wasn’t enough money for food?” or “Did the food you bought just not last, and you didn’t have money to get more?”

Students were then classified as “food secure” or as one of three levels of food insecurity:

  1. marginally food insecure: students were worried about running out of food

  2. moderately food insecure: students were compromising on the quality and variety of food they ate

  3. severely food insecure: students were often skipping meals or going without food altogether.

A personal in a flannel shirt cooks on a hob.
We asked students if they regularly skipped meals or if they didn’t have money for food. Cottonbro Studio/ PexelsCC BY

Regularly going without food

We found overall, food insecurity among students increased from 42% in 2022 to 53% in 2024.

The proportions of those experiencing marginal or moderate levels of food insecurity was stable (at about 8% and 17–18% respectively). But the number of students experiencing severe food insecurity jumped from 17% to 27%.

While food insecurity increased among most groups, younger students, those studying on campus and international students were the most at risk.

Although our study focused on the University of Tasmania, similar rates of food insecurity have recently been reported at other regional and metropolitan universities across the country. This suggests it is a widespread issue.

National data on food insecurity in the general Australian population is limited, with no regular government monitoring. The 2024 Foodbank Hunger Report estimates 32% of Australian households experienced food insecurity, including 19% with severe food insecurity.

Why is this happening?

While our study didn’t directly explore the causes of student hunger, rising inflation, high rents and limited student incomes are likely factors.

The surveys happened during a time of sustained inflation and rising living costs. We know rents, groceries and other essentials have all gone up. But student support payments have not kept pace over the study period.

A young person types on a laptop while holding a slice of pizza.
Estimates suggest about 32% of Australian households in general do not have enough to eat. Armin Rimoldi/PexelsCC BY

What can we do?

To address food insecurity among students, coordinated action is needed across universities and state and territory governments.

Universities often run food pantries to provide students with basic supplies, but they also need more long-term supports for students.

Institutions could expand subsidised meal programs, offer regular free or subsidised grocery boxes and ensure healthy, low-cost food is consistently available on campus.

State governments can reduce the financial stress that contributes to food insecurity by expanding stipends and support for students on unpaid clinical placements in the state system. They could also expand public transport concessions to all students, including international students.

The federal government can raise Youth Allowance and Austudy to reflect real living costs. The new Commonwealth Prac Payment could be expanded beyond teaching, nursing, midwifery and social work to cover all students undertaking mandatory unpaid placements. The government’s plan to raise HECS-HELP repayment thresholds could also ease the financial pressure on recent graduates.The Conversation

Katherine Kent, Senior Lecturer in Nutrition and Dietetics, University of Wollongong

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

200 years ago, France extorted Haiti in one of history’s greatest heists – and Haitians want reparations

A French propaganda engraving from 1825 depicts King Charles X bestowing freedom on a Black man kneeling before him in chains. 'S.M. Charles X, le bien-aimé, reconnaissant l’indépendance de St. Domingue,' 1825, Bibliothèque Nationale de France, Cabinet des EstampesCC BY-SA
Marlene L. DautYale University

In 2002, Haiti’s former president Jean-Bertrand Aristide argued that France should pay his country US$21 billion.

The reason? In 1825, France extracted a huge indemnity from the young nation, in exchange for recognition of its independence.

April 17, 2025, marks the 200th anniversary of that indemnity agreement. On Jan. 1 of this year, the now-former president of Haiti’s Transitional Presidential Council, Leslie Voltaire, reminded France of this call when he requested that France “repay the debt of independence and reparations for slavery.” In March, tennis star Naomi Osaka, who is of Haitian descent, added her voice to the chorus in a tweet wondering when France would pay Haiti back.

As a scholar of 19th-century Haitian history and culture, I’ve dedicated a significant portion of my research to exploring Haiti’s particularly strong legal case for restitution from France.

The story begins with the Haitian Revolution.

France instituted slavery in the colony of Saint-Domingue on the western third of the island of Hispaniola – today’s Haiti – in the 17th century. In the late 18th century, the enslaved population rebelled and eventually declared independence. In the 19th century, the French demanded compensation for the former enslavers of the Haitian people, rather than the other way around.

Just as the legacy of slavery in the United States has created a gross economic disparity between Black and white Americans, the tax on its freedom that France forced Haiti to pay – referred to as an “indemnity” at the time – severely damaged the newly independent country’s ability to prosper.

The cost of independence

Haiti officially declared its independence from France on Jan. 1, 1804. In October 1806, following the assassination of Haiti’s first head of state, the country was split into two, with Alexandre Pétion ruling in the south and Henry Christophe ruling in the north.

Despite the fact that both Haiti rulers were veterans of the Haitian Revolution, the French had never quite given up on reconquering their former colony.

In 1814, King Louis XVIII, restored as king after the overthrow of Napoléon earlier that year, sent three commissioners to Haiti to assess the willingness of the country’s rulers to surrender. Christophe, crowned king in 1811, remained obstinate in the face of France’s exposed plan to bring back slavery. Threatening war, the most prominent member of Christophe’s cabinet, Baron de Vastey, insisted,“ Our independence will be guaranteed by the tips of our bayonets!”

In contrast, Pétion, the ruler of the south, was willing to negotiate, hoping that the country might be able to pay France for recognition of its independence.

In 1803, Napoléon had sold Louisiana to the United States for US$15 million. Using this number as his compass, Pétion proposed paying the same amount. Unwilling to compromise with those he viewed as “runaway slaves,” Louis XVIII rejected the offer.

Pétion died suddenly in 1818, but Jean-Pierre Boyer, his successor, kept up the negotiations. Talks, however, continued to stall due to Christophe’s stubborn opposition.

“Any indemnification of the ex-colonists,” Christophe’s government stated, was “inadmissible.”

Once Christophe died in October 1820, Boyer was able to reunify the two sides of the country. However, even with the obstacle of Christophe gone, Boyer repeatedly failed to successfully negotiate France’s recognition of independence. Determined to gain at least suzerainty over the island – which would have made Haiti a protectorate of France – Louis XVIII rebuked the two commissioners Boyer sent to Paris in 1824 to try to negotiate an indemnity in exchange for recognition.

On April 17, 1825, Charles X, brother to Louis XVIII and the new French king, performed a sudden about-face. Charles X issued a decree stating that France would recognize Haitian independence but only at the price of 150 million francs – or nearly twice the 80 million francs the U.S. had paid for the Louisiana territory.

Baron de Mackau, whom Charles X sent to deliver the ordinance, arrived in Haiti in July, accompanied by a squadron of 14 brigs of war carrying more than 500 cannons.

His instructions stated that his “mission” was “not a negotiation.” It was not diplomacy either. It was extortion.

Amid the threat of violent war and a looming economic blockade, on July 11, 1825, Boyer signed the fatal document, which stated, “The present inhabitants of the French part of St. Domingue shall pay … in five equal installments … the sum of 150,000,000 francs, destined to indemnify the former colonists.”

French prosperity built on Haitian poverty

Newspaper articles from the period reveal that the French king knew the Haitian government was hardly capable of making these payments, as the amount was nearly six times Haiti’s total annual revenue. The rest of the world seemed to agree that the agreement was absurd. One British journalist noted that the “enormous price” constituted a “sum which few states in Europe could bear to sacrifice.”

Forced to borrow 30 million francs from French banks to make the first two payments, it was hardly a surprise to anyone when Haiti defaulted soon thereafter. Still, a subsequent French king sent another expedition in 1838 with 12 warships to force the Haitian president’s hand. The 1838 revision, inaccurately labeled “Traité d’Amitié” – or “Treaty of Friendship” – reduced the outstanding amount owed to 60 million francs, but the Haitian government was once again ordered to take out crushing loans to pay the balance.

It was the Haitian people who suffered the brunt of the consequences of France’s theft. Boyer levied draconian taxes in order to pay back the loans. And while Christophe had been busy developing a national school system during his reign, under Boyer, and all subsequent presidents, such projects had to be put on hold. Moreover, researchers have found that the independence debt and the resulting drain on the Haitian treasury were directly responsible not only for the underfunding of education in 20th-century Haiti, but also for the lack of health care and the country’s inability to develop public infrastructure.

A 2022 analysis by The New York Times, furthermore, revealed that Haitians ended up paying more than 112 million francs over seven decades, or $560 million – estimated between $22 billion and $44 billion in today’s dollars. Recognizing the gravity of this scandal, French economist Thomas Piketty has argued that France should repay at least $28 billion to Haiti in restitution.

A debt that’s both moral and material

Former French presidents, from Jacques Chirac to Nicolas Sarkozy to François Hollande, have a history of punishing, skirting or downplaying Haitian demands for recompense.

In May 2015, when Hollande became only France’s second head of state to visit Haiti, he admitted that his country needed to “settle the debt.” Later, realizing he had unwittingly provided fuel for the legal claims already prepared by attorney Ira Kurzban on behalf of the Haitian people, Hollande clarified that he meant France’s debt was merely “moral.”

To deny that the consequences of slavery were also material is to deny French history itself. France belatedly abolished slavery in 1848 in its remaining colonies of Martinique, Guadeloupe, Réunion and French Guyana, which are still territories of France today. Afterward, the French government demonstrated once again its understanding of slavery’s relationship to economics when it financially compensated the former “owners” of enslaved people.

The resulting racial wealth gap is no metaphor. In metropolitan France, 14.1% of the population lives below the poverty line. In Martinique and Guadeloupe, in contrast, where more than 80% of the population is of African descent, the poverty rates are 38% and 46%, respectively. The poverty rate in Haiti is even more dire at 59%. And whereas the gross domestic product per capita – the best measure of a country’s standard of living – is $44,690 in France, it’s a mere $1,693 in Haiti.

These discrepancies can be viewed as the concrete consequences of stolen labor from generations of Africans and their descendants.

In recent years, French academics have begun to increasingly contribute to the conversation about the longitudinal harms the indemnity brought to Haiti. Yet what effectively amounts to a statement of “no comment” has historically been the only response from France’s current government under President Emmanuel Macron.

On April 17, 2025, the bicentennial of the indemnity ordinance, Macron finally broke his silence. In an official communiqué, Macron acknowledged the “heavy financial indemnity” his country imposed upon Haiti and announced “a joint Franco-Haitian commission responsible for examining our common past and shedding light on all its dimensions.” But he did not address the question of reparations.

Many Haitians were rightfully not satisfied: the only initiative from France that would really matter, they said, would be one detailing how it plans to provide economic recompense to the Haitian people.

This is an updated version of an article originally published on June 30, 2020.The Conversation

Marlene L. Daut, Professor of French and African American Studies, Yale University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Google loses online ad monopoly case. But it’s just one of many antitrust battles against big tech

Rob NichollsUniversity of Sydney

Tech giant Google has just suffered another legal blow in the United States, losing a landmark antitrust case. This follows on from the company’s loss in a similar case last year.

Social media giant Meta is also currently embroiled in a landmark legal battle in the US that could change not only how it operates, but how millions of people around the world communicate.

Hearings in the Meta case commenced earlier this week in a court in Washington DC, after Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg failed to settle the case for US$450 million. Brought by the US Federal Trade Commission (FTC), the suit alleges Meta broke antitrust laws and illegally secured a monopoly over social media platforms.

Along with Google and Meta, Amazon and Apple are also currently facing significant antitrust challenges in the US.

All of these actions are continuing despite major changes in both the FTC and the US Department of Justice as a result of the election of Donald Trump.

Collectively, these cases represent a substantial regulatory push to examine and potentially curb the market power of big tech. So what are all of these cases about exactly? What are the next steps in each of them? And what might they mean for consumers?

The cases against Google

The case Google just lost was related to online advertising.

The US Department of Justice alleged Google had behaved anticompetitively to monopolise the complex digital advertising technology market. This market facilitates the buying and selling of online ads.

The US district judge, Leonie Brinkema, agreed Google has a monopoly over the tools used by online publishers to host ad space, and the software that facilitates transactions between online publishers and advertisers.

In her ruling, Judge Brinkema said Google had “wilfully engaged in a series of anticompetitive acts” which ultimately resulted in it obtaining “monopoly power in the open-web display publisher ad server market”.

Google has said it will appeal the decision. The Department of Justice will ask the court to require Google to divest parts of its ad tech business when the remedies phase of this trial starts later this month.

The second case involving Google is related to internet search.

The Department of Justice argued Google used exclusionary agreements, such as paying Apple billions annually to be the default search engine on iPhones, to lock out competitors.

In August 2024, a federal judge ruled Google acted illegally to maintain its search monopoly.

The case has now moved to the remedies phase. A crucial remedies trial is scheduled to begin next week. During this, the court will hear arguments on what actions should be taken against Google. Potential remedies could be significant, with regulators previously suggesting measures such as restrictions on Google’s Android operating system or even forcing the sale of its Chrome browser.

Google has stated its intention to appeal this ruling as well.

The case against Meta

The FTC’s case against Meta alleges the tech giant illegally maintained a monopoly in the market for “personal social networking services”.

The core of the FTC’s argument is that Meta employed a “buy-or-bury” strategy to eliminate competitive threats.

This allegedly involved acquiring nascent rivals, most notably Instagram in 2012 and WhatsApp in 2014, specifically to neutralise them before they could challenge Facebook’s dominance.

The FTC points to internal communications as evidence of anticompetitive intent. These include Mark Zuckerberg’s statement, “It is better to buy than compete”. They also include an internal memo which showed Zuckerberg considered spinning off Instagram in 2018 over concerns about antitrust scrutiny.

The commission argues Meta’s actions stifled innovation and harmed consumers by limiting choices. It’s seeking to force Meta to divest, or sell off, both Instagram and WhatsApp.

Meta vigorously defends its actions. It argues it does not hold a monopoly, facing fierce competition from platforms such as TikTok, YouTube and X (formerly Twitter).

The company contends the acquisitions of Instagram and WhatsApp were pro-competitive, allowing Meta to invest billions to improve and scale the apps, ultimately benefiting users. A key defence point is that the FTC itself reviewed and approved both deals over a decade ago.

The trial is expected to last eight weeks.

The cases against Apple and Amazon

In March 2024, the Department of Justice, along with several states, sued Apple, alleging it illegally maintains a monopoly in the smartphone market.

The lawsuit claims Apple uses its control over the iPhone ecosystem to stifle competition and innovation by, for example, degrading messaging quality between iPhones and Android devices and limiting the functionality of third-party digital wallets and smartwatches.

Apple filed a motion to dismiss the case in August 2024. The litigation is in its early stages and is expected to continue for several years.

In September 2023, the FTC, joined by numerous states, also sued Amazon.

The lawsuit alleges the tech giant unlawfully maintains monopoly power in both the market for “online superstores” (where consumers shop) and “online marketplace services” (for third-party sellers).

The FTC claims Amazon uses interlocking anticompetitive tactics. These include punishing sellers for offering lower prices elsewhere, coercing sellers into using its services, degrading search results with excessive ads, and charging exorbitant seller fees.

In late 2024, the presiding judge largely denied Amazon’s attempt to dismiss the core federal claims, allowing the case to proceed.

A trial is currently scheduled for October 2026.

Major structural changes could come

Taken together, these lawsuits represent the most significant antitrust enforcement push against major technology firms in the US in decades. They signal a fundamental re-examination of how competition laws apply to fast-evolving digital platforms and ecosystems.

The outcomes could potentially lead to major structural changes. These changes could include the forced breakup of companies such as Meta, or significant behavioural remedies restricting how these firms operate.

Regardless of the specific results, the decisions in these cases will likely set crucial legal precedents. In turn, these will profoundly shape the future competitive landscape for technology. They will also likely influence regulation globally, and impact innovation and investment across the digital economy.

What the cases do not reflect is the change in independence of regulatory bodies in the US, where consistency with White House policy is now paramount. The outcomes will surely test the relationship between Trump and the “tech bros” who’ve, quite literally, been at his side recently.The Conversation

Rob Nicholls, Senior Research Associate in Media and Communications, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Public toilets could be the jewels in our cities’ crowns – if only governments would listen

Christian TietzUNSW Sydney

A New South Wales Senate inquiry into public toilets is underway, looking into the provision, design and maintenance of public toilets across the state.

Whenever I mention this inquiry, however, everyone nervously laughs and the conversation moves on. It’s not something people feel comfortable talking about.

Yet, a public toilet goes to the heart of what a city provides for its inhabitants and visitors. It is a critically important piece of public infrastructure that sets the tone for public behaviour, expectations and conduct.

And we could be doing so much better with our public toilets.

An important first impression

Public toilets communicate social values. They show how we provide for our citizens and what we expect of them in return.

A public toilet is often the first thing someone new to a place sees and wants; it creates an important first impression.

As communication theorist Paul Watzlawick said, “One cannot not communicate.” Infrastructure is no exception.

So public toilets play an important social role and, through their design, help communicate and shape relationships between citizens.

A public toilet block sits in a Victorian park.
As one person’s submission put it: ‘It’s important that public toilets don’t look like prisons’. ThatHolisticMom888/Shutterstock

They not only provide relief for our urgent bodily needs; in them, we are equal humans. External hierarchies are largely removed.

Their appearance and design influences whether we feel cared for, trusted and appreciated, seen and acknowledged.

This is reflected in what members of the public have said to the current NSW senate inquiry. One submission, for instance, noted:

It’s important that public toilets don’t look like prisons.

If they are perceived as such, then the message is we can’t be trusted. We are assumed to damage or destroy them and behave like criminals.

Public toilets should be appealing, inviting, visually interesting – and anticipate and provide for the many different needs for which people visit them.

Designing and maintaining with this in mind means they’ll delight the user, rather than making them feel like a criminal.

Might that not then help inspire a sense of gratitude toward governments, ratepayers and taxpayers and, by extension, broader society?

An advanced public toilet in Shibuya, Tokyo, is dome-shaped.
Public toilet design can and should be beautiful. Caito/Shutterstock

Costs, yes. But also benefits

Access to adequate public toilets is a basic right. But they are also used to administer medication, breastfeed, care for children, access drinking water and find a quiet place to rest. Public toilets are often the only private space in public.

So, how can a communal space like the public bathroom evolve accordingly? One issue emerging in several inquiry submissions so far is the issue of public toilets being routinely locked at night.

As one submission writer puts it:

We don’t have a curfew, we are aloud (sic) out at night. If you don’t want people pissing in the street, then leave them open.

Cost is the greatest concern. Councils know how much their toilet blocks cost, but not how many people use them.

submission from Blacktown City Council states their 218 public toilets cost more than A$15 million annually, involving six staff and three vehicles to service these facilities.

This equals more than $68,800 per toilet per year.

On the other hand, good public toilets could help grow the economy. A submission by Guide Dogs Australia quotes Deloitte Access Economics estimates that inclusive public spaces could add $12.7 billion to Australia’s economy annually and boost GDP by about $1.2 billion through increased workforce participation.

And a submission by Bathurst Regional Access Committees notes:

The disability tourism trade is worth well over $8 billion dollars annually. Tourism is what keeps many regions alive.

Decent and accessible toilets may even help attract more people to a local area, activating public spaces and building community.

Flipping the toilet script

We need to flip the way we think about public toilets and those who clean them.

They must radiate thoughtful care, pride, civic engagement and delight.

Australian urban designer David Engwicht’s community consultation approach to public space provides a great blueprint. He advocates recognising that place making is similar to home making; it can create memorable and potentially transformative experiences. It can help bring us into the present, creating a feeling of rootedness and connection.

This toilet, in Tokyo, was designed by Japanese architect Sou Fujimoto. It is white with a beautiful curved exterior and an arched door.
This stunning public toilet in Tokyo was designed by Japanese architect Sou Fujimoto. Tada Images/Shutterstock

The toilet can transcend its shameful, dirty, grimy image and last resort status. It can become a privilege to maintain, clean and keep in pristine condition for the public good.

The public toilet could become a valuable asset, an attraction, a sought after destination, a jewel in the crown of the government’s public offering.

They could be pieces of enchanting infrastructure sponsors line up to support.

Tokyo toilets

The Tokyo Toilet project is a great example.

In this project, 17 toilets were designed by world-leading Japanese architects and designers and their cleaners’ uniforms by a famous fashion designer.

The toilets were equipped with custom high quality toilet paper, cleaned three times a day, and given their own stunning interactive website.

German filmmaker Wim Wenders even made a feature film, Perfect Days, about a man who cleans these toilets.

Credit: The Match Factory/YouTube.

These toilets, sponsored by the non-profit Nippon Foundation in collaboration with Shibuya City government and Shibuya Tourism Association, represent a highly innovative approach.

Here, the public toilet is celebrated as an international attraction, while providing an excellent service to the public.The Conversation

Christian Tietz, Senior Lecturer in Industrial Design, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.

Week Two April 2025 (April 7 - 13)

Happy Dance Time! Narrabeen Sports High School to receive new Performing Arts Hall as part of major upgrade

Deputy Premier and Minister for Education and Early Learning, The Hon. Prue Car, and Pittwater MP Jacqui Scruby with NSHS Dance Academy students. Photo: Michael Mannington OAM

The Minns Labor Government is continuing its commitment to rebuilding public education in NSW, with the announcement that Narrabeen Sports High School will receive a brand-new Performing Arts Hall, in addition to upgrades already underway.

The new stand-alone performance hall will include:

  • A stage and large performance area with seating for up to 500 students
  • Two acoustically treated music rooms
  • A smaller performance space with a sprung wooden floor to support dance and other creative arts subjects

This marks the first time the school will have a dedicated performing arts space. Until now, the school has relied on off-site venues for performing arts activities.

The new facility complements ongoing upgrades across the campus, which include:

  • Renovated Technological and Applied Studies (TAS) classrooms
  • Refurbished science labs
  • Upgraded amenities and change rooms
  • A new roof across large sections of the school

In addition, new turf has been laid on the school’s sports oval. The area had been temporarily used by Narrabeen North Public School during upgrade works for the primary school and has now been returned to Narrabeen Sports High for school use.

Upgrades to 20 classrooms in Block C are also in progress, with final designs nearing completion and construction expected to begin in the coming months.

This work is part of the Minns Government’s record $8.9 billion investment to deliver new and upgraded public schools across NSW, including $3.6 billion for schools in Western Sydney.

Deputy Premier and Minister for Education and Early Learning, Prue Car, and Member for Pittwater, Jacqui Scruby, visited the school on Friday Aril 11 to tour the new upgrades and meet with staff, students, and parents as Term 1 came to a close.

Deputy Premier and Minister for Education and Early Learning, The Hon. Prue Car, said: 

“After years of neglect and broken promises from the former Liberal government, the Minns Labor Government is delivering high quality facilities for the Northern Beaches.

“Investing in our public schools is essential to ensuring every student in NSW has access to a world-class education.

“This upgrade will enrich student life at Narrabeen Sports High school—academically, physically, and creatively—for years to come.

“These improvements strengthen schools as community assets that serve local families and foster student success across generations.”

Member for Pittwater, Jacqui Scruby, said:

“Dedicated creative and performing arts facilities at Narrabeen Sports High School are a big win for both the school and our local community.

“These are more than just buildings—they are an investment in our young people’s talents and a major expansion of the educational opportunities at the school.

“I advocated strongly for these facilities in Parliament and directly with the Minister, highlighting the school’s lack of creative space. With a government that supports the creative industries, we’re backing the next generation of talent from the ground up.

“I thank the NSW Government for its collaborative approach and commitment to the arts—it will have a lasting impact on this school and our region. This was the culmination of community action and advocacy of the P&C and will help our kids be shining lights on stages for years to come.

“Pittwater has a proud tradition in the creative arts, and it’s wonderful to see our students finally getting the performance spaces they deserve.”

Narrabeen Sports High School Principal, Heidi Currie, said:

“We’re excited to see our students and staff make the most of these new and upgraded facilities.

“Education opens the door to opportunity, and we’re proud to partner with our community to build a school that challenges students to thrive in a supportive and inclusive environment.

“These flexible, innovative learning spaces are designed to support the success of every student— and we look forward to what’s ahead.”

Narrabeen Sports High School Principal Heidi Currie (pink jacket), with Pittwater MP Jacqui Scruby, and Deputy Premier and Minister for Education and Early Learning, The Hon. Prue Car. Photo: Michael Mannington OAM

Mia Murdoch Year 8 - Dance student said:

It’s like everything to me. I’ve been doing dance ever since I can remember and it feels so good to be able to perform it at school as well.

We’re very excited. I think it will be great to have our own space like all the other sports do. It means a lot to us.

Madison Lazich Year 8 - Dance student said:

That means a lot because I know the school is Narrabeen sports High obviously, but still dance for us and band, all of that means a lot and something that we love and shapes us - and we love that we are at a school that will support that love for us.

Jacqueline Hampson - Head of secondary studies - Narrabeen Sports High School, said:

“Having a creative and performing space and those facilities is so exciting for us because it’s not just a hall, it’s actually a launch pad for future possibilities.”

Suzie Stanford - President of the P&C said:

“On behalf of the P&C Executive and the entire Narrabeen Sports High School community, we are beyond thrilled about today’s announcement of a brand-new, purpose-built Creative & Performing Arts building for Narrabeen Sports High School.

“Today marks a bright new chapter for our school. NSHS will finally have purpose-built, state-of-the-art Creative and Performing Arts (CAPA) classrooms and performance spaces to learn and perform in. These facilities will provide endless opportunities for our talented  students and deliver much-needed, dedicated CAPA spaces for our students to develop and showcase their creative talents.

“This announcement is the result of great collaboration and coordinated efforts from our State and Federal MPs, the NSW Education Department, the NSW Government, the school staff, and the P&C. The dream of this exceptional facility has finally become a reality, giving our students and teachers the resources they deserve. We are deeply grateful to the NSW Education Department and the NSW Government for investing in our school, listening to our pleas for support, and recognising the incredible potential of our students and teachers. 

“We would also like to express our heartfelt gratitude to our local member for Pittwater, Jacqui Scruby, who championed our cause from her very first day in Parliament *, and to our federal MP for Mackellar, Dr Sophie Scamps, whose long-standing support has been invaluable. Without their dedication and advocacy, this dream would not have been realised.

“This new facility will create fantastic opportunities for all our students to explore their creative passions, whether in dance, music, or drama. Our Dance Academy and HSC students will finally have purpose-built spaces where they can truly shine and showcase their talents.”

*Pittwater MP Jacqui Scruby’s first question in parliament was on this topic. Visit Jacqui Scruby MP Q&A on commitment to Narrabeen SHS performing arts centre and Deputy Premier and Minister for Education and Early Learning, The Hon. Prue Car's, reply

A few more happy snaps:

Photos: Michael Mannington OAM

Narrabeen Sports High School Principal Heidi Currie, Suzie Stanford President of the NSHS P&C, Pittwater MP Jacqui Scruby and The Hon. Prue Car, Deputy Premier and NSW Minister for Education and Early Learning. Photo: Michael Mannington OAM

 

The sydney Royal Easter Show showbag Began as an Australian sample Bag 

Sydney Royal Easter Show - children with their Show Bags, circa 1938.
The 2025 Royal Easter Show opened on Friday April 11 and will run until April 22 - a great fun day out over this Autumn School Holidays and a means to see what all our agricultural producers have been up to in the past year. 
You can see what's available and when at: www.eastershow.com.au

Our favourite part is getting our hands on some showbags, especially those that have items you can't normally buy in the shops - the Bertie Beetle being a personal favourite. 

Bertie Beetle is a small chocolate bar now manufactured by Nestlé. It's a chocolate coated bar containing small pieces of honeycomb that is shaped like an anthropomorphised beetle. It was originally created as a way to use up honeycomb left over from the production of Violet Crumble bars. Originally manufactured in Australia, today they are manufactured in a factory in New Zealand.

For many years, Bertie Beetles were generally only available to the public in showbags sold at Australian agricultural shows.
The Bertie Beetle was first produced in 1963 by Hoadley's Chocolates, who were later taken over by the Rowntree Company and became Rowntree Hoadley Ltd (the company was later acquired by Nestlé in 1988). Intended to rival MacRobertson's (later Cadbury's) Freddo Frog, it was launched with advertisements featuring VFL footballer Ron Barassi, and was sold in shops until the 1970s. 

Anyone who looks forward to collecting some great bags filled with goodies at the Royal Easter Show each year may be interested to know that the showbag is yet another brilliant Australian idea that began as a 'sample bag'.

Sydney's Royal Easter Show is the nation's largest annual event, currently attracting more than 900,000 visitors to its site at Homebush Bay. Historically the Show was a way to showcase for New South Wales's primary and secondary industries, and for the promotion of agricultural education and improvement. The products of agriculture has been making good and strong Australians for years. The way to introduce people to what was and is on offer commenced as tastings at the various booths in pavilions or outside of them and progressed to become 'samples' you could take home.

For generations, the Show has brought 'the country to the city', and it continues to be important, especially for children in Sydney. The showbag is one of the great ways to learn more about Australian products, as well as a once a year chance to overload on treats that may not form part of your everyday diet.

Originating at the Sydney Royal Easter Show sometime between 1909 and 1914, possibly by kiddie-favourites Gravox, the bags were originally given away by brands hoping to launch their wares by providing free samples of products. Food samples were handed out, and these were to evolve into 'sample bags'. By the late 1920s (1927), as the cost of producing bags became too much for companies, they began being sold;

At the show
By N. J. Myers.
'Ready, Con?' 
'Righto! Just a minute, while I borrow Laura's powder. Duuno what's happened to mine !' 
'Shake it up, then — we-haven't much time.' 
Five minutes later Connie emerged from her bedroom, and we hurried off to the Royal Easter Show. It was two o'clock on Friday afternoon. ? Need I 
mention it was Good Friday, and my young sister and I decided we were fed up of Mah Jongg and the wireless. Hence the visit to the Show. 
'Gee ! Still raining. Nothing but rain, rain, rain ! Wish it would be fine for once,' gasped Con., as we hurried along under the folds of dad's sixteenribber umbrella.

We hopped on a tram, alighted at Regent-street, and hurried down to the Show. Sounds quick, doesn't it? but it was a quarter to three before we were actually there. I like going out with Con. She likes the things I do, and we have a jolly good muck-up. Do everything we shouldn't do ! We passed through one or two pig and cow pavilions. They weren't together, by the way ; but Con. didn't like them much; nor did I. 
'Let's go and look round,' she suggested, .thinking, no doubt, of scent sprays and silk stockings. 
'Let's.' 
We strolled along past the machinery and small stalls. . ' -
'Oh ! look at those funny little buckets with the porridge or coffee or something in them?' cried Con. 
'Do 'get me one.' 
'Only one-and-sixpcnce,' lisped a sweet little voice. 
I paid. We meandered round a store, stopped to hear 'On the Riviera,' in the gramophone shop, and politely inquired after some globes. We were soon mouth deep in buckets of ice cream, and munching biscuits.

Con. tried everything she could lay hands on, and even wanted to feel how bonax would taste after a glass of skimmed milk. I told her she really draw tho line somewhere. Soon the better part of a ten shilling note had gone west. Con. is expensive. Showbags full of samples, and chocolates and books, soon piled up in our hands as we visitod the various stalls. 
Con. got disgusted when we came to an exhibit of woollen and silk goods. The apparel exhibited should have suited her, for it was feminine, but seven-eighths of the crowd around were men. I supposed the exhibitors were the draw — some nice, good-looking girls —but Con. didn't reply. 
'Who'll sample a sandwich of peanut butter?' came from our right. 
'Too right, I will!' 
Con. was into that sandwich in a minute, and our show bags came away groaning a little more with jars of the old butter, and books telling how peanut butter saved the lives of two little boys from cannibals. 

After an hour or two, during which Con. bought about six sets of powder and scents, and shaving-cream— sorry girls- don't shave yet — we adjourned to the park, at the side. Not without purchasing a few meat pies — Con. was hungry. 
When we had polished off the pies we went round to see the Californian Giantess, the Snakologist, and the circus, and by then the evening was setting in. 
We left by the Moore Park exit, when I remembered, to our sorrow, that I had only the bare sixpence for our tram fares home. After missing the right direction three times, we found our way down to Green's-rond, and eventually arrived home to find tea over, and the family gone to see a show.
At the SHOW (1927, April 24). Sunday Times (Sydney, NSW : 1895 - 1930), p. 3 (PRANKS THE CHILDREN'S NEWSPAPER). Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article128511367


Crowds and pavilions, Royal Easter Show 1930s, State Library of New South Wales, Image No.: a359030h

IN SYDNEY AT EASTER THE ROYAL SHOW.
(From Our Own Representative.)

Sydney's leading weekly journal, 'The Sydney Mail,' is devoting three issues to illustrating and describing the great Easter Show, so that my readers will appreciate that, within the limits of the space available to me, I cannot do more than give some impressions of the big function from the point of view of a visitor from Riverina. The day on which I spent the greatest amount of time there was Good Friday, which is one of the days upon which the greatest attendances are registered. This year, so far, the records of the attendances do not seem to have been disclosed to the press. Regular habitues say they have not been as great as usual owing to the depression, and the consequent absence of visitors from the Inland. Be that as it may, it was difficult to move about on Good Friday. It was still more difficult to get a seat in any of the stands. 

However, there was a consensus of opinion that the crowd was not as big as it had been in some previous years. In addition to the depression, there was the counter attraction of the wreck of the Malabar. This latter was something unique. There have been many wrecks along the coast of New South Wales, but not since the wreck of the Dunbar has there been one so close to Sydney, and one that could be. reached so readily as the catastrophe at Long Bay. I heard a gentleman at the hotel say, 'I went to the wreck. I 'can see a show any day, but I am 'nearly sixty and have never had a 'chance of seeing a good wreck be'fore.' Although this gentleman called it a 'good' wreck, most people allude to it as a 'bad' wreck, but — No more can be said on such a point as pending the inquiry the matter is sub judice. For years past visitors to Sydney have been taken to The Gap, and shown the place where the Dunbar was wrecked. Henry Lawson, in one of his short stories, tells humorously how the attention of passengers on out-going steamers was persistently directed to the place 'where the Dunbar was wrecked.' But that took place half a century ago, and the number of people who were living in Sydney at that time and still survive is relatively few. The wreck of the Malabar will oust the wreck of the Dunbar, as a topic of coastal catastrophe, just as Sir Clirystopher, The Dimmer, and Phar Lap have ousted The Barb, Grand Flaueur, and Carbine as a theme of discussion in sporting circles. Cargo from the wreckage has been strewn all along the coast about Sydney, even as far from the scene as Manly. And the police have not been able to stove in all the liquor kegs which have been rescued from the waves. 

But to get back to the showground. In very many respects, the Royal Show is a country show, magnified a few times. The ring events are the same. The same sort of horses jump — some cleverly, some brilliantly, and many only at the third time of asking. 
...
Quite half the show is not competitive, but a mere business display. All the same it is most interesting, even more so than the ring to many. Nearly all the big retailers have building of their own in which goods are displayed — practically shops away from the streets. In the second big pavilion, various firms have well appointed stalls, some of them showing attractive novel features. One of these which attracted a lot of attention was a miniature cisrarette factory. There was the machine which made cigs. working at full capacity. The cut-up tobacco was heaped in one huge funnel, the paper was placed in another receptacle, and the cigaretts were turned out of a big slot faster than one could count them. Girls, with agile fingers, were placing the cigarettes into packets. It was difficult to get near this stand at any time, even to buy the finished product. And there were plenty of buyers for the freshly made cigs. Another similar stand was one in which Minties were being made.' Here also machinery played the chief part. There was a man handling a great lump of Mintie toffee and pulling it out into white ropes, but he was merely a draw to catch the eye. The Minties were made and wrapped by machinery. The chocolate firms also had stands which attracted a lot of notice. At all these stands one could buy the products at a concession price, and get a paper basket bag to carry them away in. Similar bags were available for free samples, and many children thought the object of the show was to enable them to fill free basket bags with gratuitous samples, sweets preferred....
IN SYDNEY AT EASTER (1931, April 10). The Riverine Grazier (Hay, NSW : 1873 - 1954), p. 2. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article140658401


Minties 1938 advertisement - sourced from TROVE

Over the years, showbags have contained both the weird and the wonderful. The first ones mainly contained delicious food products with confectionery being particularly popular. Products, such as coal and laxatives, were once included. 

With 1.2 million people visiting the show in 1947, the 'sample bags' became big business. In 1962, the Royal Agricultural Society “thoroughly investigate[d] the matter of sample bag prices” in order to keep vendors scrupulous. Since then, they’ve become one of the ongoing highlights of everyone’s visit to the show.

In the 1950s, toys made their way into the bags, although they were still called 'sample bags' then, as they are today in many cases. The market was flooded by big-name brands Violet Crumble, Weet-Bix, Giant Brand Licorice, and Rosella in the ’40s, Minties, and Lifesavers in the ’50s, and Sunny-Boy in the ’60s. 

SAMPLE BAGS FOR THE ROYAL SHOW

Mrs. Alice Brown unloading sample bags at the Showground yesterday, in readiness for the opening of the Royal Easter Show to-day.
SAMPLE BAGS FOR THE ROYAL SHOW (1951, March 16). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 1. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article18204222

A celebrity revolution took hold in the 1980s with Madonna and Michael Jackson bags introduced into the Showbag Hall.

By the mid-twentieth century, specialised showbags were available for purchase and have remained an important aspect of the Show experience, especially for children.

While topping off three dagwood dogs and a small raincloud of fairy floss with 25 Minties, a good handful of Bertie Beetles, all washed down with a Sunnyboy pyramidal didn't get time to get frozen ice-block while trooping home with half a dozen showbags, there’s more to the show than that once you mature past the iggle-oggle chocolate froggle years, or even if you choose not to mature past way too much 'sampling' - at least admit you are a tad older and your oggles may boggle in a wider range.  

The Show has many entertainments nowadays but for many of us it's all the country displays, wonderful animals and central arena parade or other ringside events that will bring us back time and again to the RAS Royal Easter Show...oh, and the showbags...there's  pages of them listed on the Sydney Royal Easter Show website...so you may come home with one, or two.... Berties!

Have a great rest and some fun time this Autumn school holidays, whether you get to the Show or not - we hope to see you out and about and enjoying yourselves before the colder months kick in.

We'll be back, after spending time with our own youngsters, on Sunday April 27.
People at the "Show" circa 1925 to 1955, from album: Hood Collection part II : [Royal Agricultural Society Showground: Easter Shows, Sheep Shows, Highland gatherings, etc. (and including other agricultural industry scenes)] courtesy State Library of NSW, the Mitchell Library. Image No.: a359016h

Out Front winner announced

Council announced on Tuesday April 8 the KALOF People’s Choice Award winner from the Out Front 2025 exhibition. Congratulations to Steven Curtis from Oxford Falls Grammar for his captivating work, Artistic Innovation or Invasion?.

Now in its 31st year, the Out Front 2025 exhibition at Manly Art Gallery & Museum featured 25 selected HSC artistic works from 21 schools across the Northern Beaches.

Steven will receive a prize of $500, generously sponsored by Council’s youth social media @keepalookoutfor, as part of NSW Youth Week.

Mayor Sue Heins said the successful exhibition highlighted the exceptional ability of Year 12 students from across the Northern Beaches.

“I was so impressed with the talent and maturity of the artworks in this exhibition.

“The exhibition showcased such a diverse range of artistic mediums from painting, video and sculpture to drawing, photography and ceramics. I am so in awe of their abilities and skills.

“Bravo Steven for being the people’s favourite among a remarkable group of emerging artists,” Mayor Heins said

This year over 1200 votes were cast by the public during the exhibition.

STEVEN CURTIS (artist comments on artwork)
Artistic Innovation or Invasion?
coloured pencil drawing
Oxford Falls Grammar

My artwork is an appropriation of Michelangelo’s The Creation of Adam. In this reimagining, ‘The Creator’ is replaced by myself, representing today’s generation of young artists captivated by the transformative power of artificial intelligence (AI) — a tool that is reshaping the art world and infiltrating the once-sacrosanct gallery space.

What deeply concerns me, and tempers the allure of AI’s convenience, is the legacy of historic greats like Michelangelo, Salvador Dalí, Frida Kahlo, and Van Gogh. Their iconic works, forged through lifetimes of artistic development, can now be stylistically replicated and mass-produced by AI in mere seconds. With the unprecedented temptations that AI offers, today’s young artists must grapple with the cost of surrendering the proverbial paintbrush to a machine. Ultimately, art is more than just aesthetics; it is the artist behind it who truly matters.

Steven with his People's Choice winning work. Pic: NBC

The Forest High School opens NSW’s first in-school op shop

April 10 2025

Forest High School students are building connections and essential skills through a new op shop at the school. The NSW  Department  of Education's Jim Griffiths reports.

Forest High School students and principal Nathan Lawler at the school's op shop ... the first one located in a NSW school

The Forest High School officially opened the doors to what is believed to be the first op shop located in a school.

In a partnership with Lifeline Northern Beaches, ‘Forest Fashion’ blends sustainability and community building into a daily lunchtime bargain hunt.

Principal Nathan Lawler said Lifeline Northern Beaches supplied all the goods and The Forest students managed the shop under the guidance of supervising teachers.

“The new shop creates valuable opportunities for students to gain hands-on experience while building essential skills,” Mr Lawler said.

“Beyond practical learning, ‘Forest Fashion’ serves as a safe and welcoming space for students during lunchtime, where they can connect, contribute, and find a sense of belonging.”

Accessibility and style are key features of the shop, which offers affordable items curated specifically for students. The stock reflects what students are interested in, from cropped and oversized clothing to cool vintage “granny chic”.

Forest High School students flocking to bag a bargain at the school's op shop

Nothing costs over $5, ensuring the sustainable fashion is accessible to all.

However, the crucial element of the shop is its alignment with the school’s mission of fostering community and engagement.

“We believe a school should be a community,” Mr Lawler said. “This op shop provides students with a place to build connections, and a sense of purpose. It’s about creating a school environment where students are excited to come and belong,”

CEO of Lifeline Northern Beaches, Sarah Grattan, notes that the shop helps build awareness of Lifeline and also provides important growth opportunities for the students.

“If we can build resilience and foster connections with others, it becomes incredibly protective for mental health. Volunteering, in particular, creates a sense of purpose and connection that is deeply beneficial,” Ms Grattan said.

Profits will be split evenly between the school and Lifeline Northern Beaches, but Mr Lawler believes it is also an added bonus to the community building that the shop will bring.

Killarney Heights High gets a dose of Tahitian culture

Tahitian exchange students embrace the “enriching” cultural experience of the “different” Killarney Heights High School classroom. The NSW" Department of Education's Jim Griffiths reports.

Students from the Collège La Mennais in Papeete, Tahiti, honouring the beauty of French Polynesia, in dance at Killarney Heights High School

Killarney Heights High School was awash with the sounds of Tahiti at a special assembly last Friday, April 4.

Exchange students from Collège La Mennais in Papeete, Tahiti, who have been visiting the school, joined in a celebration of cultural diversity and international friendships.

The Tahitian students, all in Year 9, are staying with families of Sydney students who participated in a similar exchange in Tahiti last year.

Their week in Sydney has been filled with fascinating discoveries, joyful moments, and meaningful connections.

Judith, one of the visiting students, expressed her enthusiasm for the experience:

"I’m really happy to have been able to participate in this exchange. It’s very enriching. I’m discovering so many things about other cultures and my host family. It’s amazing,” she said.

By spending time in the Killarney Heights classrooms, the Tahitian students have had an experience of a school system vastly different from their own.

From technology-driven learning to a more conversational classroom environment, the Australian approach has captivated Judith and her peers.

“They can bring their laptops to class, and they work a lot with technology, whereas in France, it’s always more about notebooks and pens,” Judith said. “They write less in their notebooks or computers; they do more exercises and talk more than we do. In contrast, we listen more and write more.

“Personally, I prefer the Australian system because I think it allows students to truly grow with what they learn, instead of just writing things down.

“Writing doesn’t necessarily mean understanding, whereas here, they’re more focused on hands-on learning through exercises.”

Tahitian students at their Killarney Heights "sister" school ... forging lifetime friendships

For Sonia Robins, a French teacher at Killarney Heights, and Gaëlle Laille from Collège La Mennais, the sister-school arrangement provides deep and valuable experiences.

“We’ve seen exchanges before, but they were one-way,” Ms Robbins said. “But having a reciprocal exchange where we go to their place, stay with our counterparts, and then the same counterparts come and stay with us—that’s very special because real friendships are formed

"We hope these relationships last much longer than the time of the exchange—maybe even a lifetime.”

Ms Laille noted that she was also learning, as much as her students.

“I’m learning a lot. I also want to thank the teachers here for their warm welcome—they’ve shared their teaching methods with humility. It’s been very informative,” she said.

Such sentiments were echoed by deputy principal Katie Rose, who noted the power in such exchanges are bigger than just the school visit.

“In welcoming, in sharing, in opening our hearts, we recognise a truth deeper than language, culture, or geography: the simple but profound reality of shared humanity,” she said.

The Tahitian students then proceeded to showcase their culture with traditional dances and songs.

The girls performed a dance honouring the beauty of French Polynesia, while the boys presented a haka, including Marvin who is proud of his homeland.

"I feel that by showing and telling them that Tahiti is a tiny island in the middle of the Pacific, they’ve really understood and learned about it,” he said.

Though Marvin admitted he has yet to be converted to Vegemite, the cultural exchange has clearly left a lasting impression on both sides.

Collège La Mennais in Papeete, Tahiti shares its exchange program with both Killarney Heights and Kirrawee High Schools, reflecting the size of the school.

This story was written with the assistance of SBS French radio, with interviews conducted in French. 

You can listen to French language version on the SBS French podcast.

Are you thinking about doing an SBAT? 

School-based apprenticeships and traineeships (SBATs) are a great way to get a head start on your career while still at school. By doing an SBAT in industries experiencing skills shortages, including renewable energy, housing and infrastructure, and early childhood education and care, you can set yourself up for a future career.

School-based apprenticeships and traineeships (SBATs) are a great way for you to get a head start on your career while still at school. SBATs are available to all Year 10, 11 and 12 high school students in NSW.

By choosing to do an SBAT you can gain a nationally recognised qualification as part of your Higher School Certificate (HSC). This is achieved by combining part-time work with formal training at school, TAFE NSW or another Registered Training Organisation. There are a range of industry opportunities available, with over 200 SBAT qualifications to choose from.

FAQ's

Can I complete an SBAT and get an ATAR?

Yes, it is possible to complete a school-based apprenticeship or traineeship and receive an Australian Tertiary Admission Rank (ATAR). Talk to your Careers Adviser about your pattern of study and how an SBAT will fit in.

What will I get out of an SBAT?

A school-based apprentice will:

  • complete Stage One of an apprenticeship part-time while completing the HSC
  • work a minimum of 100 - 180 days* in paid employment by December 31 of the HSC year
  • participate in formal training with TAFE NSW or another Registered Training Organisation.

A school-based trainee will:

  • complete a Certificate II or III qualification while completing the HSC
  • work a minimum of 100 - 180 days* in paid employment by December 31 of the HSC year
  • participate in formal training with TAFE NSW or another Registered Training Organisation.

How often will I go to work?

Generally, one day per week during school terms as well as additional days during the school holidays. The days and times will be negotiated between you, your school and employer.

Will I be paid for the days I work?

Absolutely. As a school-based apprentice or trainee you must be paid according to the wage rates and conditions of employment in the appropriate industrial award or modern working agreement.

How do I get started?

It’s simple:

  • Decide on the occupation or career path that interests you.
  • Discuss with your Careers Adviser and parents/carers about how this will work with your HSC.
  • Use your networks to gain employment – start with family, friends, local employers and explore job search websites.
  • If you already have a casual job, ask your employer if they would like more information about employing you as a school-based apprentice or trainee.

What happens after the HSC?

  • A school-based apprentice will enter Stage Two of their apprenticeship and continue in employment as a full-time or part-time apprentice.
  • A school-based trainee will have completed their Certificate II or III qualification and can begin to work full-time, or continue on to higher Vocational Education and Training (VET) studies or commence university.

Things to consider

Students who take on a school-based apprenticeship or traineeship are motivated young people who don’t just want to plan their future career, they want to experience it now. It’s very important to think about how you will manage your SBAT by considering:

  • Is this a career or occupation I’m interested in?
  • Can I balance school, work and training along with family, friends and community commitments?
  • Do I have a support network around me to help along the way? Teachers, Careers Adviser, parents/carers, friends or mentors?
  • Can I make travel arrangements to get myself to school, work and training on time?

If you answered YES to the questions above, an SBAT may be a great option for you.

Keen to get started? Speak to your Careers Adviser today. Call 13MYSBAT or email sbat@det.nsw.edu.au.

More information

Students: Starting the SBAT journey and visit: education.nsw.gov.au/skills-nsw/sbat

 

Good Day Sunshine - A Winter's Tale (1974)

Opportunities:

New free TAFE courses to deliver Australia’s manufacturing workforce

April 5, 2025
The Albanese and Minns Labor governments have announced they are working together to build Australia’s future by growing the Australian manufacturing workforce, through Free TAFE.

Four new Free TAFE courses have been established, designed to upskill Australians, boost onshore capability, and support employment opportunities in the industry.

The four Free TAFE courses are being offered through the TAFE NSW Manufacturing Centres of Excellence, announced late last year to support manufacturing education and training across engineering, transport and renewable energy sectors.

Funded by $78.6 million matched investment from the Commonwealth and NSW governments ($157.2 million total over four years), the specialised training Centres are being established at TAFE NSW campuses in three of NSW’s major manufacturing industry areas – Newcastle/the Hunter, Western Sydney, and the Illawarra.

The Free TAFE courses have been designed with industry to upskill existing workers and equip the future domestic manufacturing workforce for emerging industry needs, boosting onshore manufacturing capability and providing more career opportunities for local workers.

Enrolments are now open for three Microskills (self-paced short courses) delivered online and one Microcredential:
  1. Discover renewable manufacturing careers – a Microskill introducing the industries, technologies and practices enabling renewable manufacturing in Australia.
  2. Discover advanced manufacturing careers – a Microskill introducing advanced manufacturing and its role in driving innovation, sustainability, and economic growth in Australia.
  3. Maths foundations in the manufacturing industry – a Microskill supporting students and workers with mathematical concepts to perform accurate calculations and solve problems in a manufacturing setting.
  4. Generative design and analysis – a Microcredential providing specialised training in advanced computer-aided drafting software for manufacturing product design and modelling to solve real-world manufacturing challenges.  
The four courses are the first of a series of short courses, education and training planned for delivery through the TAFE NSW Manufacturing Centres of Excellence this year.

To further support tertiary harmonisation, a University Partnership Panel has also been established to collaborate with the TAFE NSW Manufacturing Centres of Excellence on design and delivery of the specialised training. 

10 university partners across New South Wales, Victoria, and Queensland have been included on the University Partnership Panel and will collaborate with TAFE NSW over the next four years to support expertise in manufacturing education. 

This could include contributing subject matter expertise to inform new manufacturing courses, providing access to specialist equipment and facilities, and development of educational pathways and higher education qualifications.

The 10 universities are:
  1. University of Sydney
  2. University of Technology, Sydney
  3. Western Sydney University
  4. Macquarie University
  5. University of Wollongong
  6. University of Newcastle
  7. Charles Sturt University
  8. Griffith University
  9. RMIT University
  10. Swinburne University
Locally, the TAFE NSW Net Zero Manufacturing Centre of Excellence will boost local capability, enabling the community to take advantage of the opportunities of renewable manufacturing and the Hunter-Central Coast Renewable Energy Zone.

The Centre will deliver tailored, industry-aligned training needed to skill local workforces ready to lead in onshore manufacturing capabilities in resources, aviation, defence and transport.

The TAFE NSW Manufacturing Centres of Excellence are a joint initiative between the Australian Government and NSW Government under the National Skills Agreement.

Minister for Skills and Training Andrew Giles said:

“Free TAFE is changing lives and it is building Australia’s future. 

“The TAFE Centres of Excellence were established to be job-creating hubs, and this is more evidence that what we’re doing is working. 

“The Albanese and Minns Governments are ensuring manufacturing needs at a local, state and national level are backed by a pipeline of skilled workers and a strong economy for years to come.

“More Free TAFE courses, means more Free TAFE students and more Free TAFE success stories. 

“Through strong ongoing with industry and universities, TAFE is shaping the future of manufacturing education in Australia.”

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education Steve Whan said:

“These first four Fee-Free TAFE courses being delivered through the Centres of Excellence are just the beginning of the collaboration across TAFE NSW, universities and the manufacturing industry to support a skilled workforce to meet national challenges across the manufacturing sector.

“This partnership will deliver more technical and hands-on training to students across renewable energy and advanced manufacturing, with a focus on sustainable and technological innovation.”

SHAPE 2025

SHAPE presents a selection of outstanding major projects by HSC Design and Technology, Industrial Technology and Textiles and Design students in NSW.

A number of local students have been selected for this year's SHAPE, which runs at Pier 2/3 Walsh Bay Arts Precinct until 12 April 2025. Congratulations to all those who were selected. 

The exhibition is free to attend. Find out more at: www.nsw.gov.au/education-and-training/nesa/hsc-showcase-hub/shape

The exhibition will feature a new Learning Lab where students can explore a selection of projects in more depth and learn about the major work process from SHAPE showcase students.

Students selected for the SHAPE showcase were notified in December 2024. 

Texstyle

The TexStyle exhibition, presented in partnership with the Technology Educators Association of NSW, showcases major works by HSC Textiles and Design students at Gallery 76, until 24 April 2025.

Visit the TexStyle website for more information about the showcase: www.embroiderersguildnsw.org.au/Gallery76

InTech

The InTech exhibition, presented by The Institute of Technology Education (iTE), showcases major works by HSC Industrial Technology students.

Visit the iTE website for more information about this year's InTech showcase; www.itensw.online/intech-2024/

Learning Lab

You can also visit NESA's new Learning Lab to get an exclusive, behind-the-scenes look at some of the major projects selected for this year’s SHAPE exhibition.  Here you can explore the projects in more depth, learn more about the major work process, and gain insights and advice from students who feature in the exhibition.

SHAPE exhibition opening 2024/2025- photo by NESA images

Council's 2025 Environmental Art & Design Prize - Entries open now

Council has announced Ramesh Mario Nithiyendran (art) and Keinton Butler (design) as the judges for this year’s Environmental Art & Design Prize.

Now in its fifth year, Environmental Art & Design Prize is open to artists and designers of all levels and diverse disciplines from across Australia. Submissions will be accepted until 19 May 2025.

Mayor Sue Heins said the prize has developed into one of the leading competitions covering both art and design focusing on the environment.

“Each year fascinating art works and designs are submitted for this environmentally thought-provoking prize.

“The prize is an important platform for the natural environment to take centre stage, enabling artists and designers to share their work inspired by nature, climate change and sustainable living.

“In past years we have seen impactful submissions from creatives including painters, ceramists and furniture designers. This year we would also love to see more contributions from architects, product, fashion and industrial designers.

“We are looking forward to an amazing array of powerful artworks and designs for 2025,” Mayor Heins said.

This year’s judges have vast experience in the art and design worlds. Ramesh Mario Nithiyendran is a contemporary artist with his work appearing in galleries across the globe. Keinton Butler is Senior Curator at Sydney’s Powerhouse Museum and the Creative Director of Sydney Design Week.

There are four prizes on offer this year with prize money totalling $46000. 

The visual arts and design winners will each receive $20,000. The people’s choice winners and the young artists/designers have a prize pool of $3,000 each.

All finalists will be featured in an exhibition across the Council’s 3 galleries, Manly Art Gallery and Museum (MAG&M), Curl Curl Creative Space, and Mona Vale Creative Space Gallery from 1 August to 14 September 2025.

Finalists will be announced on Friday 23 May and the winners will be announced on Friday1 August 2025.

For more information, and to enter, visit Council's webpage at: https://www.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/things-to-do/arts-and-culture/northern-beaches-environmental-art-and-design-prize   

Youth Week creative arts competition: ACYP

To celebrate Youth Week, the NSW Advocate for Children and Young People (ACYP) are running a creative arts competition for children and young people aged 12-24, who live in NSW. 

This competition is their chance to celebrate everything that makes them unique, strong and the future. That’s why this year’s theme is interactive, and children and young people are able to add their own quality, such as 'I am proud', 'I am strong', 'I am awesome.' 

They want you to create an art piece that shows them:

  • Who you are
  • Your skills
  • Your best qualities
  • What you're most proud of. 

What can you create?

Children and young people can submit any of the below, including:

  • Drawing
  • Painting
  • Sculpture
  • Collage
  • Digital art
  • Photography

Who can enter?

Children and young people aged 12-24, who live in NSW. 

The details

Submissions will be grouped in three age categories:

  • 12-15 years
  • 16-19 years
  • 20-24 years

What are the prizes?

There will be a 1st, 2nd and 3rd place chosen for each of the 3 age groups. All winners will get a 6 month membership to Skillshare and the following prizes:

  • 1st place: iPad 10 Gen
  • 2nd place: $300 voucher for Eckersley’s or Officeworks
  • 3rd place: $200 voucher for Eckersley’s or Officeworks

Competition deadline

Submissions close Sunday, 13 April 2025, at 11:59pm.

Find out more here: www.acyp.nsw.gov.au/youth-week-art-competition-2025

NSW Youth Week 2025

NSW Youth Week 2025 is taking place from 9 to 17 April.

Council's list of 2025 events, ranging from FREE up to $79.00 are listed at:  www.northernbeaches.youth-week

Youth Week is an opportunity for young people across NSW to come together in their local communities.

Councils, youth organisations and schools work with young people to host free activities, events and competitions!

If you live in NSW and are aged between 12 and 24, you can get involved and celebrate Youth Week by:

  • attending live events
  • showcasing your talents
  • taking part in competitions
  • using your voice to advocate for things young people want in your local community
  • having fun!

What is the Youth Week 2025 theme?

This year, the youth week theme is about:

  • celebrating every young person’s unique strengths
  • recognising your individual and collective power as our current and future influencers, leaders and decision makers.

So tell us who you are, your skills, your best qualities or what you are most proud of @youthweeknsw.

I am______________.


We are the future, and the future is now!

Follow @youthweeknsw and @acyp and get involved in the Youth Week competitions for a chance to win some prizes!

2025 Game Changer Challenge

Entries for the Game Changer Challenge 2025 are now open. Learn more about this year's challenge and enter your school now.

Find out more at: education.nsw.gov.au/schooling/schooling-initiatives/game-changer-challenge/about-the-game-changer-challenge

What is the Game Changer Challenge?

The Game Changer Challenge is the NSW Department of Education’s award-winning design thinking competition.

Open to public schools across the state the challenge centres on discovering solutions for a real-world, wicked problem by applying classroom learning.

Game Changer Challenge 2025

Entries for the Game Changer Challenge are now open. Enter your details in the form using your @education.nsw.gov.au login.

What is a wicked problem?

A wicked problem is a social or cultural problem that’s difficult or impossible to solve, normally because of its complex and interconnected nature.

Wicked problems push us to think outside the box, fostering innovation and creativity. The process of addressing these challenges can lead to breakthroughs in technology, policy and social norms.

Many wicked problems are related to environmental sustainability. By addressing this as a big issue, we can develop more sustainable living practices and build communities that are more resilient to changes and challenges.

Engaging with wicked problems empowers individuals and communities to take action and make a difference. It encourages young people to play an active role in their community and future.

The 2025 wicked problem: Ensure sustainable futures for all.

The 2025 priority areas are: Planet, People, Places.

Inspired by the United Nations Sustainable Development Goal No. 12: Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns

The United Nations defines sustainability as “meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.”

Sustainability is about balance. It’s about protecting our Planet, empowering our People, and caring for the Places we live, learn, and grow.

This year, teams will explore innovative ways to create a more sustainable future by tackling real-world challenges. Whether it’s rethinking how we empower people, use resources, reducing waste, or building more sustainable communities, this is your opportunity to make a lasting impact.

What is design thinking?

Design thinking is a human-centred process to solving complex problems. Empathy and collaboration are at the heart of design thinking.

The five-step process starts by encouraging problem solvers to walk in the shoes of those experiencing the 'problem' to gain a deeper insight into the challenges and issues they face (empathy).

This knowledge is then used to develop a clear problem statement (define), work on solutions (ideate), turn these solutions into tangible products (prototype) and then see whether the solution will work (test).

Design thinking is not a linear process. With each stage you make new discoveries that require you to rethink and redefine what you have already done.

Design thinking brings our head, heart and hands together to find innovative solutions to complex problems.

This process can be used over and over again, for small or complex problems.

A guide to Game Changer Challenge 2025

What's new in 2025

The 2025 Game Changer Challenge is bigger, bolder, and more impactful than ever before, with a new program design that will involve more students and extend the challenge’s reach across the state. All teams who register and work through Stage 1: Research will progress to Stage 2: Design, ensuring more students get more design experience.

This year, teams will produce a design portfolio that will track their design journeys from beginning to end, with a video pitch being submitted at the end of Stage 2 to be judged by industry experts. 20 teams will progress to the grand final.

Here’s how it works:

Step 1: Enter your school

Enter your details and receive the Game Changer Challenge 2025 resources. Access the form using your @education.nsw.gov.au login. Resources are available from Term 1, Week 6.

Step 2: Build your team

Teams consist of 5 students and 1 teacher per team. Supervising teachers can be from any subject area. The primary category is for students from Years 3 to 6, the secondary category is for students from Years 7 to 11.

Schools can have more than one team, providing each student team member is different. One teacher can oversee multiple teams.

Step 3: All teams work through the Stage 1 handbook and prepare your design portfolio

Access the teacher handbook on our GCC2025 Teacher Hub and guide your team through the first stages of the challenge.

The handbook guides you and your team through:

  • The Wicked Problem
  • GCC framework and principles
  • GCC 2025 schedule
  • Design portfolio submission process

All teams must prepare an online design portfolio after working through the playbooks to progress to Stage 2.

Step 4: Submit a design portfolio

Design portfolio due Thursday 29 May 2025 (Term 2, Week 5).

Step 5: All teams work through the design sprint livestream and prepare their video pitch

All teams who have submitted a design portfolio in Stage 1 will gain access to the design sprint livestream in Term 3, Week 4.

Teams will ideate, refine, and start building their solution. This year the design sprint will be an on-demand video where all teams will have 2 weeks to design a solution and produce a video pitch. Teams will continue to track their design thinking journeys in their design portfolio to using the Stage 2 templates provided. These design portfolios and video pitches will be judged by a panel of industry partners and NSW Department of Education staff.

Step 6: Grand final

20 teams participate in the grand final event hosted at the department's Parramatta office in Term 4, Week 5.

At the grand final teams create and finalise their prototype and present their solutions to judges and industry partners at the Ideas Expo.

Find out more, along with links to forms etc., at: education.nsw.gov.au/schooling/schooling-initiatives/game-changer-challenge/about-the-game-changer-challenge

Contact us

Do you have a specific question or need more detail about this year’s challenge? Send an email to GCC@det.nsw.edu.au

Learner drivers benefit as more resources become available online  

As the Driver Knowledge Test online heads toward 200,000 users in its first 12 months, many learner drivers are set to get behind the wheel for the first time. To help supervising drivers prepare and teach safe driving, Transport for NSW has launched a new free online resource. 

The Supervising Learner Drivers online learning resource is now available online and provides better access to parents, guardians and other full licensed drivers wishing to supervise learner drivers to help them supervise and teach learner drivers about safe driving before taking the driving test. 

Transport for NSW, in conjunction with local councils, has been delivering free face-to-face workshops ‘Helping Learner Drivers Become Safer Drivers’ across the state for over two decades to support supervising drivers. 

Executive Director Road Safety Regulation at Transport for NSW, Duncan Lucas, said now offering the learning resource online as well is a natural step towards more accessible road safety education, after the successful launch of the Driver Knowledge Test online last year.   

“Learning to drive is a big milestone and the role of supervising learner drivers often falls on parents, guardians and other full licensed relatives.  

“We want to support supervising drivers in understanding their responsibilities and to be able to provide safe and constructive feedback when they take their son, daughter, friend, or relative on the road to complete their logbook hour requirements,” Mr Lucas said.  

The online resource features five modules that cover a range of topics including what is involved in being a supervising driver, issues facing young drivers, how the NSW Graduated Licensing Scheme works, the importance of learner driver experience, lesson planning, dealing with stress, how to develop safe solo driving, where to go for more information and how to share the roads safely with heavy vehicles, motorcycles, bicycle riders and pedestrians.    

“For people in regional areas or those juggling work and other commitments, attending in-person workshops can be challenging,” Mr Lucas said. 

“With the learning resource now available online, supervising drivers will have a flexible and convenient option to ensure they can access critical road safety information and training from the comfort of their homes without having to travel long distances or sacrifice work hours. 

“I encourage all parents, carers and supervisors who are helping novice drivers complete their 120 driving hours to also access the new Supervising Learner Drivers online resource, for practical tips on how to stay safe and get the most out of driving practice.  

“I also encourage young learner drivers under 25 years to complete structured driving lessons under the ‘3 for 1’ scheme and enrol in the Safer Drivers Course to increase their knowledge and implementation of safe driving, with the bonus of getting additional supervised hours credited to their log book,” Mr Lucas said. 

Learners who complete a structured driving lesson with a licensed driving instructor can credit triple the time of their lesson to their log book under the ‘3 for 1’ scheme. Learners with 50 hours in their log book (excluding 3 for 1 bonus hours) who complete the Safer Drivers Course can credit an additional 20 hours to their log book.  

The resource can be completed any time at the supervising driver’s convenience and is available on the Centre for Road Safety website www.transport.nsw.gov.au/roadsafety/young-drivers/supervising-learner-drivers

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Rest

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. an instance or period of resting. 2.  Music; an interval of silence of a specified duration. 3. be based on; depend on. 3. an object that is used to support something.4. the remaining part of something.

Verb

1. cease work or movement in order to relax, sleep, or recover strength. 2. be placed or supported so as to stay in a specified position.

From late Middle English: from Old French reste (noun), rester (verb), from Latin restare ‘remain’, from re- ‘back’ + stare ‘to stand’.

Old English ræst, rest (noun), ræstan, restan (verb), of Germanic origin, from a root meaning ‘league’ or ‘mile’ (referring to a distance after which one rests).

Friday essay: in an uncertain world, ‘green relief’ offers respite, healing and beauty

Annie Spratt/Unsplash
Carol LefevreUniversity of Adelaide

Have you ever sat with a cup of tea at the end of a weeding session, with a feeling close to happiness? Or returned from the local garden centre with a bag of potting mix and some plants – and soon the sight of your newly planted herbs or flowers makes your heart feel inexplicably lighter?

Perhaps you’re in hospital recovering from surgery, as I was only a little time ago. I regained consciousness in an advanced recovery unit, a dimly lit space with no windows where everything felt slightly surreal and too intense.

I was receiving the best possible care, yet I had a desperate sense of having been cut loose from my life, and even from my body, as it was monitored and medicated throughout the night. Who knows where things might go from here, I thought. Yet I almost didn’t care.

Carol after surgery, with flowers. Carol Lefevre

In the morning, I was wheeled away to a room on an upper floor. It was a space flooded with natural light and with a view of a wintry, cloudy sky and distant treetops.

When a friend arrived with a posy of flowers, I found myself smiling for the first time since leaving home. As well as the pleasure of her company, there was a surge of delight at the presence of flowers. Their soft colours soothed something in me that had been clutched tight in fear since my first glimpse of the stark, frankly terrifying operating theatre.

A history of healing

Perhaps now, more than ever, we could all use some green relief, as we deal with a world that seems to only grow more anxiety-inducing and uncertain.

In May, Australians will vote in what has been called “the cost-of-living election”. Housing prices (and homelessness) have soared, too, with one study putting the rise in housing value between March 2020 and February 2024 at 32.5%.

Elsewhere, war rages in Ukraine, Gaza, and other countries, and the world order is wobbling in the wake of the US elections – particularly this week, when Donald Trump’s tariffs sparked a stock market crash not seen since COVID (until he changed his mind yesterday and it recovered) and led to predictions of a recession.

What evidence is there that the natural world can have a healing effect?

Green relief can help us deal with an uncertain world. Annie Spratt/Unsplash

In most cultures throughout history, medicine and botany have been closely entwined, and gardens have been associated with healing the body, mind, and spirit. From around the 4th century BCE, Greece had healing centres known as “asclepieia”, after the god of medicine, Asclepius.

In medieval Europe, monasteries kept medicinal gardens. In England, hospitals and asylums were set within landscaped grounds in the belief the tranquillity of the setting played an important role in lifting patients’ mood. Both male and female inmates of 19th-century asylums often worked in the gardens, in what was seen as a healing process administered by the place itself.

Inevitably, the creep of urbanisation saw the garden landscapes of many such institutions greatly reduced, yet the health benefits to patients of connecting with nature remains undiminished.

Flowers and healing

An explanation for the uplifting effect of those flowers in my hospital room may be found in numerous studies that have shown, post-surgery, patients in rooms with plants and flowers have shorter recovery times, require fewer analgesics, and experience lower levels of anxiety. Partly, it is a response to beauty.

As psychiatrist Sue Stuart-Smith writes in The Well Gardened Mind, the human response to beauty involves brain pathways “associated with our dopamine, serotonin, and endogenous opioid systems and damp down our fear and stress responses”. She continues: “Beauty calms and revitalises us at the same time.” We humans have an affinity for patterns and order, she writes. “The simple geometrics we find in nature are perhaps most concentrated and compelling in the beauty of a flower’s form.”

There has been a trend towards banning flowers from hospital wards, on health grounds. Reasons include a suspicion bacteria lurk in the flower water, as well as safety concerns around patients or nursing staff knocking over vases during night shifts.

Florence Nightingale, in her Notes on Nursing, commented on the beneficial effects of flowers on her patients. She added that they recovered more quickly if they could spend time outside, or at least had a room with adequate natural light. “It is a curious thing to observe how almost all patients lie with their faces turned to the light, exactly as plants always make their way towards the light.” Even if lying on a particular side caused pain, patients still preferred it, Nightingale noted – because “it is the side towards the window”.

Our compulsion to turn towards the natural world is known as “biophilia”. The term was first coined in the 1960s, by German–American social psychologist and psychoanalyst, Erich Fromm. He described it as “the passionate love of life and all that is alive”, speculating that our separation from nature brings about a level of unrecognised distress.

In the 1980s, biologist and ecologist Edward O. Wilson, in his book Biophilia, asserted that all humans share an affinity with the natural world. “The urge to affiliate with other forms of life is to some degree innate,” he wrote.

In hospital, as my body began its tentative recovery from the shock of surgery, I remembered a line popularly attributed to the French Impressionist painter, Claude Monet: “What I need most are flowers, always, and always.” Through his paintings, notably his studies of waterlilies, and the garden he established at Giverny, which welcomes visitors to the present day, Monet’s flowers continue to calm and revive us with their transcendent beauty.

Perhaps the simplest way to forge a connection with nature lies in our own suburban gardens, if we are lucky enough to have them. Aside from the pleasure of creating pleasing spaces, contact with the soil bacteria Mycobacterium vaccae has been shown to trigger the release of serotonin in the brain. Serotonin, a natural antidepressant, strengthens the immune system. An added bonus is that when we harvest edible plants, our brain releases dopamine, flushing our systems with a gentle rush of satisfaction and pleasure.

Regular doses of serotonin and dopamine were never more needed than during the pandemic, when lockdowns unleashed a sudden fervour for gardening.

In her book The Garden Against Time, Olivia Laing writes that “over the course of 2020, three million people in Britain began to garden for the first time, over half of them under forty-five”. And it wasn’t just in Britain, where garden centres ran out of plants and compost as people set to work transforming the spaces where they were confined.

Australia experienced a similar surge in interest, with the ABC reporting sales of herb and vegetable plants shot up 27%, joining toilet paper and pasta on the list of panic buys. In the United States, Laing writes, 18.3 million people started gardening, “many of them millennials”. American seed company W. Atlee Burpee “reported more sales in the first March of lockdown than at any other time in its 144-year history”.

Laing writes:

crouched on the threshold of unimaginable disaster, death toll soaring, no cure in sight – it was reassuring to see the evidence of time proceeding as it was meant to, seeds unfurling, buds breaking, daffodils pushing through the soil; a covenant of how the world should be and might again.

In 2020, sales of herb and vegetable plants soared 27% in Australia. Annie Spratt/Unsplash

It is precisely this “evidence of time proceeding as it was meant to” that has the power to hold humans calmly in place. We may imagine we want more than this from life; despising dullness, we think we crave excitement and change. But given the option, few would choose to wake to an Orwellian “bright cold day in April” to find “the clocks were striking thirteen”, which is how it felt during those nightmarish early days of the COVID-19 crisis.

Life on earth does still feel somewhat bright and cold, its future somewhat bleak; it is as if Orwell’s dystopian vision is at last catching up with us.

Who would believe an activity so apparently humble as gardening could come to the rescue of millions of stressed and fearful people? Yet gardeners seem to know this instinctively.

Tending ourselves

In the book In Kiltumper: a Year in an Irish Garden, co-written with her husband, Niall Williams, Irish writer and gardener Christine Breen describes the ordeal of undergoing cancer treatment through the Irish healthcare system. Following an oncology appointment in Galway, the couple drives home towards west Clare, or as Christine puts it: “back to the garden, where there is safety”.

Christine’s husband Niall confirms that, although the medical community might dismiss the healing power of working in a garden as “airey-fairy”, in Christine’s case, even while weak from chemotherapy, “going about the flower beds, trying to do exactly the same work she had always done” meant continuity.

It represented “carrying on living, because that is one of the prime lessons any garden teaches you: the garden grows on”. He speculates that after many years together, garden and gardener become one: “when we tend it, we tend some part of ourselves”.

If we know this, we too often forget. Consequently, garden centres rarely top the list of most desirable destinations, and gardening has been traditionally represented as fussy and domestic. Weeding and mowing are seen as chores that, if possible, are to be avoided.

When we tend a garden, we tend some part of ourselves. Benjamin Combs/Unsplash

In her book Why Women Grow, Alice Vincent writes that gardening has “so many associations, of neatness and nicety; a prissiness that feels deeply removed […] from the sex and death and life on show in every growing thing.” She writes: “When we garden, we change how a small part of the world works.”

Doubtless, it was this sense of being able to change one’s world, of seizing control, that appealed to so many of us during the pandemic. And if we got our hands into the soil, we were rewarded with much-needed infusions of serotonin.

In literature, too, people suffering physically or mentally, or both, have often sought refuge or found solace in a garden.

For many readers, their first encounter with the transformative nature of gardening was Frances Hodgson Burnett’s classic children’s book, The Secret Garden. In it, a spoilt yet neglected child, Mary Lennox, is orphaned in India when her parents and their servants succumb to cholera. She is bundled off to Yorkshire, England, to a daunting atmosphere of secrecy and neglect at Misselthwaite Manor, into the care of an uncle she has never met. There, Mary soon discovers the key to a garden that has been locked for years following her aunt’s death.

In her efforts to restore life to the neglected garden, Mary herself is restored, gradually shedding the lonely, helpless persona of her Indian childhood. When she discovers the manor’s other tightly held secret – her sickly, bedridden cousin, Colin – Mary manages to get him, too, out of the house and into the garden. The outcome is healing for the children, and eventually for Mary’s grieving uncle.

Green prescriptions

For a real-life example of green relief, in The Well Gardened Mind, Sue Stuart-Smith describes how her grandfather – a submariner in the first world war – was taken prisoner during the Gallipoli campaign. After a series of brutal labour camps in Turkey, the last of them in a cement factory, he eventually escaped.

But after the long journey home he was so severely malnourished he was given only a few months to live. Crucial to regaining his health was the devoted nursing by his fiancée, followed by a year-long horticultural course set up to rehabilitate ex-servicemen.

A psychiatrist as well as a gardener, Stuart-Smith writes of the therapeutic effects of working with our hands in a protected space. She describes how gardening allows our inner and outer worlds “to coexist free from the pressures of everyday life”.

Gardens, she writes, are an “in-between space which can be a meeting place for our innermost, dream-infused selves and the real physical world”. In a garden, we are able to hear and process our own, sometimes turbulent, thoughts.

In 1986, after being diagnosed HIV positive, the English artist and filmmaker Derek Jarman retreated to the Kent coast near the nuclear power station at Dungeness. In The Garden Against Time, Olivia Laing writes that at Prospect Cottage, Jarman

began with stones, not plants: the grey flints he called dragon’s teeth, revealed by the tide on morning walks.

Prospect Cottage, former home of filmmaker Derek Jarman, Dungeness. Poliphilo/Wikimedia CommonsCC BY

Gradually he established a garden in the inhospitable soil, seeing it as “a therapy and a pharmacopoeia” – and “a place of total absorption”.

It was this capacity to slow or stop time, as much as its wild and sportive beauty, that made it such a paradise-haunted place.

The pandemic spread waves of turbulence across the globe. In April 2021, as part of its post-COVID recovery plan, the government of the United Kingdom launched a two-year green social prescription pilot.

Project-managed by the National Health Service, the program worked across seven test sites: areas disproportionately affected by the pandemic. These included people living in deprived areas and people with mental health conditions, many of them from ethnic minority communities.

Over the course of the two-year program, more than 8,500 people were referred to a green social prescribing activity. Green networks were established in all seven test sites. Findings showed positive improvements in mental health and wellbeing – and green social prescribing is ongoing, proof of the program’s lasting impact.

In recent times, doctors in some countries are writing green prescriptions, rather than scripts for medication. And not just for mental health problems, but for physical conditions such as high blood pressure, diabetes and lung diseases.

In the late 1990s, New Zealand became one of the first countries where GPs used green prescriptions to encourage patients to increase their levels of physical activity. Japanese clinicians have been advocating “shinrin-yoku”, or forest bathing for decades. In Finland, with its long dark winters, five hours a month is regarded as a “minimum dose” of contact with nature.

a person in a yellow raincoat looks at a body of water
New Zealand was one of the first countries where GPs used green prescriptions to encourage patients to boost their physical activity. Kari Kittlaus/Pexels

Aside from the physical benefits, time spent in a garden can provide a mood boost for those of us who feel oppressed by calendars, and by clock time’s relentless march. In her 2018 memoir Life in the Garden, Penelope Lively writes:

To garden is to elide past, present and future; it is a defiance of time. You garden today for tomorrow, the garden mutates from season to season, always the same but always different.

Perhaps no group of people stands in greater need of time-defiance than those of us entering the final decades of our lives. Time is short, and we know it. But as now 92-year-old Lively wrote seven years ago: “A garden is never just now; it suggests yesterday and tomorrow; it does not allow time its steady progress.”

An elderly woman smells red flowers
A garden is a ‘defiance of time’. Pexels

Gardening as defiance

My mother pottered in her garden until she was in her early 90s, pruning roses, pulling weeds, planting annuals and throwing down fertiliser. She’d wrestle her walker across the lawn to perch on its seat while she did the watering, before retreating to an armchair in the back room of her house, from where she could admire her achievements.

Gardening in extreme old age was, for her, an act of defiance – against time, and against her children, who nagged about the possibility of a fall and insisted she wear an emergency call button. It was a defiance, too, of the common view that old people should relinquish their homes with gardens and move into something more manageable.

On the face of it, not having a garden to maintain in old age makes perfect sense, but it may come at the expense of our human impulse to seek connection with living things, specifically those in the natural world. So ingrained is our instinct to connect with nature, it appears to survive even when other systems and connections have broken down.

Carol’s mother in her garden, where she pottered until her early 90s. Carol Lefevre

A friend whose Alzheimer’s-afflicted husband is in residential care reports he is constantly finding odd containers, filling them with soil, and planting cuttings gathered from the care home’s garden. He crams them onto his windowsill, even planting in teacups when there is nothing else to hand.

Accustomed to gardening throughout his adult life, his impulse to work with living things persists in defiance of dementia. My friend reflects her mother used to do the same, only she would take pieces from the home’s fake indoor plants, then complain bitterly when they did not grow.

In the care facility my friend visits daily, women pick flowers in the grounds to decorate their walkers, and when there are no flowers they’ll use pictures of flowers cut from magazines. Cutting out paper flowers seems like the action of someone whose garden has been lost, but who still feels a powerful desire to connect with beauty and the natural world.

Imagined gardens

The theories of 20th-century historian Theodore Roszak, in his book The Voice of The Earth, founded the ecopsychology movement.

He believed “humans connect with nature through the ecological unconscious, which is the core of human identity”. Human nature, he wrote, is “densely embedded in the world we share with animal, vegetable, mineral”. He believed reconnecting with nature helps people become more aware of their connection to all living things.

So what are we to do if the garden has been lost?

The French writer Colette, whose books were full of botanical detail, did not cease gardening even when age and arthritis kept her bedridden. Rather than physical gardens, Colette roamed imagined gardens.

There is nothing so terrible about not having a garden any more. The worrying thing would be if the future garden, whose reality is of no importance, were beyond my grasp. But it is not.

Colette tended an ‘imagined garden’ when bedridden. Henri Manuel/Wikimedia Commons

Colette planned her “tomorrow garden”, specifying pansies “with wide faces, beards, and moustaches – that look like Henry VIII”. Nothing is too difficult for the imaginative gardener. “An arbour? Naturally I shall have an arbour. I’m not down to my last arbour yet.”

Imagining a garden may seem fanciful. Yet it is less so if considered in the context of embodied semantics – a process where brain connectivity during a thought-about action mirrors the connectivity that occurs during the actual action. (For example, thinking about running or swimming can trigger some of the same neural connections as the physical actions.)

It’s been shown that habitual negativity rewires the brain. Ultimately, it damages it by shrinking the hippocampus: one of the main areas destroyed by Alzheimer’s disease.

But gardens, with their earth-centred sense of time and season, are optimistic places. Watching things grow, deadheading spent flowers and saving seed for the return of spring, are just some of the forward-looking aspects of gardening and perhaps it works as well if the plants and flowers are imagined.

Two older women gardening
Gardening can persist throughout an adult life. Centre for Ageing Better/Pexels

It is logical to go further and ask whether a positive habit, such as imagining a garden, has the potential to help rewire one’s brain in a good way. Imagined gardening is really a form of self-guided imagery, a practice with many applications in the treatment of pain, stress, anxiety and depression.

As we age, ideally we would find ways of getting our hands into the healing soil. Suggestions for gardening in old age, and extreme old age, include introducing raised beds to reduce bending, or working with potted plants.

A friend in her late 70s, with an enviable garden, swears by her Garden Group. Around a dozen friends come together for working bees in each other’s gardens. “You can get a huge amount done in an hour-and-a-half,” she says. Afterwards, they share morning tea – so it is a social as well as practical endeavour. My own best tip is to garden little and often. Committing to half an hour a day, or even 15 minutes, adds up nicely over the course of a week.

American poet May Sarton wrote of gardening as “an instrument of grace”. She regarded the natural world as the great teacher. From the Benedictine Monastery of Saint Paul de Mausole at Saint-Remy-de-Provence, Vincent Van Gogh wrote to his mother: “But for one’s health, as you say, it is very necessary to work in the garden and see the flowers growing.”

Like Monet, Van Gogh needed flowers. We all do. It’s just that many of us forget this during the push and pull of daily life. And in forgetting, we lose touch with our biophilic natures.The Conversation

Carol Lefevre, Visiting Research Fellow, Department of English and Creative Writing, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Social media before bedtime wreaks havoc on our sleep − a sleep researcher explains why screens alone aren’t the main culprit

Social media use before bedtime can be stimulating in ways that screen time alone is not. Adam Hester/Tetra Images via Getty Images
Brian N. ChinTrinity College

“Avoid screens before bed” is one of the most common pieces of sleep advice. But what if the real problem isn’t screen time − it’s the way we use social media at night?

Sleep deprivation is one of the most widespread yet overlooked public health issues, especially among young adults and adolescents.

Despite needing eight to 10 hours of sleep, most adolescents fall short, while nearly two-thirds of young adults regularly get less than the recommended seven to nine hours.

Poor sleep isn’t just about feeling tired − it’s linked to worsened mental healthemotion regulationmemoryacademic performance and even increased risk for chronic illness and early mortality.

At the same time, social media is nearly universal among young adults, with 84% using at least one platform daily. While research has long focused on screen time as the culprit for poor sleep, growing evidence suggests that how often people check social media − and how emotionally engaged they are − matters even more than how long they spend online.

As a social psychologist and sleep researcher, I study how social behaviours, including social media habits, affect sleep and well-being. Sleep isn’t just an individual behaviour; it’s shaped by our social environments and relationships.

And one of the most common yet underestimated factors shaping modern sleep? How we engage with social media before bed.

Emotional investment in social media

Beyond simply measuring time spent on social media, researchers have started looking at how emotionally connected people feel to their social media use.

Some studies suggest that the way people emotionally engage with social media may have a greater impact on sleep quality than the total time they spend online.

In a 2024 study of 830 young adults, my colleagues and I examined how different types of social media engagement predicted sleep problems. We found that frequent social media visits and emotional investment were stronger predictors of poor sleep than total screen time. Additionally, pre-sleep cognitive arousal and social comparison played a key role in linking social media engagement to sleep disruption, suggesting that social media’s effects on sleep extend beyond simple screen exposure.

I believe these findings suggest that cutting screen time alone may not be enough − reducing how often people check social media and how emotionally connected they feel to it may be more effective in promoting healthier sleep habits.

How social media disrupts sleep

If you’ve ever struggled to fall asleep after scrolling through social media, it’s not just the screen keeping you awake. While blue light can delay melatonin productionmy team’s research and that of others suggests that the way people interact with social media may play an even bigger role in sleep disruption.

Here are some of the biggest ways social media interferes with your sleep:

  • Presleep arousal: Doomscrolling and emotionally charged content on social media keeps your brain in a state of heightened alertness, making it harder to relax and fall asleep. Whether it’s political debates, distressing news or even exciting personal updates, emotionally stimulating content can trigger increased cognitive and physiological arousal that delays sleep onset.

  • Social comparison: Viewing idealized social media posts before bed can lead to upward social comparison, increasing stress and making it harder to sleep. People tend to compare themselves to highly curated versions of others’ lives − vacations, fitness progress, career milestones − which can lead to feelings of inadequacy and anxiety that disrupt sleep.

  • Habitual checking: Social media use after lights out is a strong predictor of poor sleep, as checking notifications and scrolling before bed can quickly become an automatic habit. Studies have shown that nighttime-specific social media use, especially after lights are out, is linked to shorter sleep duration, later bedtimes and lower sleep quality. This pattern reflects bedtime procrastination, where people delay sleep despite knowing it would be better for their health and well-being.

  • Fear of missing out, or FOMO: The urge to stay connected also keeps many people scrolling long past their intended bedtime, making sleep feel secondary to staying updated. Research shows that higher FOMO levels are linked to more frequent nighttime social media use and poorer sleep quality. The anticipation of new messages, posts or updates can create a sense of social pressure to stay online and reinforce the habit of delaying sleep.

Taken together, these factors make social media more than just a passive distraction − it becomes an active barrier to restful sleep. In other words, that late-night scroll isn’t harmless − it’s quietly rewiring your sleep and well-being.

How to use social media without sleep disruption

You don’t need to quit social media, but restructuring how you engage with it at night could help. Research suggests that small behavioral changes to your bedtime routine can make a significant difference in sleep quality. I suggest trying these practical, evidence-backed strategies for improving your sleep:

  • Give your brain time to wind down: Avoid emotionally charged content 30 to 60 minutes before bed to help your mind relax and prepare for sleep.

  • Create separation between social media and sleep: Set your phone to “Do Not Disturb” or leave it outside the bedroom to avoid the temptation of late-night checking.

  • Reduce mindless scrolling: If you catch yourself endlessly refreshing, take a small, mindful pause and ask yourself: “Do I actually want to be on this app right now?”

A brief moment of awareness can help break the habit loop.The Conversation

Brian N. Chin, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Trinity College

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

3.5 million Australians experienced fraud last year. This could be avoided through 6 simple steps

Zigres/Shutterstock
Gary MortimerQueensland University of Technology

About 14% of Australians experienced personal fraud last year. Of these, 2.1 million experienced credit card fraud, 675,300 were caught in a scam, 255,000 had their identities stolen and 433,000 were impersonated online.

According to the Australian Bureau of Statistics latest Personal Fraud Survey, between July 2023 and June 2024, Australians lost A$2.1 billion through credit card fraud.

This was up almost 9% from the previous year. Even after reimbursements, the loss was still $477 million.

These figures do not include financial loss through identity theft, or phishingromancecomputer support and dodgy financial advice scams.

Why the increase?

Research shows the more frequently we use technology, the more likely we are to be scammed. Monica Whitty from the Cyber Security Centre, University of Warwick, found victims of cyber-frauds were more likely to score high on impulsivity measures like ‘urgency’ and engage in more frequent online routine activities that place them at great risk of becoming scammed.

We communicate via email, we shop online, use dating apps and allow technicians to remotely access our computers. Meanwhile, amazing “get rich quick” opportunities are apparently being liked by our friends on our socials almost every day.

But too many of us do not stop and think, “is this legitimate?” It is no wonder we see personal fraud and scams increase every year.

While the Australian Bureau of Statistics figures suggest older Australians (aged 45 and over) are more exposed to card fraud, research has found demographics are not a significant predictor of fraud victimisation.



Taking risks

Being too trusting, drives complacency, which produces gullibility. Think about an online dating sites. The site uses a multi-factor authenticator, it requires you to authenticate your photo, password protect your profile and read the scam warnings.

A site’s apparent legitimacy increases your trust. Research has found if you perceive a platform to be legitimate you could be exposed to romance fraud. Fraudsters may be operating within a site, even if it is legitimate.

Another strong predictor of exposure to online fraud is self-control. Self-control theory predicts individuals with low self-control tend to pursue their own self-interest without considering the negative consequences.

Simply, if the investment scheme looks “too good”, they will mostly likely click on the link and get scammed.

Giving away too much

Some individuals are prone to self-disclosing personal information online – and scammers love personal information. Self-disclosure is defined as the amount of information a person decides to make common knowledge.

Sometimes, we disclose, even when we don’t intend to. A common phishing technique on social media is status updates that read, “Your porn star name is your first pet’s name and the first street you lived on.”

They’re interesting, funny and bring on a healthy dose of nostalgia, but the answers to those questions that you tap in for all to see are also most likely to be your security questions on your bank accounts.


The most common scams in 2023-2024:

  • Buying or selling scams (1.4% or 308,200)
  • Information request or phishing scams (0.7% or 148,800)

What is the government doing to protect me?

The Australian government recently passed legislation which targets scams. It places increased responsibilities on banking and finance, telecommunications and digital platforms organisations to protect customers.

Suspicious numbers can now be accompanied a warning of “potential fraud” on your smartphone screen. Banks are also informing customers about the latest scams. Some banking transactions can verify the identity of the payment recipient, to ensure the details you have match the actual account holder.

While these will not stop all scams, they are a step towards reducing the number of victims and the amount of money lost to fraudulent approaches.

Six steps to protect yourself

There are some small but powerful steps we can all take to reduce the likelihood of financial harm.

1. Passwords: it is important to have strong, unique passwords across your accounts. Using a password manager can help with this.

2. Multi-factor authentication: many platforms will allow you to add extra layers of security to your account by using one-time passwords, authenticator apps, or tokens.

3. Review privacy settings: be aware of the different settings on your accounts and ensure you are in control of what information you provide and what can be accessed by others.

4. Be vigilant: know what you see and hear may not be real. The person or company you are communicating with may not be authentic. It is okay to be sceptical and take time to do your own checks.

5. Money transfers: never send money you are not willing to lose. Too often, people will send money before realising it is a scam. Never feel rushed or forced into any financial decision. It is OK to say no.

6. Credit monitoring: if you know or suspect you have been scammed, you can enact a credit ban, meaning no one can access your details or take further action in your name. This can be a good short-term solution.

And if you are scammed …

Anyone can report money lost in a scam to ReportCyber, the Australian online police reporting portal for cyber incidents. If you have received scam texts or emails, you can report these to Scamwatch, to assist with education and awareness activities.The Conversation

Gary Mortimer, Professor of Marketing and Consumer Behaviour, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

47% of Gen Z mainly vote to avoid a fine. It’s a sign of younger Australians’ discontent with democracy

Sofia AmmassariGriffith UniversityDuncan McDonnellGriffith University, and Ferran Martinez i ComaGriffith University

Young Australians will shape the upcoming federal election. For the first time, Gen Z and Millennials are the dominant voter bloc, outnumbering Baby Boomers.

But over the past couple of years, we’ve heard stories from around the world about how Gen Z (people born between 1997 and 2012) are discontent with democracy. In the United States, just 62% of Gen Z voters believe living in a democracy is important, compared with nearly 90% of other generations.

Globally, more than one in three young people support a strong leader who disregards parliaments and elections. This proportion is higher than among any older generation.

Our recent research suggests Gen Z Australians aren’t immune to feeling disengaged with democracy. In fact, we found high rates of political disaffection among the country’s youngest voters, and those who didn’t vote, at the last federal election.

Our research

On the face of it, the situation seems better in Australia than elsewhere. According to Australian Election Study data, more than 85% of Gen Z voted at the 2022 federal election.

And, again according to the study, the majority seem content with mainstream parties. While Gen Z people support the Greens and minor parties more than their elders, around 60% of them voted for the Labor Party and the Coalition in 2022.

But we wanted to dig deeper. So in 2023, we asked around 1,500 Gen Z Australians nationwide whether they voted or not in 2022, and why.

This enabled us to look at three distinct groups: those who voted; those who enrolled but did not vote (whom we call “abstainers”); and those who did not enrol to vote at all (whom we call “unregistered”).

We found almost half of Gen Z who voted said the main reason was not out of a sense of duty or to support a party, but simply to avoid getting fined.

While our survey can’t say how this compares to other generations, we know from the 2022 election study that 63% of Gen Z adults said they would have voted even if not compulsory, compared with almost 90% of other generations.

Our research also shows almost a third of Gen Z citizens who didn’t register to vote said they either didn’t know they had to or they didn’t know how. This is troubling, given the efforts of the Australian Electoral Commission (AEC) to get everyone on the roll.

Those who don’t vote

Our survey revealed if you’re a Gen Z Australian who didn’t vote (whether as abstainer or unregistered), you’re more likely to be unemployed, less politically interested and have less faith in democracy as the best system of government. You’re also more likely to have been born outside Australia.

More than 50% of abstainers and 70% of unregistered Gen Z attributed their non-participation to a sense of disengagement, either from the whole political process or from parties and politicians specifically.

Not participating, however, doesn’t mean you’re entirely alienated from society. Non-voters in our study are actually more likely to be members of organisations such as charities or church groups. But they are more alienated from the democratic process.

Curiously, we found non-voters were no more likely than voters to hold negative views towards political parties. When asked questions such as whether they agreed that “parties do not care about people like me” and “parties are all the same”, there were no significant differences between these two groups.

While this may sound like good news for parties, the less cheerful reality is the lack of difference is because Gen Z voters are just as sceptical as non-voters about political parties.

So why does Gen Z vote?

Enthusiasm towards parties has little to do with why Gen Z goes to the ballot box. Just 11% of them said the main reason they turned out in 2022 was because “there was a party or candidate I wanted to vote for”.

Only around one in five said their primary motivation was because “I thought that voting makes a difference”.

Instead, by far the most important reason for casting a vote was “I did not want to get fined”. This was the main driver for 47% of Gen Z Australians.

On one hand, this seems like a great advertisement for compulsory voting with enforced penalties. Even a small fine like the $20 for not voting in a federal election is enough to get many Gen Z people to vote.

On the other, if the key motivation is just to avoid a fine, it’s not a great sign of a healthy democracy.

What can be done?

Based on our research, there are a few things that might engage Gen Z more with parties and democracy.

One is better information. Our survey showed there are still some Gen Z people who don’t know about their obligation to register or how to do it. The AEC has made great strides in increasing youth enrolment over the past decade, but there remains work to be done.

Being present on the platforms Gen Z use to get their news might help. From that perspective, the AEC’s decision to join TikTok earlier this year was a wise one.

Ultimately, the main onus lies with the political parties. If Gen Z are not motivated to support them, perhaps this tells us more about how parties engage with young people and their concerns, than it does about young people themselves.

If the major parties can devote more attention to what matters to Gen Z, such as the cost of living, rent affordability, and climate change, they would not only address what are objectively pressing issues – they might also help reconnect young generations with politics and democracy.


Correction: An earlier version of this story said the Australian Electoral Commission didn’t have a TikTok account. The copy has been updated to reflect that the AEC joined the platform earlier this year._The Conversation

Sofia Ammassari, Research Fellow, Griffith UniversityDuncan McDonnell, Professor of Politics, Griffith University, and Ferran Martinez i Coma, Professor in Political Science, Griffith University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Do I need another COVID booster? Which one should I choose? Can I get it with my flu shot?

Tijana Simic/Shutterstock
Paul GriffinThe University of Queensland

Australians are being urged to roll up their sleeves for a flu vaccine amid rising cases of influenza.

It’s an opportune time to think about other vaccines too, particularly because some vaccines can be given at the same time as the flu vaccine.

One is the COVID vaccine.

Should you get another COVID shot?

More than five years since COVID was declared a pandemic, we hear much less about this virus. But it’s still around.

In 2024 there were 4,953 deaths involving COVID. This is nearly 20% lower than in 2023, but still nearly five times that of influenza (1,002).

Vaccines, which do a very good job at reducing the chances of severe COVID, remain an important tool in our ongoing battle against the virus.

Case numbers don’t tell us as much about COVID anymore as fewer people are testing. But based on other ways we monitor the virus, such as cases in ICU and active outbreaks in residential aged care homes, there have essentially been two peaks a year over recent years – one over summer and one over winter.

This doesn’t mean we can predict exactly when another wave will happen, but it’s inevitable and may well be within the next few months. So it’s worth considering another COVID vaccine if you’re eligible.

Who can get one, and when?

There are several risk factors for more severe COVID, but some of the most important include being older or immunocompromised. For this reason, people aged 75 and older are recommended to receive a COVID booster every six months.

In the slightly younger 65 to 74 age bracket, or adults aged 18 to 64 who are immunocompromised, booster doses are recommended every 12 months, but people are eligible every six months.

Healthy adults under 65 are eligible for a booster dose every 12 months.

Healthy children aren’t recommended to receive boosters but those who are severely immunocompromised may be eligible.

What COVID shots are currently available?

We’ve seen multiple types of COVID vaccines since they first became available about four years ago. Over time, different vaccines have targeted different variants as the virus has evolved.

While some vaccine providers may still offer other options, such as the older booster that targeted the Omicron variant XBB.1.5, the recent JN.1 booster is the most up-to-date and best option.

This is a relatively recently updated version to improve protection against some of the newer strains of COVID that are circulating. The new booster only became available in Australia in late 2024.

This booster, as the name suggests, targets a subvariant called JN.1. Although JN.1 has not been the dominant subvariant in Australia for some time, this shot is still expected to provide good protection against circulating subvariants, including new subvariants such as LP.8.1, which is descended from JN.1.

While it’s great we have an updated booster available, unfortunately uptake remains poor. Only 17.3% of people 75 and over had received a COVID vaccine in the six months to March.

A pink bandaid on a person's upper arm.
COVID vaccine uptake has been poor recently. Steve Heap/Shutterstock

Getting a flu and COVID shot together

Data from more than 17,000 people who completed a survey after receiving the JN.1 booster shows that while 27% reported at least one adverse event following vaccination, the majority of these were mild, such as local pain or redness or fatigue.

Only 4% of people reported an impact on their routine activities following vaccination, such as missing school or work.

If you choose to get the flu vaccine and the COVID vaccine at the same time, they’ll usually be given in different arms. There shouldn’t be a significant increase in side effects. What’s more, getting both shots at the same time doesn’t reduce your immune response against either vaccine.

Now is the ideal time to get your flu vaccine. If you’re eligible for a COVID booster as well, getting both vaccines at the same time is safe and can be very convenient.

We’re conducting trials in Australia, as are scientists elsewhere, of combined vaccines. One day these could allow vaccination against COVID and flu in a single shot – but these are still a way off.

If you’re not sure about your eligibility or have any questions about either vaccine, discuss this with your GP, specialist of pharmacist. Australian state and federal government websites also provide reliable information.The Conversation

Paul Griffin, Professor, Infectious Diseases and Microbiology, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Tools like Apple’s photo Clean Up are yet another nail in the coffin for being able to trust our eyes

Apple Clean Up highlights photo elements that might be deemed distracting. T.J. Thomson
T.J. ThomsonRMIT University

You may have seen ads by Apple promoting its new Clean Up feature that can be used to remove elements in a photo. When one of these ads caught my eye this weekend, I was intrigued and updated my software to try it out.

The feature has been available in Australia since December for Apple customers with certain hardware and software capabilities. It’s also available for customers in New Zealand, Canada, Ireland, South Africa, the United Kingdom and the United States.

The tool uses generative artificial intelligence (AI) to analyse the scene and suggest elements that might be distracting. You can see those highlighted in the screenshot below.

Screenshot of a photo in editing software, a city square with various people highlighted in red.
Apple uses generative AI to identify elements, highlighted here in red, that might be distracting in photos. It then allows users to remove these with the tap of a finger. T.J. Thomson

You can then tap the suggested element to remove it or circle elements to delete them. The device then uses generative AI to try to create a logical replacement based on the surrounding area.

Easier ways to deceive

Smartphone photo editing apps have been around for more than a decade, but now, you don’t need to download, pay for, or learn to use a new third-party app. If you have an eligible device, you can use these features directly in your smartphone’s default photo app.

Apple’s Clean Up joins a number of similar tools already offered by various tech companies. Those with Android phones might have used Google’s Magic Editor. This lets users move, resize, recolour or delete objects using AI. Users with select Samsung devices can use their built-in photo gallery app to remove elements in photos.

There have always been ways – analogue and, more recently, digital – to deceive. But integrating them into existing software in a free, easy-to-use way makes those possibilities so much easier.

Using AI to edit photos or create new images entirely raises pressing questions around the trustworthiness of photographs and videos. We rely on the vision these devices produce in everything from police body and traffic cams to insurance claims and verifying the safe delivery of parcels.

If advances in tech are eroding our trust in pictures and even video, we have to rethink what it means to trust our eyes.

How can these tools be used?

The idea of removing distracting or unwanted elements can be attractive. If you’ve ever been to a crowded tourist hotspot, removing some of the other tourists so you can focus more on the environment might be appealing (check out the slider below for an example).

But beyond removing distractions, how else can these tools be used?

Some people use them to remove watermarks. Watermarks are typically added by photographers or companies trying to protect their work from unauthorised use. Removing these makes the unauthorised use less obvious but not less legal.

Others use them to alter evidence. For example, a seller might edit a photo of a damaged good to allege it was in good condition before shipping.

As image editing and generating tools become more widespread and easier to use, the list of uses balloons proportionately. And some of these uses can be unsavoury.

AI generators can now make realistic-looking receipts, for example. People could then try to submit these to their employer to get reimbursed for expenses not actually incurred.

Can anything we see be trusted anymore?

Considering these developments, what does it mean to have “visual proof” of something?

If you think a photo might be edited, zooming in can sometimes reveal anomalies where the AI has stuffed up. Here’s a zoomed-in version of some of the areas where the Clean Up feature generated new content that doesn’t quite match the old.

Tools like Clean Up sometimes create anomalies that can be spotted with the naked eye. T.J. Thomson

It’s usually easier to manipulate one image than to convincingly edit multiple images of the same scene in the same way. For this reason, asking to see multiple outtakes that show the same scene from different angles can be a helpful verification strategy.

Seeing something with your own eyes might be the best approach, though this isn’t always possible.

Doing some additional research might also help. For example, with the case of a fake receipt, does the restaurant even exist? Was it open on the day shown on the receipt? Does the menu offer the items allegedly sold? Does the tax rate match the local area’s?

Manual verification approaches like the above obviously take time. Trustworthy systems that can automate these mundane tasks are likely to grow in popularity as the risks of AI editing and generation increase.

Likewise, there’s a role for regulators to play in ensuring people don’t misuse AI technology. In the European Union, Apple’s plan to roll out its Apple Intelligence features, which include the Clean Up function, was delayed due to “regulatory uncertainties”.

AI can be used to make our lives easier. Like any technology, it can be used for good or bad. Being aware of what it’s capable of and developing your visual and media literacies is essential to being an informed member of our digital world.The Conversation

T.J. Thomson, Senior Lecturer in Visual Communication & Digital Media, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Do Inuit languages really have many words for snow? The most interesting finds from our study of 616 languages

Shutterstock
Charles KempThe University of MelbourneEkaterina VylomovaThe University of MelbourneTemuulen KhishigsurenThe University of Melbourne, and Terry RegierUniversity of California, Berkeley

Languages are windows into the worlds of the people who speak them – reflecting what they value and experience daily.

So perhaps it’s no surprise different languages highlight different areas of vocabulary. Scholars have noted that Mongolian has many horse-related words, that Maori has many words for ferns, and Japanese has many words related to taste.

Some links are unsurprising, such as German having many words related to beer, or Fijian having many words for fish. The linguist Paul Zinsli wrote an entire book on Swiss-German words related to mountains.

In our recently-published study we took a broad approach towards understanding the links between different languages and concepts.

Using computational methods, we identified areas of vocabulary that are characteristic of specific languages, to provide insight into linguistic and cultural variation.

Our work adds to a growing understanding of language, culture, and the way they both relate.

Japanese has many words related to taste. One of these is umami, which is often used to describe the rich taste of matcha green tea. Shutterstock

Our method

We tested 163 links between languages and concepts, drawn from the literature.

We compiled a digital dataset of 1574 bilingual dictionaries that translate between English and 616 different languages. Since many of these dictionaries were still under copyright, we only had access to counts of how often a particular word appeared in each dictionary.

One example of a concept we looked at was “horse”, for which the top-scoring languages included French, German, Kazakh and Mongolian. This means dictionaries in these languages had a relatively high number of

  1. words for horses. For instance, Mongolian аргамаг means “a good racing or riding horse”
  2. words related to horses. For instance, Mongolian чөдөрлөх means “to hobble a horse”.

However, it is also possible the counts were influenced by “horse” appearing in example sentences for unrelated terms.

Not a hoax after all?

Our findings support most links previously highlighted by researchers, including that Hindi has many words related to love and Japanese has many words related to obligation and duty.

‘Silk’ was one of the most popular concepts for Mandarin Chinese. Shutterstock

We were especially interested in testing the idea that Inuit languages have many words for snow. This notorious claim has long been distorted and exaggerated. It has even been dismissed as the “great Eskimo vocabulary hoax”, with some experts saying it simply isn’t true.

But our results suggest the Inuit snow vocabulary is indeed exceptional. Out of 616 languages, the language with the top score for “snow” was Eastern Canadian Inuktitut. The other two Inuit languages in our data set (Western Canadian Inuktitut and North Alaskan Inupiatun) also achieved high scores for “snow”.

The Eastern Canadian Inuktitut dictionary in our dataset includes terms such as kikalukpok, which means “noisy walking on hard snow”, and apingaut, which means “first snow fall”.

The top 20 languages for “snow” included several other languages of Alaska, such as Ahtena, Dena'ina and Central Alaskan Yupik, as well as Japanese and Scots.

Scots includes terms such as doon-lay, meaning “a heavy fall of snow”, feughter meaning “a sudden, slight fall of snow”, and fuddum, meaning “snow drifting at intervals”.

You can explore our findings using the tool we developed, which allows you to identify the top languages for any given concept, and the top concepts for a particular language.

Language and environment

Although the languages with top scores for “snow” are all spoken in snowy regions, the top-ranked languages for “rain” were not always from the rainiest parts of the world.

For instance, South Africa has a medium level of rainfall, but languages from this region, such as Nyanja, East Taa and Shona, have many rain-related words. This is probably because, unlike snow, rain is important for human survival – which means people still talk about it in its absence.

For speakers of East Taa, rain is both relatively rare and desirable. This is reflected in terms such as lábe ||núu-bâ, an “honorific form of address to thunder to bring rain” and |qába, which refers to the “ritual sprinkling of water or urine to bring rain”.

Our tool can also be used to explore various concepts related to perception (“smell”), emotion (“love”) and cultural beliefs (“ghost”).

The top-scoring languages for “smell” include a cluster of Oceanic languages such as Marshallese, which has terms such as jatbo meaning “smell of damp clothing”, meļļā meaning “smell of blood”, and aelel meaning “smell of fish, lingering on hands, body, or utensils”.

Prior to our research, the smell terms of the Pacific Islands had received little attention.

Some caveats

Although our analysis reveals many interesting links between languages and concepts, the results aren’t always reliable – and should be checked against original dictionaries where possible.

For example, the top concepts for Plautdietsch (Mennonite Low German) include von (“of”), den (“the”) and und (“and”) – all of which are unrevealing. We excluded similar words from other languages using Wiktionary, but our method did not filter out these common words for Plautdietsch.

Also, the word counts reflect both dictionary definitions and other elements, such as example sentences. While our analysis excluded words that are especially likely to appear in example sentences (such as “woman” and “father”), such words could have still influenced our results to some extent.

Most importantly, our results run the risk of perpetuating potentially harmful stereotypes if taken at face value. So we urge caution and respect while using the tool. The concepts it lists for any given language provide, at best, a crude reflection of the cultures associated with that language.The Conversation

Charles Kemp, Professor, School of Psychological Sciences, The University of MelbourneEkaterina Vylomova, Lecturer, Computing and Information Systems, The University of MelbourneTemuulen Khishigsuren, PhD Candidate, The University of Melbourne, and Terry Regier, Professor, Language and Cognition Lab, University of California, Berkeley

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Can we really resurrect extinct animals, or are we just creating hi-tech lookalikes?

Artist’s rendering: Woolly mammoths once roamed large swathes of Siberia. Denis-S / Shutterstock
Timothy HearnAnglia Ruskin University

From dire wolves to woolly mammoths, the idea of resurrecting extinct species has captured the public imagination. Colossal Biosciences, the Dallas-based biotech company leading the charge, has made headlines for ambitious efforts to bring back long-lost animals using cutting edge genetic engineering.

It recently announced the birth of pups with key traits of dire wolves, an iconic predator last seen roaming North America more than 10,000 years ago. This followed on the heels of earlier project announcements focused on the woolly mammoth and the thylacine. This all fuels a sense that de-extinction is not only possible but imminent.

But as the science advances, a deeper question lingers: how close must the result be to count as a true return? If we can only recover fragments of an extinct creature’s genome – and must build the rest with modern substitutes – is that really de-extinction, or are we simply creating lookalikes?

To the public, de-extinction often evokes images of Jurassic Park-style resurrection: a recreation of a lost animal, reborn into the modern world. In scientific circles, however, the term encompasses a variety of techniques: selective breedingcloning, and increasingly, synthetic biology through genome editing. Synthetic biology is a field that involves redesigning systems found in nature.

Dire wolf
One of Colossal’s dire wolves, created using genome editing. Colossal

Scientists have used selective breeding of modern cattle in attempts to recreate an animal that resembles the auroch, the wild ancestor of today’s breeds. Cloning has been used to briefly bring back the pyrenean ibex, which went extinct in 2000. In 2003, a Spanish team brought a cloned calf to term, but the animal died a few minutes after birth.

This is often cited as the first example of de-extinction. However, the only preserved tissue was from one female animal, meaning it could not have been used to bring back a viable population. Colossal’s work falls into the synthetic biology category.

These approaches differ in method but share a common goal: to restore a species that has been lost. In most cases, what emerges is not an exact genetic copy of the extinct species, but a proxy: a modern organism engineered to resemble its ancestor in function or appearance.

Take the case of the woolly mammoth. Colossal’s project aims to create a cold-adapted Asian elephant that can fulfil the mammoth’s former ecological role. But mammoths and Asian elephants diverged hundreds of thousands of years ago and differ by an estimated 1.5 million genetic variants. Editing all of these is, for now, impossible. Instead, scientists are targeting a few dozen genes linked to key traits like cold resistance, fat storage and hair growth.

Compare that to humans and chimpanzees. Despite a genetic similarity of around 98.8%, the behavioural and physical differences between the two are huge. If comparatively small genetic gaps can produce such major differences, what can we expect when editing only a tiny fraction of the differences between two species? It’s a useful rule of thumb when assessing recent claims.

As discussed in a previous article, Colossal’s dire wolf project involved just 20 genetic edits. These were introduced into the genome of a gray wolf to mimic key traits of the extinct dire wolf. The resulting animals may look the part, but with so few changes, they are genetically much closer to modern wolves than their prehistoric namesake.

Colossal’s ambitions extend beyond mammoths and dire wolves. The company is also working to revive the thylacine (Tasmanian tiger), a carnivorous marsupial that was once native to mainland Australia, Tasmania and New Guinea. The last example died at Hobart Zoo in 1936. Colossal is using a genetic relative called the fat-tailed dunnart – a tiny marsupial – as the foundation. The goal is to engineer the dunnart’s genome to express traits found in thylacines. The team says it is developing an artificial uterus device to carry the engineered foetus.

Colossal also has a project to revive the dodo, a flightless bird that roamed Mauritius until the 1600s. That project will use the Nicobar pigeon, one of the dodo’s closest living relatives, as a basis for genetic reconstruction.

In each case, the company relies on a partial blueprint: incomplete ancient DNA, and then uses the powerful genome editing tool Crispr to edit specific differences into the genome of a closely related living species. The finished animals, if born, may resemble their extinct counterparts in outward appearance and some behaviour – but they will not be genetically identical. Rather, they will be hybrids, mosaics or functional stand-ins.

That doesn’t negate the value of these projects. In fact, it might be time to update our expectations. If the goal is to restore ecological roles, not to perfectly recreate extinct genomes, then these animals may still serve important functions. But it also means we must be precise in our language. These are synthetic creations, not true returns.

Technology to prevent extinction

There are more grounded examples of near-de-extinction work – most notably the northern white rhinoceros. Only two females remain alive today, and both are infertile. Scientists are working to create viable embryos using preserved genetic material and surrogate mothers from closely related rhino species. This effort involves cloning and assisted reproduction, with the aim of restoring a population genetically identical to the original.

Unlike the mammoth or the thylacine, the northern white rhino still has living representatives and preserved cells. That makes it a fundamentally different case – more conservation biology than synthetic biology. But it shows the potential of this technology when deployed toward preservation, not reconstruction.

Northern white rhino
The northern white rhinoceros is nearly extinct. But there is a viable plan to bring it back. Agami Photo Agency / Shutterstock

Gene editing also holds promise for helping endangered species by using it to introduce genetic diversity into a population, eliminate harmful mutations from species or enhance resilience to disease or climate change. In this sense, the tools of de-extinction may ultimately serve to prevent extinctions, rather than reverse them.

So where does that leave us? Perhaps we need new terms: synthetic proxies, ecological analogues or engineered restorations. These phrases might lack the drama of “de-extinction” but they are closer to the scientific reality.

After all, these animals are not coming back from the dead – they are being invented, piece by piece, from what the past left behind. In the end, it may not matter whether we call them mammoths or woolly elephants, dire wolves or designer dogs. What matters is how we use this power – whether to heal broken ecosystems, to preserve the genetic legacy of vanishing species or simply to prove that we can.

But we should at least be honest: what we’re witnessing isn’t resurrection. It’s reimagination.The Conversation

Timothy Hearn, Senior Lecturer in Bioinformatics, Anglia Ruskin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Next generation computer chips could process data at the speed of light – new research

3dartists / Shutterstock
Demosthenes KoutsogeorgisNottingham Trent University and Matthew SpinkNottingham Trent University

Electronic microchips are at the heart of the modern world. They’re found in our laptops, our smartphones, our cars and our household appliances. For years, manufacturers have been making them more powerful and efficient, which increases the performance of our electronic devices.

But that trend is now faltering because of the increased cost and complexity of manufacturing chips, as well as performance limits set by the laws of physics. This is happening just as there’s a need for increased computing power because of the boom in artificial intelligence (AI).

An alternative to the electronic microchips we currently use are photonic chips. These use light instead of electricity to achieve higher performance. However, photonic chips have not yet taken off due to a number of hurdles. Now, two papers published in Nature address some of these roadblocks, offering essential stepping stones to achieving the computing power required by complex artificial intelligence systems.

By using light (photons) instead of electricity (electrons) for the transport and processing of information, photonic computing promises higher speeds and greater bandwidths with greater efficiency. This is because it does not suffer from the loss of electrical current due to a phenomenon known as resistance, as well as unwanted heat loss from electrical components.

Photonic computing is also particularly suited for performing what are known as matrix multiplications – mathematical operations that are fundamental to AI.

Those are some of the benefits. The challenges, however, are not trivial. In the past, the performance of photonic chips has generally been studied in isolation. But because of the dominance of electronics in modern technology, photonic hardware will need to be integrated with those electronic systems.

However, converting photons into electrical signals can slow down processing times since light operates at higher speeds. Photonic computing is also based around analogue operations rather than digital ones. This can reduce precision and limit the type of computing tasks that can be carried out.

It’s also difficult to scale them up from small prototypes because large-scale photonic circuits cannot currently be fabricated with sufficient accuracy. Photonic computing will require its own software and algorithms, compounding the challenges of integration and compatibility with other technology.

Servers
Photonic chips would need to be integrated with electronic hardware. IM Imagery / Shutterstock

The two new papers in Nature address many of these hurdles. Bo Peng, from Singapore-based company Lightelligence, and colleagues demonstrate a new type of processor for photonic computing called a Photonic Arithmetic Computing Engine (Pace). This processor has a low latency, which means that there is a minimal delay between an input or command and the corresponding response or action by the computer.

The large-scale Pace processor, which has more than 16,000 photonic components, can solve difficult computing tasks, demonstrating the feasibility of the system for real world applications. The processor shows how integration of photonic and electronic hardware, accuracy, and the need for different software and algorithms can be resolved. It also demonstrates that the technology can be scaled up.

This marks a significant development, despite some speed limitations of the current hardware.

In a separate paper, Nicholas Harris, from California-based company Lightmatter, and colleagues describe a photonic processor that was able to run two AI systems with accuracy similar to those of conventional electronic processors. The authors demonstrated the effectiveness of their photonic processor through generating Shakespeare-like text, accurately classifying movie reviews and playing classic Atari computer games such as Pac-Man.

The platform is also potentially scalable, though in this case limitations of the materials and engineering used curtailed one measure of the processor’s speed and its overall computational capabilities.

Both teams suggest that their photonic systems can be part of scalable next generation hardware that can support the use of AI. This would finally make photonics viable, though further refinements will be needed. These will involve the use of more effective materials or designs.The Conversation

Demosthenes Koutsogeorgis, Associate Professor of Photonic Technologies, School of Science & Technology, Nottingham Trent University and Matthew Spink, PhD Researcher, School of Science & Technology, Nottingham Trent University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The ‘morning shed’: a brief history of the sometimes dangerous lengths women have gone to look beautiful

An advert for the tape worm pills.
Louise N HansonDurham University

In TikTok’s latest viral beauty trend “the morning shed,” beauty influencers “shed” hair and skin products that have been worn overnight. These include hair styling items, skin masks and creams, and physical products such as chin straps and mouth tape, which are intended to help with breathing through the night and keep away the drooping of the jaw that happens with age.

While this trend has come under fire for alleged unsustainability and over-consumerism, it is only the latest beauty fad in a long line of time and money consuming “hacks” that women have been undertaking for centuries. From tapeworms to tuberculosis, women have taken part in a laundry list of beauty hacks in order to meet appearance ideals, many of which have been dangerous, painful and even deadly.

As far back as the ancient Egyptians, women ground up toxic substances to make eyeliner and eye shadow. These were dangerous when inhaled as a powder (such as during the grinding process) and could cause irritation of the skin when applied. And yet somehow, heavy metal poisoning is among the least dangerous of these historic beauty trends.


Ready to make a change? The Quarter Life Glow-up is a new, six-week newsletter course from The Conversation’s UK and Canada editions. Every week, we’ll bring you research-backed advice and tools to help improve your relationships, your career, your free time and your mental health – no supplements or skincare required. Sign up here to start your glow-up at any time.


In China, foot binding is an example of a painful and life altering treatment first recorded around the 10th century. The feet were usually bound before the arch of the foot had developed (aged four to nine).

The process involved forcefully curling the toes towards the sole of the foot until the arch broke then the foot would be tightly bandaged to keep it in this position. Small feel were coveted at the time. Thankfully, this practice was banned in the early 1900s after almost 200 years of opposition from both Chinese and western sources.

A Chinese woman with bound feet.
A Chinese woman with bound feet. WikimediaCC BY-SA

In Europe, the Renaissance period saw a new wave of beauty hacks, from arsenic baths (which bleach the skin to a near translucent white) to Belladonna drops (literal poison) used on the eyes to induce an aroused or watery-eyed look. Many women who used these tactics ended up poisoned or blind.

During the reign of Elizabeth I, the “English rose” look was all the rage. Women would blood let for a perfectly pale pallor, or paint their faces with “Venetian ceruse” or “Venetian white” – otherwise known as lead paint. The use of Venetian ceruse is one of the suspected causes of death of Elizabeth I.

In the Victorian era and early 1900s, women often engaged in dangerous practices to achieve the coveted pale skin, red lip and small waist that was the height of fashion. This aesthetic could be achieved by contracting tuberculosis (a lung infection that was often fatal), taking tapeworm pills, consuming mercury to look forever young, or chewing arsenic wafers to make skin pale.

My own research has shown that sociocultural pressures to look a certain way are experienced differently across the world. I found that white western women experience some of the highest appearance pressures, followed by east Asian women. Although these decline a little with age for white western women, they persist in Asian women and never reach the lower levels seen elsewhere. I found the lowest levels of sociocultural pressure and the highest levels of body appreciation in Nigeria.

As the “morning shed” proves, women still go to great lengths to meet culturally shaped standards, particularly under conditions of higher economic inequality – something that is getting worse in many countries. For example, in the United States, cities which have higher economic inequality see higher spend on beauty products and services, such as beauty salons or women’s clothing.

With the advent of social media, especially short-form content like TikTok, Reels and YouTube Shorts, the speed at which beauty trends rise and fall has been expedited and globalised. These trends range from the painful lip suction women undertook to get big lips like the celebrity Kylie Jenner, to the normalisation of botox and fillers, to laser hair removal of every unwanted follicle.

The “morning shed” is just the latest evolution in skin care trends, which started as health-focused, with an emphasis on sun protection and moisturisation. It has since morphed into a study in over-consumption and over-commitment of time and money in the pursuit of staying ever youthful.The Conversation

Louise N Hanson, PhD in Social and Developmental psychology, Durham University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Babe at 30: why this much-loved film is one of the best cinematic translations of a children’s book

Kiera VaclavikQueen Mary University of London

This spring, Babe is returning to cinemas to mark the 30th anniversary of its release in 1995. The much-loved family film tells the deceptively simple but emotionally powerful story of a piglet who saves his bacon through intelligence, kindness and hard work.

Babe becomes the trusted ally of both farmer and farmyard animals and, like so many Hollywood heroes before and since, he refuses to stay in his lane.

It’s a film which, on paper, really shouldn’t work and which sounds alarm bells to any self-respecting children’s literature scholar like me. It takes an expertly crafted English children’s book with tasteful black-and-white illustrations – Dick King-Smith’s The Sheep Pig (1983) – and turns it into an all-singing, all-dancing technicolour extravaganza.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.


The film inserts new episodes and characters – an evil cat, a plucky duck and (most alarmingly) a brace of brattish kids. And it replaces a perfectly good, does-what-it-says-on-the-tin book title with the cutesy moniker of the piglet star.

It shouldn’t work … but it really, really does. In fact, I’d go so far as to say that it’s one of the most successful film adaptations of a children’s book of all time.

It met with both commercial and critical success, making over US$254 million at the box office and being nominated for no less than seven Academy Awards, one of which it secured for visual effects.

So, what exactly is so special about Babe? It was one of the first films which, thanks to the then-cutting edge combination of animatronics and visual effects, delivered convincing talking animals who, endowed with the gift of speech, could themselves “look like movie stars”. But with all the jaw-dropping technological advances of the last 30 years, how has this film managed to stand the test of time so well?

The answer in part is that its source material is exceptionally strong. The Sheep Pig is written with restraint and economy, but also great warmth and relish. King-Smith has immense fun, wallowing in words like the proverbial pig in muck, and putting it all to the service of a story whose core values are easy to get behind. The Sheep Pig is a soft-power parable which advocates for brains over brawn, for respectful communication and common decency.

But the excellence of a film’s bookish bedrock is no guarantee of success. Indeed, the brilliance of a book can often be something of a liability. Think of Tim Burton’s Alice in Wonderland, or any of the film and TV adaptations of Noel Streatfeild’s superb Ballet Shoes. With Babe, though, the book is catalyst rather than straitjacket, an enabling prompt which initiates a new work of equal strength and quality.

The pacing is well judged, the look of the film lush, and there are several actual laugh-out-loud moments – including the duck’s panicked realisation that “Christmas means carnage!” Above all, it’s a film with immense emotional intelligence and power.

Recognised for its visual effects, it also succeeds in large part because of the strength of its soundscape and score. There’s one scene in particular which really soars, and which takes on the elephant in the room: the human habit of eating pigs.

Babe is so shocked and upset on learning this fact from the evil cat (who else?) that he loses the will not just to win in the sheepdog trial, but to live at all. The supremely taciturn Father Hoggett must act to make amends and save his pig protégé.

In an astonishingly moving act of love, this man of few words takes the sickly and sick-at-heart pig onto his lap and sings to him. At first a gentle crooning, the farmer’s expression of care and affection soon swells to an out-and-out bellow, accompanied by a wild, caution-to-the-wind dance.

It’s difficult to imagine a more lyrically apt song than the 1977 reggae-inflected hit based on the powerful tune of Camille Saint-Saëns’ Symphony No. 3 in C Minor: “If I had words”, it begins. It’s a moment of huge emotional force and intensity, in which the gaping abyss of age and species difference are bridged through music and dance.

James Cromwell as Farmer Hoggett, here and throughout the film, is tremendous, his reserved performance a key factor in its success. The role – which he almost didn’t take because of the paucity of lines – was career-defining, and prompted personal epiphanies which flow naturally from this scene.

First, Cromwell never ate meat again. Second, he has spoken (with visible emotion) of the delivery of the film’s final pithy-but-powerful line of approbation – “That’ll do pig, that’ll do” – as a moment of communion with his father on catching sight of his own artificially aged reflection in the camera lens. “My life changed, and I owe it to a pig,” the actor concludes.

Babe is a film and an adaptation with many qualities. It’s wholesome without ever being sickly. But above all, it has an emotional force which worked on actors and audiences alike and which, 30 years later, remains undiminished.The Conversation

Kiera Vaclavik, Professor of Children's Literature & Childhood Culture, Queen Mary University of London

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Siena: The Rise of Painting, 1300-1350 at the National Gallery is a remarkable achievement

The Calling of the Apostles Peter and Andrew by Duccio (1308-1311). National Gallery of Art, Washington
Louise BourduaUniversity of Warwick

I had been looking forward to the National Gallery’s exhibition Siena: The Rise of Painting, 1300-1350 for several reasons.

First, it was many years in the making. Its curator, Professor Emerita Joanna Cannon of the Courtauld Institute of Art, had been working on it for a decade or so. Duccio, one of the exhibition’s featured artists and one of the greatest Italian painters of the middle ages, had a major show in Siena in 2003. Another featured artist, Ambrogio Lorenzetti, had a smaller exhibition in the same city in 2017.

Second, the National Gallery’s late medieval Italian paintings had not been seen for two years because of the refurbishment of the Sainsbury Wing. That is, except for a select few displayed in an excellent exhibition on Saint Francis of Assisi in 2023.

Last, there was the publicity generated by the Metropolitan Museum’s iteration of this show – complete with a tantalising video tour by two of its curators.

The National Gallery’s take on the most exciting 50 years of Siena’s artistic production makes the most of its ground floor gallery rooms, enabling conversations between objects and medium.

The exhibition is a remarkable achievement: a pleasure for the eye and commendable for its ability to make medieval religious art accessible.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.


Britain’s love affair with Sienese painting is well documented from the late 19th century at least. But this exhibition focuses on much more than the celebrated four painters – Duccio, Simone Martini and Ambrogio Lorenzetti and his brother Pietro.

The wealth of Siena’s visual culture is represented with illuminated manuscripts; sculptures in marble, ivory, terracotta and walnut; reliquaries (containers for holy relics) and croziers (hooked staves) made from gold and enamel; and rugs and silks.

Panels with protagonists painted in bright reds, blues, pinks and greens with tiny brushstrokes using pigments mixed with egg on gilded backgrounds abound. But there are also frescoes, detached from their original mural setting, yet able to tell the story of their making and meaning.

Ambrogio Lorenzetti’s Annunciation (1344) is defined only by lines brushed on wet plaster using a red pigment (sinoper). This was a common initial step to set the composition, over which another layer of plaster would be applied again with contours painted but now filled with colour.

In another room, a beautifully modelled painted head of Jesus split into two, carved by Lando di Pietro (1338), is all that remains of a larger crucifix after bombing by allies in the second world war. It is the only known work of the sculptor. He was identified by the personal handwritten prayers concealed within the sculpture, which are displayed next to it.

The showstoppers

The curators have managed to do what could not be achieved in Siena in 2003: bring Duccio’s three triptychs into a single venue. The first two are shown just a few metres apart, to enable comparison and close viewing of all sides. Their painted backs and the geometric motifs behind their folding wings enable us to understand them as three-dimensional, portable objects.

The Crucifixion triptych, bought by Prince Albert in 1845 and lent to the exhibition by King Charles, is not too far from the pair, inviting comparison.

Duccio’s Healing of the Man Born Blind finds itself reunited with seven of its companions for the first time since 1777. This is the closest reconstruction we’ll ever get of the back predella (a box-like shelf with images that supported the main panels) of Siena cathedral’s enormous double-sided high altarpiece (known as the Maestà), which was carried in procession through the city streets in 1311.

Originally painted on a massive horizontal poplar plank, the individual episodes depicting Jesus’s ministry were sold on the art market in the 19th century and dispersed across two continents. A ninth panel which probably started the narrative has never been found, although you wouldn’t know it from this display.

Nothing can distract from close viewing – you’ll want to enjoy it for as long as you can stand. This privileged view is unusual in an exhibition and possibly comes close to that enjoyed by the clergy during processions or pilgrimages in Siena cathedral. A photo montage of the reconstructed altarpiece is tiny and displayed on the wall opposite the reconstructed predella, alongside the panels originally on the front predella.

The other showstopper is Pietro Lorenzetti’s altarpiece. It’s usually on the high altar of the church of Santa Maria della Pieve in Arezzo, but has been lent by the diocese and placed on a low plinth. This allows us to imagine just how immense Duccio’s Maestà must have been.

This altarpiece represents the most popular formula created in early 14th-century Siena. These were large polyptychs of five (or seven) vertical panels usually displaying the virgin and child in the centre, surrounded by saints relevant to the locality and patrons.

A window-shaped work showing Mary and baby Jesus.
Virgin and Child with Saints and the Annunciation (circa 1345 to 1350). The Fitzwilliam Museum, CambridgeCC BY-SA

The Arezzo polyptych is approximately three metres in height and width, with three registers but has lost its predella, having been dismantled and relocated several times. The type was so popular that it, and the Sienese painters who created it, were in demand throughout Tuscany and beyond.

Each of the objects displayed in this exhibition merits a long look. Since there are over 100, my last reflection will be on another extraordinary reunion: a small gilded glass icon depicting once again the virgin, child and saints above the Annunciation (1347). Its double-sided reliquary frame still contains 17 relics.

It’s conceived as a miniature altarpiece, imitating the basic shape of the larger Sienese altarpieces on display. It also uses the same materials in addition to glass that has been gilded, incised and painted in red, blue and green.

Such precious materials and meticulous craft testify to the richness of Sienese art during the first half of the 14th century.

Siena: The Rise of Painting, 1300-1350 is at the National Gallery until June 22.The Conversation

Louise Bourdua, Professor of Art History, University of Warwick

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

new figures reveal more than half of older Australians skipping dental treatment

April 9, 2025
Shocking new statistics which show that over half (55 per cent) of Australians over 65 delayed seeking dental treatment in the past 12 months highlight the need for the urgent introduction of a Seniors Dental Benefit Scheme, COTA Australia says.

The Australian Dental Association (ADA) findings from its annual study of 25,000 people found that affordability was the main reason older Australians put off getting dental treatment, with two in three (64%) of over 65s delaying dental trips in the last year because they couldn’t afford it.

COTA Australia – the leading advocacy organisation for older people – Chief Executive Officer said the new statistics released by the ADA today highlight why older Australians are urging political parties to announce the introduction of a Seniors Dental Benefit Scheme in the lead up to the election.

“The number of older Australians skipping vital dental treatment because they can’t afford it is ridiculously high,” Ms Sparrow said.

“Good oral health is important for people of every age, and we know people across the board are struggling with the cost, but as we get older the stakes get higher. Evidence shows that poor dental health increases the risk of diabetes, heart disease and chronic malnutrition in older people, as well as embarrassment and social isolation.

“Older Australians are putting their health at real risk because they’re nervous they can’t afford to pay for the treatment they need.

Ms Sparrow said COTA Australia has long advocated for the introduction of a Senior Dental Benefits Scheme to ensure that everyone can get access to the dental care they need.“Every Australian, no matter what their age, should be looking at these statistics and asking their politicians why we don’t have a plan to introduce a Seniors Dental Benefit Scheme yet,” Ms Sparrow said.

“Introducing a Seniors Dental Benefit Scheme is important for us all. Making sure older Australians get access to the quality, affordable dental care they need will keep us healthier for longer – decreasing the burden on our public health care system and freeing it up for those who need it most.

“Including the Seniors Dental Benefits Scheme, as we have done for children, is the kind of prevention focused policy we need to see from our political parties.”

Call to action as retirees hit hard amid market volatility

April 9, 2025
National Seniors Australia (NSA) is calling on all candidates to commit to halving the minimum superannuation draw down rate* if markets continue to fall in the face of significant market uncertainty.

NSA Chief Executive Officer Mr Chris Grice said while all Australians are seeing a drop in their investment portfolios; it is retirees who don't have time to recoup losses who will be impacted the most.

"Superannuation is the single most important investment in a secure retirement for most people, outside the family home. It represents income earned and sacrifices made," Mr Grice said.
"Yet older Australians already in retirement don't have the capability or time to make up these losses.

Halving the draw down rate is one way government can help to ease pressures for retirees who are concerned their balances will run out.

"The government can also continue the freeze on deeming rates as detailed in NSA’s Federal Election Priorities (due to be lifted 1 July) until interest rates drop and a fairer way to calculate deeming is put in place. If the freeze is lifted on 1 July, part-pensioners and others will experience immediate impacts, including a loss of pension income.

"Halving the draw down rate and continuing the freeze on deeming are two practical measures the government can take to show retirees it understands the impact current market volatility will have on retirement savings.

“Halving the minimum superannuation drawdown rate occurred during the GFC and the COVID-19 pandemic. It was an acknowledgement of the impact such crises have on retirees’ investment portfolios and income.

“In the lead-up to the Federal Election, and at a time when Australians are already facing so much uncertainty, we hope all sides of politics heed our call and commit to giving older Australians some certainty over their superannuation.”

*The Australian Government requires superannuation account holders receiving an income stream to withdraw a minimum pension payment from their super. The minimum amount you must drawdown depends on how old you are. It is determined by set percentage rates and increases as you get older. 

Big changes are planned for aged care in 2025. But you’d never know from the major parties

Ground Picture/Shutterstock
Hal SwerissenLa Trobe University

There has been little new in pre-election promises for Australia’s aged-care workers, providers or the 1.3 million people who use aged care.

In March, Labor announced A$2.6 billion for another pay rise for aged-care nurses in addition to previous pay increases.

There’s been nothing substantial on aged care from Labor or the Opposition since.

Major changes are scheduled for the sector later this year, four years after the damning Royal Commission report into aged care. Yet no additional funding has been announced.

Estimates suggest funding is short around $5 billion to address losses by residential care providers or the shortfall in Home Care Packages.

What can we expect this year?

new Aged Care Act will come into force on July 1 with a much greater emphasis on the rights of older people to get the care that suits their needs. This will mean:

  • a new system to regulate aged care

  • a new independent complaints commissioner

  • a new Support at Home program for older people who want to live at home, and in the community

  • changes to fees for residential aged care.

But a number of problems remain and it is not clear the reforms being introduced this year will fix them.

Access is still an issue

Access to aged care continues to be a problem, particularly in rural and remote areas. The system is difficult to navigate for often vulnerable and confused consumers and their families.

The government relies heavily on the My Aged Care website to inform older people and their families about aged care options. But this provides only basic information and it is difficult to get individualised support.

There is also a “digital divide” for a significant group who are unfamiliar with, and lack confidence in, using online services.

So we need a much greater emphasis on providing local “one stop shops” for personalised support and advice, particularly when people first enter the aged-care system. These services could be provided through Centrelink or new regional aged-care offices.

Screenshot of My Aged Care website
Not everyone can navigate websites to get information about the care they need. Screenshot/My Aged Care

About one-third of older people say they need help to live at home. But to get assistance you need an aged-care assessment and that process too needs improving.

Waiting times for assessment have blown out, with reported delays of up to five months.

Older people prefer to stay at home

There are some concerns the number of new aged-care beds is not increasing fast enough. For instance, there are shortages of residential aged care in particular areas such as Canberra.

But admission times to residential aged care generally have not increased and occupancy rates are declining. This suggests older people would prefer home to residential care.

Yet increased demand for home-care packages is not being met.

For those who need more intensive services at home, waiting times remain stubbornly and unacceptably long because there aren’t enough home care packages.

Despite years of complaints, there are still more than 80,000 people on the waiting list for care at home.

The new Support at Home program will introduce an eight-level system of support. The highest level of home-care funding will increase to $78,000 to bridge the gap between funding for home and residential care. But many more intensive care packages for home care will be needed to reduce waiting times.

The Support at Home program also introduces significantly higher out-of-pocket costs for older people. Such costs for everyday services – such as meals, cleaning and gardening – currently funded through the Commonwealth Home Support Program will increase significantly.

Most controversially, there will also be greater out-of-pocket costs for “independence” services including personal care, social support, respite care and therapy.

Staff shortages still a concern

For aged-care providers, chronic workforce shortages are still the biggest problem. Recent increases in wages for aged-care workers, including nurses, are a step in the right direction. But wages are still low.

It remains hard to attract staff, staff turnover is high and staff are under-trained, risking the quality of care. Shortages are particularly acute in rural areas.

The aged-care industry is calling for streamlined migration, better training and incentives for regional workers to make up the shortfall. But so far no new election announcements have been made.

Health worker helping elderly man with walking frame
Aged care still needs more workers, including nurses. WHYFRAME/Shutterstock

No real reform

Despite changes we’ll see from July, the organisation and financing of aged care remains fundamentally unchanged.

Overall, Australia’s aged-care system is still heavily privatised and fragmented. In 2022-23 there were 923 home-care providers, 764 residential-care providers and 1,334 home-support providers, nearly all in the private and not-for-profit sectors.

The Commonwealth continues to manage the sector through a cumbersome combination of highly centralised regulation and prescriptive funding contracts.

It has not put into place an effective, regional management structure to plan, organise and govern the sector to drive quality, innovation, equity, responsiveness and efficiency.

Nor has the Commonwealth been willing to adequately finance the system either through a levy, a social insurance scheme or via increased taxation. Instead, it’s upping the reliance on user fees to meet the cost of providing services.The Conversation

Hal Swerissen, Emeritus Professor of Public Health, La Trobe University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Here’s a simple, science-backed way to sharpen your thinking and improve your memory

Centre for Ageing Better/Unsplash
Ben SinghUniversity of South Australia and Ashleigh E. SmithUniversity of South Australia

Many of us turn to Sudoku, Wordle or brain-training apps to sharpen our minds. But research is increasingly showing one of the best ways to boost memory, focus and brain health is exercise.

Our new research reviewed data from more than 250,000 participants across 2,700 studies. We found exercise helps boost brain function – whether it’s walking, cycling, yoga, dancing, or even playing active video games such as Pokémon GO.

Moving your body improves how we think, make decisions, remember things and stay focused – no matter your age.

What the science says

Our review adds to a growing body of research that shows regular physical activity improves three key areas of brain function:

  • cognition, which is your overall ability to think clearly, learn and make decisions

  • memory, especially short-term memory and the ability to remember personal experiences

  • executive function, which includes focus, planning, problem-solving and managing emotions.

We conducted an umbrella review, which means we looked at the results of more than 130 high-quality research reviews that had already combined findings from many exercise studies. These studies usually involved people starting a new, structured exercise program, not just tracking the exercise they were already doing.

To assess the effects on cognition, memory and executive function, the original studies used a range of brain function tests. These included things like remembering word lists, solving puzzles, or quickly switching between tasks – simple activities designed to reliably measure how well the brain is working.

The improvements were small to moderate. On average, exercise led to a noticeable boost in cognition, with slightly smaller but still meaningful gains in memory and executive function.

The benefits showed up across all age groups, though children and teens saw major gains in memory.

People with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) showed greater improvements in executive function after physical activity than other population groups.

The brain started responding fairly quickly – many people experienced improvements after just 12 weeks of starting regular exercise.

Generally, the greatest benefits were seen in those doing at least 30 minutes of exercise on most days of the week, aiming for a total of about 150 minutes per week.

Beach yoga class
Many people notice the difference after 12 weeks. Isaac Takeu/Unsplash

What’s happening in the brain?

Activities such as walking or cycling can increase the size of the hippocampus, the part of the brain responsible for memory and learning.

In one study, older adults who did aerobic exercise for a year grew their hippocampus by 2%, effectively reversing one to two years of age-related brain shrinkage.

More intense workouts, such as running or high-intensity interval training, can further boost neuroplasticity – the brain’s ability to adapt and rewire itself. This helps you learn more quickly, think more clearly and stay mentally sharp with age.

Another reason to get moving

The world’s population is ageing. By 2030, one in six of people will be aged over 60. With that comes a rising risk of dementia, Alzheimer’s disease and cognitive decline.

At the same time, many adults aren’t moving enough. One in three adults aren’t meeting the recommended levels of physical activity.

Adults should aim for at least 150 of moderate exercise – such as brisk walking – each week, or at least 75 minutes of more vigorous activity, like running.

It’s also important to incorporate muscle-strengthening exercises, such as lifting weights, into workouts at least twice a week.

Older woman exercises on a gym's cross trainer
Adults need 75 minutes of vigorous activity a week, or 150 minutes of moderate exercise – plus two sessions of strength training. Centre for Ageing Better/Unsplash

Everyday movement counts

You don’t need to run marathons or lift heavy weights to benefit. Our study showed lower-intensity activities such as yoga, tai chi and “exergames” (active video games) can be just as effective – sometimes even more so.

These activities engage both the brain and body. Tai chi, for instance, requires focus, coordination and memorising sequences.

Exergames often include real-time decision-making and rapid response to cues. This trains attention and memory.

Importantly, these forms of movement are inclusive. They can be done at home, outdoors, or with friends, making them a great option for people of all fitness levels or those with limited mobility.

Although you may already be doing a lot through daily life – like walking instead of driving or carrying shopping bags home – it’s still important to find time for structured exercise, such as lifting weights at the gym or doing a regular yoga class, to get the full benefits for your brain and body.

Real-life applications

If you’re a grandparent, consider playing Wii Sports virtual tennis or bowling with your grandchild. If you’re a teenager with signs of ADHD, try a dance class, and see if it impacts your concentration in class. If you’re a busy parent, you might be more clear-headed if you can squeeze a 20-minute yoga video session between meetings.

In each of these cases, you’re not just being active, you’re giving your brain a valuable tune-up. And unlike most brain-training apps or supplements, exercise delivers far reaching benefits, including improved sleep and mental health.

Workplaces and schools are starting to take note. Short movement breaks are being introduced during the workday to improve employee focus.

Schools that incorporate physical activity into the classroom are seeing improvements in students’ attention and academic performance.

Exercise is one of the most powerful and accessible tools we have for supporting brain health. Best of all, it’s free, widely available and it’s never too late to start.The Conversation

Ben Singh, Research Fellow, Allied Health & Human Performance, University of South Australia and Ashleigh E. Smith, Associate Professor, Healthy Ageing, University of South Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Wit, charm and heart: novelist Kerry Greenwood, creator of Phryne Fisher, was a true original

Sue TurnbullUniversity of Wollongong

There is a moment in the film Miss Fisher and the Crypt of Tears when the camera pans around the ballroom to discover Phryne Fisher’s creator Kerry Greenwood and her partner David Greagg seated at a dinner table, beaming and elegant in their finest 1920s evening wear.

Also appearing in this scene are many of the Phryne Fisher fans who helped bring the movie to the screen when producers Fiona Eagger and Deb Cox asked for help. The initial crowdfunding target of A$250,000 was reached within 48 hours. A day later the total had risen to $400,000, making this the most successful crowdfunding campaign for an Australian film at the time.

Watching Miss Fisher on film at the Sun Theatre in Yarraville in 2022, at an event organised by Sisters in Crime Australia, seated next to Kerry and surrounded by her fans, was an experience to remember. When we got to the ballroom scene, everyone cheered. Kerry was clearly thrilled.

A great legacy

Kerry died last week after suffering ill health for a number of years. The tributes are beginning to flow in from across the world from her many fans and followers. She has left us a great legacy in the form of her many books and our memories of the author herself. She was as witty, colourful and charming as her heroine, Miss Phryne Fisher.

Phryne was not Kerry’s only fictional creation, although she was her first significant success and will probably continue to be her most revered and influential character. She also wrote the Corinna Chapman series about a Melbourne-based baker, as well as many stand-alone novels in a variety of genres. She was astonishingly prolific.

In 1989, I had the pleasure of meeting with Kerry shortly after the publication of Cocaine Blues, the first in what would come to be the Phryne Fisher series. I well remember suggesting that it would make a great period crime drama.

That would not come about until 2012, after Eagger and Cox acquired the rights and produced three seasons for the ABC. The show was later acquired by the streamers, found a new international audience, and spawned a Chinese adaptation, Miss S.

Kerry and I first met in Mietta’s restaurant, just off Collins Street in Melbourne, where we sat at a small table in an elegant art deco bar, drinking gin and smoking up a storm. She recounted, in her inimitable way, how she had been trying to write a novel about highwaymen, but had been persuaded by her then publishers, Hilary McPhee and Diana Gribble, to write something different.

She had at some point written a thesis about the strikes on the Melbourne wharfs in 1928 and 1929, and had read every newspaper she could find, so she already had the perfect historical backdrop for a crime novel set in the period. The idea for Miss Fisher came to her on the tram going home.

When it was later suggested that her charming female action hero might bear some similarity to the Saint or James Bond, Kerry trenchantly responded with the comment that Phryne “had fewer product endorsements and a better class of lovers”. This was indeed true.

Kerry was always a stylish writer and Cocaine Blues opens with brief first paragraph that does not waste time in getting the story moving:

The glass in the French window shattered. The guests screamed. Over the general exclamation could be heard the shrill shriek of Madame St Clair, wife of the ambassador ‘Ciel! Mes Bijoux!’

It was with great glee that Kerry informed me that Madame St Clair’s exclamation was a direct steal from The Adventures of Tintin, as created by the Belgian comic artist Hergé. When I admitted to also loving Tintin, at our next meeting Kerry presented me with her French edition of Les Bijoux de La Castafiore (The Castafiore Emerald), in which the line does indeed appear. I treasure it still.

The anecdote reveals not only the eclectic range of Kerry’s sources (and the fact that she read French and was something of a polymath), but also her generosity.

A wealth of entertainment

Phryne might well be Kerry’s alter ego, in her care for the waifs and strays that she encounters, her concern for the poor and downtrodden, and in her passionate pursuit of justice, not forgetting that Kerry was a barrister who worked full-time as a criminal defence lawyer for Legal Aid.

When Phryne Fisher first appeared in 1989, there were relatively few Australian crime writers being published, and even fewer women. The crime writing scene now is very different. Carmel Shute from the Australian chapter of Sisters in Crime informed me that over 150 crime fiction and true crime books by women will be published in Australia in 2025. This has to be a record. It is testimony to the increasing popularity of a literary form which women have embraced as a way to tell the stories that matter to them.

Quite a few of those books sit within what has often been characterised as the “cosy” genre: a subgenre of crime fiction to which Kerry’s crime fiction certainly belongs. Until recently, cosy crime has tended to be underrated, compared to the kind of “gritty” crime fiction that wins accolades.

This has obscured the achievement of crime fiction such as Kerry’s, in which historical and contemporary social issues are reflected back to us in ways that give us pause, even as they are presented in a form designed to entertain.

This is Kerry’s legacy: a wealth of entertainment with a heart. Her novels are provocations to care about social justice. She was a true original, a great friend, and a valued mentor. She will be much missed, even as her creativity will continue to inspire.The Conversation

Sue Turnbull, Senior Professor of Communication and Media Studies, University of Wollongong

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Gold rush Melbourne and post-war boom: how Australia overcame housing shortages in the past

Rachel StevensAustralian Catholic University

As part of their federal election campaign, the Coalition announced plans to limit the number of international students able to commence study each year to 240,000, “focused on driving […] housing availability and affordability”.

This announcement was criticised as a “fact free zone” by the Property Council.

The Coalition proposal falsely equates high immigration with housing shortages. Studies indicate limiting international students will have minimal impact on housing supply. Most international students stay in student housing or share house accommodation, not suitable or desirable for many Australians to live in.

History shows us Australia has previously gone through periods of high migration and economic uncertainty. But history also shows us, if we are willing to adapt and innovate, high immigration and housing affordability can co-exist.

Lessons from Australia’s gold rush

The discovery of gold in Victoria caused Melbourne’s population to explode.

In 1851, Melbourne’s population was 77,000. Within a decade, that figure had more than quadrupled to 540,000.

As a young colony, the Victorian government actively recruited British and Irish migrants, subsidising fully or partially the cost of the sea voyage to Australia.

It wasn’t all smooth sailing: competition across migrant groups developed, and new Chinese immigrants in particular were singled out. Europeans staged violent anti-Chinese riots, which included the murder of three Chinese migrants.

To accommodate new migrants, the Victorian colonial government expanded housing supply in two ways.

Watercolour sketch of a line of tents.
‘Canvas Town’ was built on the banks of the Yarra in South Melbourne, captured in this illustration from the 1850s. State Library Victoria

First, in 1852 Lieutenant-Governor Charles La Trobe permitted the establishment of Canvas Town, essentially a tent city on the southern bank of the Yarra River.

There were problems in Canvas Town: disease was common, sanitation nonexistent, and crime rife. But Canvas Town provided newcomers protection from the elements. Canvas Town was officially disbanded in 1854, although people continued to live in tents across Melbourne as they awaited the construction of more permanent housing.

Second, prefabricated iron houses were imported to Melbourne from Britain to overcome supply shortages. These British-built “kit homes” were dismantled, every component labelled and then shipped to Australia for assembly.

Rapidly-built homes appeared in Port Melbourne, North Melbourne, Fitzroy, Collingwood and Richmond. Three such examples still exist today in South Melbourne.

Watercolour sketch. Houses and a church.
A portable town for Australia erected at Hemming’s Patent Portable House Manufactory, Bristol. National Library of Australia

Gold Rush Victoria reminds us of the importance of nimble government intervention in the housing market to offset housing pressures and mitigate anti-foreigner sentiments.

Responding to migrants after World War II

One hundred years later, Australia was again facing an immigration and population boom. Australia faced housing shortages in the post-World War II years, as the population grew from 7.6 million to 10.5 million people between 1947 and 1961.

In the era of post-war shortages and rationing, Australians worried about the impacts of the new arrivals on employment and social issues such as crime.

The arrival of displaced persons and assisted migrants from Europe strained existing housing stock. Some new and existing Australians resorted to squatting and other forms of temporary housing.

Commonwealth and state governments took leading roles in housing construction.

Men in a factory.
Houses were pre-fabricated in the United Kingdom, like in this photograph from 1947, before being shipped to Australia. State Library Victoria

Between 1947 and 1961, Australia’s housing stock increased by 50% compared with a 41% increase in population. Australian governments directly contributed to 24% of this increase in stock, or 221,700 homes.

As the minister for immigration, Harold Holt said in 1950, “migrant labour was helping to solve Australia’s housing problems, not aggravating it” by working in essential industries that produce housing materials.

Once again, prefabricated homes were part of the solution.

Black and white photo: men building a brick wall.
British migrant bricklayers work on building new State Housing Trust houses in Elizabeth, South Australia, in 1958. National Archives of Australia

But on-site construction also had a role to play and could capitalise on the skills of new migrants, particularly in the new migrant town of Elizabeth, South Australia.

Migrants also pooled their resources and constructed homes for their community.

In Wexcombe, Western Australia, 12 British families formed a building group. Within three years, they had built new homes for each family.

Eras of innovation

In the 1850s and 1950s, increased immigration triggered bigotry and xenophobia. However, governments at this time were focused on nation building.

A man and two young kids.
Bill Wilson from Belfast making a footpath around his new home in Wexcombe, Western Australia, in 1960. National Archives of Australia

Even if this was largely focused on supporting new white migrants, many politicians resisted the temptation to fan social divisions for political gain.

Instead, during the Gold Rush and post-World War II eras, Australian governments assisted individuals to adapt and innovate to new circumstances and create novel forms of housing.

Australian history gives us episodes where we see our society under strain and yet capable of addressing social issues with innovation and adaptability, while welcoming migrants.The Conversation

Rachel Stevens, Lecturer, Institute for Humanities and Social Sciences, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

$180,000 to support people living with macular disease

April 8, 2025
The NSW Government has announced $180,000 in funding to increase access to treatment and support services for people living with macular disease.

The one-off grant will support national charity Macular Disease Foundation Australia (MDFA) to minimise the impact of the disease on the 1.9 million Australians living with it and their families.

Macular disease is the leading cause of severe vision loss and blindness in Australia and this grant will support the organisation to reduce the impacts of macular disease through prevention and early detection, supports for those living with it, and further research into the disease.

MDFA provides information and advice through programs such as a confidential helpline (1800 111 709), peer support groups, and services to support people living with the condition, those at risk of the condition and their families.

The Foundation also advocates for patients in NSW to receive affordable anti–vascular endothelial growth factor eye injections which can slow and, in some cases, prevent vision loss.

Without treatment, people with macular diseases such as neovascular AMD, diabetic macular oedema and retinal vein occlusion will lose their vision.

NSW Health Minister for Health, Ryan Park stated:

“Macular disease impacts around one in seven Australians over the age of 50 years and in some cases can even lead to blindness.

“The NSW Government is supporting Macular Disease Foundation Australia to ensure more people across NSW who are at risk of this disease have access to sight-saving care and support.

“Through this work more people than ever before will have access to better treatment and support options which could improve the quality of life for them and their loved ones.” 

Chief Executive Officer Macular Disease Foundation Australia, Dr Kathy Chapman said:

"Today marks a significant moment in Macular Disease Foundation Australia’s fight for sight. With the generous support from the NSW Government, we are pleased to be working with NSW Health to drive access to sight-saving treatments so no Australian needlessly goes blind from macular disease.

“This backing brings us closer to a future where accessibility and affordability are no longer barriers to health and well-being. No one should face macular disease without access to the treatment they need to keep their vision."

Innovative initiative reduces hospital length of stay for older patients

April 6, 2025
The Integrated Geriatric Emergency Medicine (iGEM) initiative based out of Blacktown Hospital is significantly reducing hospital stays for older patients presenting from Residential Aged Care Facilities, the government states.

This specialised five bed unit, within the hospital’s emergency department, creates an environment more conducive to older patients – including:
  • Higher nurse to patient ratios;
  • Senior clinicians who engage with family and carers about treatment decisions;
  • Low noise and calming music – which is especially helpful for people with conditions like dementia.
The introduction of this unit has had a tremendous impact on patient and carer experience.

Between 1 July 2024 and 30 January 2025 – over 600 patients accessed care through iGEM .

The average length of stay before the iGem unit was between 7 and 10 days.

Now about 90 per cent of patients will return to their residential aged care facility within 24 hours, where hospital-level care is continued in a familiar and comfortable environment.

Minister for Health, Ryan Park said:
“This is a specially designed unit for older patients – tailored to meet their sometimes complex needs.

“Thanks to this initiative at Blacktown Hospital, they’re spending less time in hospitals, and more time in a comfortable home environment.

“That’s better for them and it’s better for the health system.”

Can you spot a financial fake? How AI is raising our risks of billing fraud

Fizkes/Shutterstock
Matthew GrosseUniversity of Technology Sydney

Along with the many benefits of artificial intelligence – from providing real time navigation to early disease detection – the explosion in its use has increased opportunities for fraud and deception.

Large and small businesses and even the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) may be hit with fraudulent reimbursement claims, which are almost impossible to distinguish from legitimate receipts and invoices.

Individuals also need to be wary.

Look at the photos of the receipts shown below. One documents a genuine transaction. The other was created using ChatGPT. Can you spot the fake?

Now have a look at this one.

You possibly couldn’t – and that’s exactly the point. Systems which can reproduce near perfect counterfeits of legitimate financial documents are increasingly prevalent and sophisticated.

Last week, OpenAI released an improved image generation model which can create images with photorealistic outputs including text.

Why should we care?

Fraud involving fake financial documents is a massive global issue. The international Association of Certified Fraud Examiners estimate organisations lose approximately 5% of revenue to fraud each year.

In its 2024 report, the association documents losses exceeding US$3.1 billion across 1,921 cases. Billing and expense fraud constitute 35% of asset misappropriation cases, with firms reporting median losses of US$150,000 per incident.

Most concerning, fraudsters primarily conceal these crimes by creating fake documents or altering files, exactly what AI now simplifies.

Fake documents enable fraud in various ways. An employee might create a fictitious receipt for a business lunch that never happened, or a contractor might fabricate receipts for expenses never incurred. In each case, the fraudster uses counterfeit documentation to extract money they’re not entitled to.

This problem is likely more widespread than recognised. A 2024 survey revealed 24% of employees admitted to expense fraud, with another 15% considering it.

Even more concerning, 42% of UK public sector decision makers confessed to submitting fraudulent claims.

AI removes barriers to deception

Understanding how AI technology may lead to a surge in potential fraud requires examining the classic “fraud triangle”. This explains that fraud requires three elements: incentives, rationalisation and opportunity.

Historically, technical barriers limited the ability to create fake documentation even when motivation existed.

AI eliminates these barriers by making fake documentation easy to create. Research confirms when opportunity expands, fraud increases.

When fake claims become everyone’s problem

When fake receipts support tax deductions, we all pay.

Consider a marketing consultant earning $120,000, who uses an AI image generator to create several convincing receipts for non-existent expenses totalling $4,000. At their marginal tax rate of 30%, this fraud saves them about $1,200 in taxes – if they are not caught.

The Australian Taxation Office estimates a $2.7 billion annual annual gap from incorrectly over-claimed deductions by small businesses. With digital forgery becoming more accessible, this gap could widen significantly.

Fake receipts and invoices

Consumers are also becoming increasingly vulnerable to scammers using AI-generated receipts and invoices.

Imagine receiving what looks like an official invoice from your energy provider. The only difference? The payment details direct funds to a scammer’s account.

This is already occurring. The Australian Competition and Consumer Commission reported more than $3.1 billion lost to scams in 2023, with payment redirection fraud growing rapidly.

As AI tools make creating and editing convincing business documentation easier, these scam numbers have the potential to increase.

The growing threat

This vulnerability for both businesses and consumers is amplified by our increasing reliance on digital documentation.

Today, many businesses issue receipts in digital formats. Expense management systems typically require employees to submit photos or scans of receipts. Tax authorities also accept electronically stored documentation.

With paper receipts becoming increasingly rare and paper’s physical security features gone, digital forgeries become nearly impossible to spot through visual inspection alone.

Is digital authentication the answer?

One potential countermeasure is the Content Provenance and Authenticity (C2PA) standard. The C2PA standard embeds AI generated images with verifiable information about file origin.

However, a major weakness remains, as users can remove metadata by taking a screenshot of an image. For businesses and tax authorities, digital authentication standards are just part of the answer to sophisticated digital forgery. Yet reverting to paper documentation isn’t feasible in our digital era.

Seeing is no longer believing

AI’s ability to create realistic fake financial documents fundamentally changes our approach to expense verification and financial security.

The traditional visual inspection of receipts and invoices is rapidly becoming obsolete.

Businesses, tax authorities and individuals need to adapt quickly by implementing verification systems that go beyond simply looking at documentation.

This might include transaction matching with bank records, and automated anomaly detection systems that flag unusual spending patterns. Perhaps the use of blockchain technology will expand to help verify transactions.

The gap between what AI can create and what our systems can reliably verify continues to widen. So how do we maintain trust in financial transactions in a world where seeing is no longer believing?The Conversation

Matthew Grosse, Director of the Master of Business Analytics, Senior Lecturer, Accounting, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

As more communities have to consider relocation, we explore what happens to the land after people leave

Christina HannaCC BY-SA
Christina HannaUniversity of WaikatoIain WhiteUniversity of WaikatoPip WallaceUniversity of Waikato, and Raven CretneyLincoln University, New Zealand

Once floodwaters subside, talk of planned retreat inevitably rises.

Within Aotearoa New Zealand, several communities from north to south – including KumeūKawatiri Westport and parts of Ōtepoti Dunedin – are considering future relocations while others are completing property buyouts and categorisations.

Planned retreats may reduce exposure to harm, but the social and cultural burdens of dislocation from land and home are complex. Planning, funding and physically relocating or removing homes, taonga or assets – and even entire towns – is challenging.

Internationally, research has focused on whywhen and how planned retreats occur, as well as who pays. But we explore what happens to the places we retreat from.

Our latest research examines 161 international case studies of planned retreat. We analysed what happens beyond retreat, revealing how land use has changed following withdrawal of human activities.

We found a wide range of land use following retreat. In some cases, comprehensive planning for future uses of land was part of the retreat process. But in others we found a failure to consider these changing places.

Planned retreats have happened in response to various climate and hazard risks, including sea-level rise and coastal erosion, tsunami, cyclones, earthquakes, floods and landslides.

The case studies we investigated range from gradual transitions to sudden changes, such as from residential or business activities to conservation or vacant lands. In some cases, “sea change” is evident, where once dry land becomes foreshore and seabed.

Through our research, we identified global “retreat legacies”. These themes demonstrate how communities across the world have sought similar outcomes, highlighting primary land-use patterns following retreat.

A graphic which shows the various themes of post-retreat land use the research revealed, including conservation, heritage protection and mixed uses.
Case studies reveal several themes in what happens to land after people withdraw. Hanna,C, White I,Cretney, R, Wallace, PCC BY-SA

Nature legacies

The case studies show significant conversions of private to public land, with new nature and open-space reserves. Sites have been rehabilitated and floodplains and coastal ecosystems restored and reconnected.

Open spaces are used for various purposes, including as nature, community, stormwater or passive recreational reserves. Some of these new zones may restrict structures or certain activities, depending on the risk.

For example, due to debris flow hazard in Matatā in the Bay of Plenty, only transitory recreation or specific low-risk activities are allowed in the post-retreat environment because of the high risk to human life.

Planning and investment in new open-space zones range from basic rehabilitation (grassed sites) to established parks and reserves, such as the Grand Forks riverfront greenway which borders rivers in the twin US cities of Grand Forks, North Dakota, and East Grand Forks, Minnesota. This area now hosts various recreational courses and connected trails as well as major flood protection measures.

A drone view of a river hemmed in by native vegetation.
Project Twin Streams has transformed former residential sites to allow rivers to roam in the floodplain. Wikimedia Commons/IngolfsonCC BY-SA

Nature-based adaptations are a key function in this retreat legacy. For example, Project Twin Streams, a large-scale environmental restoration project in Waitakere, West Auckland, has transformed former residential sites into drainage reserves to make room for rivers in the floodplain.

Importantly, not all retreats require significant land-use change. Continued farming, heritage preservation and cultural activities show that planned retreats are not always full and final withdrawals from a place.

Instead, they represent an adapted relationship. While sensitive activities are relocated, other practices may remain, such as residents’ continued access to the old village of Vunidogoloa in Fiji for fishing and farming.

Social and economic legacies

Urban development in a small number of retreated sites has involved comprehensive spatial reorganisation, with planning for new urban esplanades, improved infrastructure and cultural amenities.

One example is the comprehensive infrastructure masterplan for the Caño Martín Peña district in San Juan, Puerto Rico, which involves communities living along a tidal channel. The plan applied a community-first approach to retreat. It integrated infrastructure, housing, open space, flood mitigation and ecological planning.

Alternatively, the decision to remove stopbanks and return the landscape to a “waterscape” can become a tourism feature, such as in the marshlands of the Biesbosch National Park in the Netherlands. A museum is dedicated to the transformed environment.

The Biesbosch marshland nature reserve seen from a kayak.
The Biesbosch marshland nature reserve was created following historic flooding. Shutterstock/Rudmer Zwerver

Where there was no post-retreat planning or site rehabilitation, ghost towns such as Missouri’s Pattonsburg leave eerie reminders of the costs of living in danger zones.

Vacant and abandoned sites also raise environmental justice and ecological concerns about which retreat spaces are invested in and rehabilitated to avoid urban blight and environmental risks. Retreat sites may include landfills or contaminated land, requiring major site rehabilitation.

The 12 case studies from Aotearoa New Zealand demonstrate a range of new land uses. These include new open-space reserves, the restoration of floodplains and coastal environments, risk mitigation and re-development, and protection measures such as stopbanks.

Moving beyond retreat

Our research highlights how planned retreats can create a transition in landscapes, with potential for a new sense of place, meaning and strategic adaptation.

We found planned retreats have impacts beyond the retreat site, which reinforces the value of spatial planning.

The definition and practices of “planned or managed retreat” must include early planning to account for the values and uses the land once had. Any reconfigurations of land and seascapes must imagine a future well beyond people’s retreat.The Conversation

Christina Hanna, Senior Lecturer in Environmental Planning, University of WaikatoIain White, Professor of Environmental Planning, University of WaikatoPip Wallace, Senior lecturer in Environmental Planning, University of Waikato, and Raven Cretney, Senior lecturer in Environmental Policy, Lincoln University, New Zealand

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Tools like Apple’s photo Clean Up are yet another nail in the coffin for being able to trust our eyes

Apple Clean Up highlights photo elements that might be deemed distracting. T.J. Thomson
T.J. ThomsonRMIT University

You may have seen ads by Apple promoting its new Clean Up feature that can be used to remove elements in a photo. When one of these ads caught my eye this weekend, I was intrigued and updated my software to try it out.

The feature has been available in Australia since December for Apple customers with certain hardware and software capabilities. It’s also available for customers in New Zealand, Canada, Ireland, South Africa, the United Kingdom and the United States.

The tool uses generative artificial intelligence (AI) to analyse the scene and suggest elements that might be distracting. You can see those highlighted in the screenshot below.

Screenshot of a photo in editing software, a city square with various people highlighted in red.
Apple uses generative AI to identify elements, highlighted here in red, that might be distracting in photos. It then allows users to remove these with the tap of a finger. T.J. Thomson

You can then tap the suggested element to remove it or circle elements to delete them. The device then uses generative AI to try to create a logical replacement based on the surrounding area.

Easier ways to deceive

Smartphone photo editing apps have been around for more than a decade, but now, you don’t need to download, pay for, or learn to use a new third-party app. If you have an eligible device, you can use these features directly in your smartphone’s default photo app.

Apple’s Clean Up joins a number of similar tools already offered by various tech companies. Those with Android phones might have used Google’s Magic Editor. This lets users move, resize, recolour or delete objects using AI. Users with select Samsung devices can use their built-in photo gallery app to remove elements in photos.

There have always been ways – analogue and, more recently, digital – to deceive. But integrating them into existing software in a free, easy-to-use way makes those possibilities so much easier.

Using AI to edit photos or create new images entirely raises pressing questions around the trustworthiness of photographs and videos. We rely on the vision these devices produce in everything from police body and traffic cams to insurance claims and verifying the safe delivery of parcels.

If advances in tech are eroding our trust in pictures and even video, we have to rethink what it means to trust our eyes.

How can these tools be used?

The idea of removing distracting or unwanted elements can be attractive. If you’ve ever been to a crowded tourist hotspot, removing some of the other tourists so you can focus more on the environment might be appealing (check out the slider below for an example).

But beyond removing distractions, how else can these tools be used?

Some people use them to remove watermarks. Watermarks are typically added by photographers or companies trying to protect their work from unauthorised use. Removing these makes the unauthorised use less obvious but not less legal.

Others use them to alter evidence. For example, a seller might edit a photo of a damaged good to allege it was in good condition before shipping.

As image editing and generating tools become more widespread and easier to use, the list of uses balloons proportionately. And some of these uses can be unsavoury.

AI generators can now make realistic-looking receipts, for example. People could then try to submit these to their employer to get reimbursed for expenses not actually incurred.

Can anything we see be trusted anymore?

Considering these developments, what does it mean to have “visual proof” of something?

If you think a photo might be edited, zooming in can sometimes reveal anomalies where the AI has stuffed up. Here’s a zoomed-in version of some of the areas where the Clean Up feature generated new content that doesn’t quite match the old.

Tools like Clean Up sometimes create anomalies that can be spotted with the naked eye. T.J. Thomson

It’s usually easier to manipulate one image than to convincingly edit multiple images of the same scene in the same way. For this reason, asking to see multiple outtakes that show the same scene from different angles can be a helpful verification strategy.

Seeing something with your own eyes might be the best approach, though this isn’t always possible.

Doing some additional research might also help. For example, with the case of a fake receipt, does the restaurant even exist? Was it open on the day shown on the receipt? Does the menu offer the items allegedly sold? Does the tax rate match the local area’s?

Manual verification approaches like the above obviously take time. Trustworthy systems that can automate these mundane tasks are likely to grow in popularity as the risks of AI editing and generation increase.

Likewise, there’s a role for regulators to play in ensuring people don’t misuse AI technology. In the European Union, Apple’s plan to roll out its Apple Intelligence features, which include the Clean Up function, was delayed due to “regulatory uncertainties”.

AI can be used to make our lives easier. Like any technology, it can be used for good or bad. Being aware of what it’s capable of and developing your visual and media literacies is essential to being an informed member of our digital world.The Conversation

T.J. Thomson, Senior Lecturer in Visual Communication & Digital Media, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Pride and preservation: The Imperial Hotel listed on the NSW State Heritage Register

April 6, 2025
The iconic LGBTQIA+ landmark, the Imperial Hotel in Erskineville, has been listed on the NSW State Heritage Register, recognising its deep cultural and historical significance.

The Imperial Hotel was a working man’s pub before it was purchased in 1983 by Dawn O’Donnell, a well-known member of the LGBTQIA+ community and entrepreneur, who transformed it into the vibrant community hub it is today. Dawn was infamous for running gay and lesbian venues during a period when homosexuality was still illegal.

Emerging at a time when laws regarding homosexuality in NSW were being amended, the Imperial Hotel became a welcoming haven for Sydney’s LGBTQIA+ community. Today it stands as the longest running LGBTQIA+ friendly venue outside Oxford Street, running for over 40 years. The pub was instrumental in the development of the Newtown/Erskineville LGBTQIA+ precinct.

The Imperial Hotel gained a national and international reputation for its live drag shows, after featuring in the hit film The Adventures of Priscilla, Queen of the Desert, which features scenes filmed at the Hotel. A live drag show inspired by the film is still performed every Saturday night.

More than just a venue, it stands as a symbol of resilience, inclusivity and artistic expression.

The listing of the Imperial Hotel on the State Heritage Register recognises its cultural significance and ensures its history is protected for future generations. It supports the ongoing operation of the hotel as a beloved LGBTQIA+ venue, while safeguarding its heritage values.

The listing also celebrates what makes the Imperial special – its inclusivity, creativity, and role as a vibrant community hub – by ensuring these values can live on through its ongoing use.

Through additions to the NSW State Heritage Register, the Minns Labor Government is recognising, protecting, preserving and promoting the diverse people, groups, places and events which have contributed to the state’s rich heritage.

NSW Minister for Heritage, Penny Sharpe said:

“The Imperial Hotel has been at the heart of Sydney’s LGBTQIA+ community for decades, fostering a spirit of inclusivity, creativity and celebration. Its listing on the State Heritage Register ensures this important history is recognised and preserved for generations to come.

“Heritage is about more than bricks and mortar – it’s about the stories, communities and movements that shape our society. The Imperial Hotel’s listing not only protects the building, but also recognises its profound contribution to LGBTQIA+ history in NSW.”

Member for Sydney Tanya Plibersek said:

“The Imperial Hotel is home to stories of love, pride, protest and resistance. It holds the memories of generations in our community who have gathered there together and continues to be a safe space for many – particularly the LGBTQIA+ community.

“I’m so pleased it will be recognised on the NSW Heritage Register, celebrating its history and significance and making sure it is preserved for generations to come.”

Richie Haines, Chief Operating Officer, Universal Hotels said:

“Universal Hotels is a proud custodian of The Imperial Hotel.

“We look forward to working with the community to grow, nurture and develop its legacy long into the future.

“We are keenly aware of the hotel’s history and significance to the LGBTQIA+ community and are pleased that this has been enshrined for many generations to come.”

New free TAFE courses to deliver Australia’s manufacturing workforce

April 5, 2025
The Albanese and Minns Labor governments have announced they are working together to build Australia’s future by growing the Australian manufacturing workforce, through Free TAFE.

Four new Free TAFE courses have been established, designed to upskill Australians, boost onshore capability, and support employment opportunities in the industry.

The four Free TAFE courses are being offered through the TAFE NSW Manufacturing Centres of Excellence, announced late last year to support manufacturing education and training across engineering, transport and renewable energy sectors.

Funded by $78.6 million matched investment from the Commonwealth and NSW governments ($157.2 million total over four years), the specialised training Centres are being established at TAFE NSW campuses in three of NSW’s major manufacturing industry areas – Newcastle/the Hunter, Western Sydney, and the Illawarra.

The Free TAFE courses have been designed with industry to upskill existing workers and equip the future domestic manufacturing workforce for emerging industry needs, boosting onshore manufacturing capability and providing more career opportunities for local workers.

Enrolments are now open for three Microskills (self-paced short courses) delivered online and one Microcredential:
  1. Discover renewable manufacturing careers – a Microskill introducing the industries, technologies and practices enabling renewable manufacturing in Australia.
  2. Discover advanced manufacturing careers – a Microskill introducing advanced manufacturing and its role in driving innovation, sustainability, and economic growth in Australia.
  3. Maths foundations in the manufacturing industry – a Microskill supporting students and workers with mathematical concepts to perform accurate calculations and solve problems in a manufacturing setting.
  4. Generative design and analysis – a Microcredential providing specialised training in advanced computer-aided drafting software for manufacturing product design and modelling to solve real-world manufacturing challenges.  
The four courses are the first of a series of short courses, education and training planned for delivery through the TAFE NSW Manufacturing Centres of Excellence this year.

To further support tertiary harmonisation, a University Partnership Panel has also been established to collaborate with the TAFE NSW Manufacturing Centres of Excellence on design and delivery of the specialised training. 

10 university partners across New South Wales, Victoria, and Queensland have been included on the University Partnership Panel and will collaborate with TAFE NSW over the next four years to support expertise in manufacturing education. 

This could include contributing subject matter expertise to inform new manufacturing courses, providing access to specialist equipment and facilities, and development of educational pathways and higher education qualifications.

The 10 universities are:
  1. University of Sydney
  2. University of Technology, Sydney
  3. Western Sydney University
  4. Macquarie University
  5. University of Wollongong
  6. University of Newcastle
  7. Charles Sturt University
  8. Griffith University
  9. RMIT University
  10. Swinburne University
Locally, the TAFE NSW Net Zero Manufacturing Centre of Excellence will boost local capability, enabling the community to take advantage of the opportunities of renewable manufacturing and the Hunter-Central Coast Renewable Energy Zone.

The Centre will deliver tailored, industry-aligned training needed to skill local workforces ready to lead in onshore manufacturing capabilities in resources, aviation, defence and transport.

The TAFE NSW Manufacturing Centres of Excellence are a joint initiative between the Australian Government and NSW Government under the National Skills Agreement.

Minister for Skills and Training Andrew Giles said:

“Free TAFE is changing lives and it is building Australia’s future. 

“The TAFE Centres of Excellence were established to be job-creating hubs, and this is more evidence that what we’re doing is working. 

“The Albanese and Minns Governments are ensuring manufacturing needs at a local, state and national level are backed by a pipeline of skilled workers and a strong economy for years to come.

“More Free TAFE courses, means more Free TAFE students and more Free TAFE success stories. 

“Through strong ongoing with industry and universities, TAFE is shaping the future of manufacturing education in Australia.”

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education Steve Whan said:

“These first four Fee-Free TAFE courses being delivered through the Centres of Excellence are just the beginning of the collaboration across TAFE NSW, universities and the manufacturing industry to support a skilled workforce to meet national challenges across the manufacturing sector.

“This partnership will deliver more technical and hands-on training to students across renewable energy and advanced manufacturing, with a focus on sustainable and technological innovation.”

Do I need another COVID booster? Which one should I choose? Can I get it with my flu shot?

Tijana Simic/Shutterstock
Paul GriffinThe University of Queensland

Australians are being urged to roll up their sleeves for a flu vaccine amid rising cases of influenza.

It’s an opportune time to think about other vaccines too, particularly because some vaccines can be given at the same time as the flu vaccine.

One is the COVID vaccine.

Should you get another COVID shot?

More than five years since COVID was declared a pandemic, we hear much less about this virus. But it’s still around.

In 2024 there were 4,953 deaths involving COVID. This is nearly 20% lower than in 2023, but still nearly five times that of influenza (1,002).

Vaccines, which do a very good job at reducing the chances of severe COVID, remain an important tool in our ongoing battle against the virus.

Case numbers don’t tell us as much about COVID anymore as fewer people are testing. But based on other ways we monitor the virus, such as cases in ICU and active outbreaks in residential aged care homes, there have essentially been two peaks a year over recent years – one over summer and one over winter.

This doesn’t mean we can predict exactly when another wave will happen, but it’s inevitable and may well be within the next few months. So it’s worth considering another COVID vaccine if you’re eligible.

Who can get one, and when?

There are several risk factors for more severe COVID, but some of the most important include being older or immunocompromised. For this reason, people aged 75 and older are recommended to receive a COVID booster every six months.

In the slightly younger 65 to 74 age bracket, or adults aged 18 to 64 who are immunocompromised, booster doses are recommended every 12 months, but people are eligible every six months.

Healthy adults under 65 are eligible for a booster dose every 12 months.

Healthy children aren’t recommended to receive boosters but those who are severely immunocompromised may be eligible.

What COVID shots are currently available?

We’ve seen multiple types of COVID vaccines since they first became available about four years ago. Over time, different vaccines have targeted different variants as the virus has evolved.

While some vaccine providers may still offer other options, such as the older booster that targeted the Omicron variant XBB.1.5, the recent JN.1 booster is the most up-to-date and best option.

This is a relatively recently updated version to improve protection against some of the newer strains of COVID that are circulating. The new booster only became available in Australia in late 2024.

This booster, as the name suggests, targets a subvariant called JN.1. Although JN.1 has not been the dominant subvariant in Australia for some time, this shot is still expected to provide good protection against circulating subvariants, including new subvariants such as LP.8.1, which is descended from JN.1.

While it’s great we have an updated booster available, unfortunately uptake remains poor. Only 17.3% of people 75 and over had received a COVID vaccine in the six months to March.

A pink bandaid on a person's upper arm.
COVID vaccine uptake has been poor recently. Steve Heap/Shutterstock

Getting a flu and COVID shot together

Data from more than 17,000 people who completed a survey after receiving the JN.1 booster shows that while 27% reported at least one adverse event following vaccination, the majority of these were mild, such as local pain or redness or fatigue.

Only 4% of people reported an impact on their routine activities following vaccination, such as missing school or work.

If you choose to get the flu vaccine and the COVID vaccine at the same time, they’ll usually be given in different arms. There shouldn’t be a significant increase in side effects. What’s more, getting both shots at the same time doesn’t reduce your immune response against either vaccine.

Now is the ideal time to get your flu vaccine. If you’re eligible for a COVID booster as well, getting both vaccines at the same time is safe and can be very convenient.

We’re conducting trials in Australia, as are scientists elsewhere, of combined vaccines. One day these could allow vaccination against COVID and flu in a single shot – but these are still a way off.

If you’re not sure about your eligibility or have any questions about either vaccine, discuss this with your GP, specialist of pharmacist. Australian state and federal government websites also provide reliable information.The Conversation

Paul Griffin, Professor, Infectious Diseases and Microbiology, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Reform clock is ticking – the big policy challenges the next government must urgently address

Aruna SathanapallyGrattan Institute

The 2025 federal election coincides with a period of profound global uncertainty, as the Trump administration wreaks havoc on the free trade system and longstanding alliances.

The events of recent months have underscored how, at each election, the voters in a democracy set their country on a path. Here in Australia, voters will be choosing whom to trust with tackling our challenges and making the most of the opportunities before us.

These turbulent times internationally only reinforce the need for us to be clear-eyed about the challenges facing Australia, and where our strengths lie in addressing them.

The big five challenges

We see five overlapping domestic policy challenges that must be tackled by whoever wins the next election, to ensure prosperity for current and future generations.

First, we must plan and deliver over the next 25 years the economic transformation that accompanies decarbonisation.

Addressing climate change is not a task we can delay or abandon, but it will be neither easy nor cheap. The next government can either work to build a credible plan, to orient long-term investment in a renewable energy future, or leave a legacy for the next generation of even greater costs and unreliability, and missed opportunities.

Second, we must increase the availability and affordability of housing in Australia. Housing is a fundamental human need, and when the housing system fails to deliver enough homes in the places people need and want to live, the consequences are both social and economic. In particular, our broken housing system sits at the centre of growing inequality in Australia.

Third, as the structure of our economy changes, becoming less reliant on routine and manual labour, Australia must deepen its talent pools and boost productivity to meet the needs of our society and lift economic dynamism. We must improve our school systems, expand access to high-quality early childhood education and care, dismantle barriers in the labour market that prevent people from making the most of their skills and experience, and be rapid adopters of the best global practices and technology.

Fourth, we are in the midst of the retirement of the Baby Boomer generation. An ageing population is placing increasing demands on public services, government budgets and our workforce. We need to get better at tackling chronic disease in our health system, and we need to shore-up our retirement and aged-care systems for the demographic change that we have long known is coming.

Fifth, we cannot continue to have high expectations for public services and infrastructure, without raising the money to pay for them. Tax reform has sat in the too-hard basket for too long. In particular, income tax breaks for superannuation and housing have become too generous, and unfairly place the tax burden on younger, less wealthy taxpayers.

And we need to implement sensible savings. Swingeing cuts may seem easy and appealing on the surface, but real savings will take more thinking than that: to make hospitals more efficient, to better target the NDIS, to get smarter in how we spend public money in procuring big infrastructure and defence projects.

A position of strength

None of these challenges is new: they were waiting for us as we emerged from the COVID crisis. Fortunately, we are not starting from scratch.

In several areas, the federal government has made a start. But whoever forms government after the 2025 election must stay the course on difficult reforms while also finally confronting the reforms that neither side of politics has effectively tackled since the start of the century.

Australia occupies a position of relative strength to tackle these challenges. We have a highly educated and skilled population, a more manageable fiscal position than many of our counterparts, stronger public institutions, and less polarisation in our politics.

The reform clock is ticking

Why, then, has reform proved so hard in Australia? Perhaps we have taken our strengths for granted, perhaps we have been content to leave problems for our future selves to solve. We cannot continue in this way.

The fundamentals of Australia’s prosperity have been our success in opening our economy and society to the world, while maintaining a strong social safety net, and ensuring economic benefits are broadly shared and that each new generation sees opportunity to build a rewarding life. Failing to tackle the Big Five challenges above risks unpicking these foundations.

Vested interests have been successful in thwarting reforms in the public interest for decades in Australia. Or perhaps the politics of opposition have proved so successful as to kill the prospect for bipartisan agreement on necessary, evidence-backed change.

Equally, it falls to the media to hold politicians to account over the facts and evidence that support their claims. Politicians should be firmly tested on what they propose to do with the power they seek, and how they intend to advance the interests of all Australians. This is one of the most important safeguards against empty promises that will do nothing to make us better off, or even take us backwards.

The reform clock is ticking. The winner of the 2025 election will have to get to work, quickly, on building a better Australia.The Conversation

Aruna Sathanapally, Chief Executive, Grattan Institute, Grattan Institute

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

3.5 million Australians experienced fraud last year. This could be avoided through 6 simple steps

Zigres/Shutterstock
Gary MortimerQueensland University of Technology

About 14% of Australians experienced personal fraud last year. Of these, 2.1 million experienced credit card fraud, 675,300 were caught in a scam, 255,000 had their identities stolen and 433,000 were impersonated online.

According to the Australian Bureau of Statistics latest Personal Fraud Survey, between July 2023 and June 2024, Australians lost A$2.1 billion through credit card fraud.

This was up almost 9% from the previous year. Even after reimbursements, the loss was still $477 million.

These figures do not include financial loss through identity theft, or phishingromancecomputer support and dodgy financial advice scams.

Why the increase?

Research shows the more frequently we use technology, the more likely we are to be scammed. Monica Whitty from the Cyber Security Centre, University of Warwick, found victims of cyber-frauds were more likely to score high on impulsivity measures like ‘urgency’ and engage in more frequent online routine activities that place them at great risk of becoming scammed.

We communicate via email, we shop online, use dating apps and allow technicians to remotely access our computers. Meanwhile, amazing “get rich quick” opportunities are apparently being liked by our friends on our socials almost every day.

But too many of us do not stop and think, “is this legitimate?” It is no wonder we see personal fraud and scams increase every year.

While the Australian Bureau of Statistics figures suggest older Australians (aged 45 and over) are more exposed to card fraud, research has found demographics are not a significant predictor of fraud victimisation.



Taking risks

Being too trusting, drives complacency, which produces gullibility. Think about an online dating sites. The site uses a multi-factor authenticator, it requires you to authenticate your photo, password protect your profile and read the scam warnings.

A site’s apparent legitimacy increases your trust. Research has found if you perceive a platform to be legitimate you could be exposed to romance fraud. Fraudsters may be operating within a site, even if it is legitimate.

Another strong predictor of exposure to online fraud is self-control. Self-control theory predicts individuals with low self-control tend to pursue their own self-interest without considering the negative consequences.

Simply, if the investment scheme looks “too good”, they will mostly likely click on the link and get scammed.

Giving away too much

Some individuals are prone to self-disclosing personal information online – and scammers love personal information. Self-disclosure is defined as the amount of information a person decides to make common knowledge.

Sometimes, we disclose, even when we don’t intend to. A common phishing technique on social media is status updates that read, “Your porn star name is your first pet’s name and the first street you lived on.”

They’re interesting, funny and bring on a healthy dose of nostalgia, but the answers to those questions that you tap in for all to see are also most likely to be your security questions on your bank accounts.


The most common scams in 2023-2024:

  • Buying or selling scams (1.4% or 308,200)
  • Information request or phishing scams (0.7% or 148,800)

What is the government doing to protect me?

The Australian government recently passed legislation which targets scams. It places increased responsibilities on banking and finance, telecommunications and digital platforms organisations to protect customers.

Suspicious numbers can now be accompanied a warning of “potential fraud” on your smartphone screen. Banks are also informing customers about the latest scams. Some banking transactions can verify the identity of the payment recipient, to ensure the details you have match the actual account holder.

While these will not stop all scams, they are a step towards reducing the number of victims and the amount of money lost to fraudulent approaches.

Six steps to protect yourself

There are some small but powerful steps we can all take to reduce the likelihood of financial harm.

1. Passwords: it is important to have strong, unique passwords across your accounts. Using a password manager can help with this.

2. Multi-factor authentication: many platforms will allow you to add extra layers of security to your account by using one-time passwords, authenticator apps, or tokens.

3. Review privacy settings: be aware of the different settings on your accounts and ensure you are in control of what information you provide and what can be accessed by others.

4. Be vigilant: know what you see and hear may not be real. The person or company you are communicating with may not be authentic. It is okay to be sceptical and take time to do your own checks.

5. Money transfers: never send money you are not willing to lose. Too often, people will send money before realising it is a scam. Never feel rushed or forced into any financial decision. It is OK to say no.

6. Credit monitoring: if you know or suspect you have been scammed, you can enact a credit ban, meaning no one can access your details or take further action in your name. This can be a good short-term solution.

And if you are scammed …

Anyone can report money lost in a scam to ReportCyber, the Australian online police reporting portal for cyber incidents. If you have received scam texts or emails, you can report these to Scamwatch, to assist with education and awareness activities.The Conversation

Gary Mortimer, Professor of Marketing and Consumer Behaviour, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New research shows digital technology is linked to reduced wellbeing in young kids. So what can parents do?

Alex Segre/ Shutterstock
Jacquelyn HarversonDeakin UniversityLouise PaatschDeakin University, and Sharon HorwoodDeakin University

Once upon a time, children fought for control of the remote to the sole family television. Now the choice of screen-based content available to kids seems endless. There are computers, tablets, phones and gaming consoles offering streaming services, online content and apps.

Children also use devices at school, with digital literacy part of the Australian curriculum from the start of school.

The speed and scale of this change has left parents, researchers and policymakers scrambling to catch up. And it has inevitably led to concerns about screen use, as well as guidelines about limiting their use.

Our new study looks at the links between digital technology use and young children’s wellbeing, specifically for those aged four to six.

Our comprehensive analysis shows children who spend longer periods using digital technologies are more likely to have social, emotional and behavioural difficulties. However, we can’t say at what age or level of screen use these negative effects are likely to become evident.

But for parents trying to navigate a world where technology is all around us, our study also shows there are things they can do to help their kids use screens in healthier ways.

Our study

We carried out a systematic review of the research literature on children’s use of digital devices since 2011 (after the Apple iPad was launched). This means we examined all the available peer-reviewed research on digital devices and their impact on wellbeing for children.

We also focused on ages four to six age as it is a time when children are developing rapidly and beginning school. Other studies have focused on particular types of device. But we included all kinds of digital devices in our search – from televisions to phones, tablets and gaming consoles – to make sure we could provide comprehensive analysis of what kids are using.

The studies came from 20 countries, including Australia, China, the United States, Turkey, Germany and Canada. They were almost exclusively based on parents’ reports of their children and include more than 83,000 parents.

A young girl watches a program on the TV featuring the alphabet.
Our research also showed the the type of content children consume is important – not just the time it takes. Morrowind/Shutterstock

4 areas of child wellbeing

From this, we analysed the relationship between children’s technology use and the following four areas:

  1. psychosocial wellbeing: an overall measure that captures children’s happiness, as well as social and emotional adjustment.

  2. social functioning: children’s social skills, including how well they get along with their peers.

  3. the parent-child relationship: the level of closeness or conflict between parents and their children.

  4. behavioural functioning: the absence of behavioural difficulties such as tech-related tantrums, hyperactivity, depression or anxiety.

We did this with a meta-analysis – a statistical method that uses data from multiple studies to draw conclusions.

What we found

Our analysis found more digital technology use in young children was associated with poorer wellbeing outcomes across the four areas.

It is important to note correlation doesn’t equal causation. The scope of the research means at this point, it is not possible to identify the exact reasons behind the negative relationships.

But we do know the more time children spent watching TV, playing on iPads or apps, the more likely they were to have problems with behaviour, social skills, their relationship with their parents, and their emotional wellbeing.

But tech use is more than just time

Our research also brought together emerging evidence which shows the relationship between digital tech use and child wellbeing is complex.

This means the type of content children consume, and the context in which they consume it, can also have a bearing on their wellbeing. The research shows there are several ways parents can guide their children to potentially mitigate the negative links with social, emotional and behavioural wellbeing.

With this in mind, how can you encourage healthier screen use?

A woman and two young children watch TV on the couch.
Our research showed if parents watch with their kids, it can open up opportunities for conversation and interaction. Ketut Subiyanto/PexelsCC BY

3 tips for kids and screens

1. Keep an eye on the clock

The research cannot provide a specific “time limit” for screen use. But you can still be mindful of how much time your child spends on devices both at home and at school – moderation is key.

Try and mix screen time with other activities, such as time outside or time with friends and family, books or imaginary play.

2. Seek out quality

Research shows encouraging high-quality educational content during screen use may curb negative links between tech use and wellbeing.

Consider swapping fast-paced cartoons and time spent on lots of short clips with educational viewing, for example ABC kids programs that promote learning.

Introduce your child to age-appropriate educational and interactive games that challenge them and encourage them to be creative.

3. Use tech together

Tech time isn’t just for kids – parents can also join in.

Solo tech use may reduce opportunities for positive social interactions. But watching or playing with friends or family opens up opportunities for conversation, working together and learning.

This could include watching a movie together and talking about the characters, working on an online puzzle together or learning new coding skills together.The Conversation

Jacquelyn Harverson, PhD Candidate, School of Psychology, Deakin UniversityLouise Paatsch, Professor of Education, Deakin University, and Sharon Horwood, Senior Lecturer in Psychology, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Selling your old laptop or phone? You might be handing over your data too

berdiyandriy/Shutterstock
Ritesh ChughCQUniversity Australia

You’re about to recycle your laptop or your phone, so you delete all your photos and personal files. Maybe you even reset the device to factory settings.

You probably think your sensitive data is now safe. But there is more to be done: hackers may still be able to retrieve passwords, documents or bank details, even after a reset.

In fact, 90% of second-hand laptops, hard drives and memory cards still contain recoverable data. This indicates that many consumers fail to wipe their devices properly before resale or disposal.

But there are some simple steps you can take to keep your personal information safe while recycling responsibly.

The data security risks

Discarded or resold electronics often retain sensitive personal and corporate information. Simply deleting files or performing a factory reset may not be sufficient. Data can often be easily recovered using specialised tools. This oversight has led to alarming incidents of data leaks and breaches.

For example, 42% of used storage devices sold on eBay still contained sensitive data, despite sellers following methods to erase data. This included passport images, school records, and corporate documents.

Another 2022 study found that improperly erased internet-connected devices stored private data, making them vulnerable to exploitation. European e-waste exported to Ghana also contained classified corporate and government files, exposing security risks beyond personal identity theft.

A major wireless provider in the United States failed to securely decommission storage devices. This lead to a data breach affecting 14 million customers.

Similarly, in 2021 improperly discarded medical hard drives exposed over 100,000 confidential patient records.

Why standard factory resets are not enough

Many people believe performing a factory reset fully erases their data. But this is not always the case.

An analysis of secondhand mobile devices found that 35% still contained recoverable data after being reset and resold. This highlights the risks of relying solely on factory resets.

On older devices or those without encryption, residual data can still be recovered using forensic tools.

iPhones use hardware encryption, making resets more effective, while Android devices vary by manufacturer.

An iPhone connected to a computer, with a restart screen.
Performing a factory reset on a phone doesn’t always fully erase personal data. 010110010101101/Shutterstock

Best practices for secure disposal

To protect your personal and organisational information, consider these measures before disposing of old devices:

Data wiping

Personal users should use data-wiping software to securely erase their hard drive before selling or recycling a device.

However, for solid-state drives, traditional wiping methods may not be effective. This is because solid-state drives store data using flash memory and algorithms, which prolong a device’s lifespan by distributing data across memory cells and can prevent direct overwriting.

Instead, enabling full-disk encryption with software such as BitLocker on Windows or FileVault on Mac before resetting the device can help to ensure data is unreadable.

On Android phones, apps such as Shreddit provide secure data-wiping options. iPhones already encrypt data by default, making a full reset the most effective way to erase information.

Businesses that handle customer data, financial records or intellectual property must comply with data protection regulations. They could use certified data-wiping tools that meet the United States National Institute of Standards and Technology’s guidelines for media sanitisation or the US Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers’ standard for sanitising storage. These guidelines are globally recognised.

Many companies also choose third-party data destruction services to verify compliance and enhance security.

Blue computer screen with warning.
Darik’s Boot and Nuke, also known as DBAN, is a computer program designed to permanently erase data. Darik Horn/Wikimedia

Physical destruction

If the data is highly sensitive, physically destroying the storage medium (such as a hard drive) is the most secure option. Common methods include degaussing (using a strong magnetic field), shredding, disintegration, melting, and drilling.

However, some of these techniques can be hazardous if not handled by professionals. They also make a hard drive or device unsuitable for resale and instead require it to be taken to a waste recovery centre so the rare earth metal components can be recovered.

Certified recycling services

Use reputable e-waste recyclers who adhere to strict data destruction protocols to ensure your information does not fall into the wrong hands. Look for certifications such as R2, e-Stewards, or AS/NZS 5377, which ensure compliance with industry security standards. An online database run by sustainable electronics organisation SERI of R2-certified facilities around the world can help with this.

Safe selling and donating practices

Before selling or donating devices, conduct a thorough data wipe. Be cautious of devices linked to cloud accounts, and remove all personal information to prevent unauthorised access. Resetting alone may not be enough.

Legal and regulatory considerations for businesses

Different regions have strict data-protection laws that impose legal and financial penalties for improper disposal of sensitive data.

It’s important for businesses to consider the legal standards for handling and disposing personal information in whatever region they’re operating in, whether that be Europethe United StatesAustralia or elsewhere.

Before recycling or selling an old device, take the necessary steps to ensure your data is completely erased. Identity theft, financial fraud and data breaches are real risks. But they can be prevented with the right precautions.

A few extra steps now can protect your information and ensure responsible recycling.The Conversation

Ritesh Chugh, Associate Professor, Information and Communications Technology, CQUniversity Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Albanese and Dutton both say they will return the Port of Darwin to Australian hands

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

Anthony Albanese has announced that the government will ensure the Port of Darwin, currently leased by the Chinese company Landbridge, is returned to Australian hands.

“Australia needs to own the Port of Darwin,” the prime minister declared late Friday.

Albanese rang a Darwin radio station after Labor got wind of the fact that Opposition Leader Peter Dutton would on Saturday announce a Coalition government would return the port back to local control.

Both the government and opposition are promising that, if necessary, they would bring the port’s lease into public ownership.

Albanese said the government had been seeking a local buyer, but was prepared to acquire the port’s lease if that was the only solution.

“We prefer that it be through superannuation funds or some other vehicle that doesn’t mean direct taxpayer’s funds, but we’re prepared to go down the road of taxpayer direct involvement, as well.”

Asked to clarify whether the options were that the port remain privately owned or that it be returned to be a government asset, Albanese said, “yes, they are.”

The Northern Territory government leased the port to Landbridge in 2015 for about $500 million. The lease was for 99 years.

The federal government at the time was not directly involved in the deal, but the Northern Territory government sought advice from the Defence Department and security agencies, which didn’t raise objections. Later, US President Barack Obama chided then-Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull for not giving the Americans a heads-up.

The Chinese deal has caused serious controversy in the years since.

When Dutton was defence minister in the Morrison government, his department did a review of the lease.

A statement on Friday from Dutton and shadow ministers said a Coalition government would seek a private operator to take over the lease, but if one could not be found within six months, the government would acquire it “as a last resort”.

It would use the Commonwealth’s “compulsory acquisition powers”, and the government would then compensate the Landbridge Group.

“In the current geopolitical environment, it is vital that this piece of critical infrastructure, which is directly opposite to the Larrakeyah Defence Precinct, is operated by a trusted, Commonwealth approved entity.

"We will appoint a specialist commercial adviser to work with the Northern Territory Government and officials from the Departments of Treasury, Finance, Defence and Infrastructure to provide advice and engage with potential new operators of the port.”

Dutton said that a Coalition government would not allow the port to be leased by any entity that is “directly or indirectly controlled by a foreign government, including any state-owned enterprise or sovereign wealth fund.”The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Without women, Australia’s defence force will struggle to recruit enough people

Sarah PercyThe University of QueenslandDanielle ChubbDeakin UniversityElise StephensonAustralian National UniversityMaria Rost RubleeThe University of Melbourne, and Rebecca StratingLa Trobe University

Australia faces crisis-level workforce shortfalls in security and defence. Recruiting more people to the defence force is now an urgent matter of national security.

So, comments – such as those recently made by a Liberal candidate that we “need to remove females from combat corps” in order to “fix” the military – come at the worst possible time.

Such beliefs are not just unhelpful. They are dangerous.

Without women in the national security workforce, and in combat roles, Australia will fail to hit its recruitment targets – at a time of critical international insecurity.

Why is it so hard to attract women to the defence force?

We know women are interested and engaged in international affairs.

So, why don’t they want to join the defence force? In short, we don’t know – but we desperately need to find out.

Women make up just 20.7% of the Australian Defence Force (ADF).

Compared with a decade ago, this is an improvement. But the improvement has stalled. The latest figure represents a mere 0.1% increase compared with 2021 figures.

This is serious.

Australia’s recruitment problems put at risk our ability to:

  • conduct maritime patrols
  • defend against cyber attacks
  • maintain force readiness.

Other democratic states worldwide are also struggling to achieve recruitment targets.

Despite ambitious multi-year government programs aimed a boosting women’s participation in national security, and thousands of pages of reports and reviews on the issue, results have been limited and inconsistent.

Most attempts to attract more women are focused on workplace improvements.

Efforts include:

Of the many government reviews and audits analysing the question, the vast majority focused on such workplace solutions.

But what if the problem doesn’t lie in the workplace, but rather in wider society?

What if one factor dissuading women was the archaic idea women just don’t really belong in the military at all?

Societal attitudes matter

The Liberal candidate who made the recent comments about women in combat roles has now been replaced. It’s positive to see his party saying such views are “inconsistent with the party’s position.”

However, the incident suggests doubt remains in some quarters about women’s readiness to serve and take up combat roles.

There’s a dearth of research on why exactly Australian women appear reluctant to join the ADF. Some of the reasons may be linked to the perception the ADF has a problem with sexual assault or sexism.

But broader social gender norms matter too. When women hear comments reinforcing the idea national security is primarily a male field, they may simply not see a future for themselves or their daughters in it.

A recent US study found 60% of teenage girls “have never considered joining the military or pictured themselves in uniform”.

A passing glance at American politics demonstrates the often precarious position of women already working in national security. There, in recent months, debate has turned to:

Trump’s America is not Australia, of course. But the recent backlash against women in the US security and defence arenas shows how quickly previous progress can be unwound.

Could these debates be having a chilling effect on women in Australia who might otherwise consider a career in the military?

More research is required to answer that question. But it’s possible public denigration of women in these roles deters women from seeking them at all, and may reinforce attitudes of those seeking to keep women out.

Broadening the talent pool

Australia’s own response to supporting diversity in the military has been mixed. In 2013, Chief of Army David Morrison made international headlines for a powerful speech about diversity.

But Morrison faced criticism in the aftermath. Petitions called for his resignation and condemnation after he spoke about gender equality (and not veterans’ welfare) at an awards ceremony. He was criticised for caling for non-gendered language in Defence workplaces.

Women make vital contributions to critical and creative thinking and decision-making in national security.

Women in the military can do jobs men cannot do. Think, for example, of women who served in Afghanistan or Iraq, where it would be culturally unacceptable for a male soldier to talk to and work with local women. These were roles female soldiers were able to take up.

Including women in defence increases the available talent pool, addressing pressing issues of workforce capability in the ADF.

Australia’s national security requires women to be part of our military, including in combat roles. Without them, recruitment targets will fail. It is not diversity, equality and inclusion: it is reality.

It is critically important to Australia’s national security we resist the trend from the United States. We must find out what’s stopping women from joining our defence force and address those problems urgently.The Conversation

Sarah Percy, Professor of International Relations, The University of QueenslandDanielle Chubb, Associate Professor of International Relations, Deakin UniversityElise Stephenson, Deputy Director, Global Institute for Women's Leadership, Australian National UniversityMaria Rost Rublee, Professor, International Relations Social and Political Sciences, The University of Melbourne, and Rebecca Strating, Director, La Trobe Asia, and Professor of International Relations, La Trobe University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘Sometimes you need to eat an entire cucumber’: nutrition experts on the viral TikTok trend

@logansfewd via Instagram
Lauren BallThe University of Queensland and Pui Ting Wong (Pearl)The University of Queensland

“Sometimes you need to eat an entire cucumber.”

So begins a series of viral videos by TikTok “cucumber guy” Logan Moffitt, who has raked in millions of views for his cucumber salad videos. He’s also inspired thousands of copycat videos showcasing cucumbers as a hero ingredient in salads and other dishes.

This trend has reportedly caused a surge in cucumber demand, leading to cucumbers being sold out in several stores in Australia and internationally.

But what’s actually happening in your body when you eat an entire cucumber? Let’s review the science of cucumbers.

Cucumbers 101

Cucumbers (Cucumis sativus) are technically fruit that belong to the gourd family Cucurbitaceae. This family includes pumpkins, melons and zucchinis.

Cucumbers originated from India over 3,000 years ago. They grow on vining plants and are typically harvested while still firm and unripe.

Cucumbers are mostly water (96%), which is why Logan Moffitt has been described as the most hydrated person on the internet.

Based on our calculations using the Australian Nutrient Reference Values, if you “ate an entire cucumber” (300g), you would consume:

  • about 11% of your daily carbohydrate needs (an important energy source)

  • about 5% of your daily fibre needs (fibre aids in digestion and gut health)

  • more than 50% of your daily vitamin K needs (important for bone health and blood clotting)

  • about 10% of your daily vitamin C needs (important for immune health, skin health and wound healing)

  • about 10% of your daily potassium needs (potassium regulates blood pressure and helps with muscle function).

Unsurprisingly, there are no modern scientific studies that have specifically examined the health impacts of consuming an entire cucumber daily.

However, cucumbers also contain cucurbitacins (especially in the skin) which researchers think may help with inflammation and could be a potential anti-cancer agent.

More broadly, people have used cucumbers to:

Can cucumbers help with hydration?

Given they’re about 96% water, cucumbers could meaningfully increase daily fluid intake when eaten in moderate amounts.

For example, an entire cucumber (about 300g) would contribute roughly 288 millilitres of water, which is just over one cup. We need plenty of water each day, so this additional intake could be helpful for some people.

Their high water content, combined with essential electrolytes like potassium, makes them a refreshing snack, especially in hot weather or after exercise.

While cucumbers can contribute to daily hydration, they shouldn’t replace drinking water. Adding cucumbers to meals or snacks could be a tasty way to stay hydrated, but you still need to drink water.

Can someone eat too many cucumbers?

Cucumbers can be a great addition to a healthy diet. Yet, relying on them too heavily might have unexpected downsides.

Cucumbers are generally easy to digest and low in fermentable carbohydrates (FODMAPs), which means they are unlikely to cause bloating for most people in moderate amounts.

However, when eaten in large amounts, some people may experience digestive discomfort, especially if they’re sensitive to fibre or have a history of irritable bowel issues.

Being low in carbohydrates, fats and protein, cucumbers are unsuitable as a primary food source. In other words, you can’t just live on cucumbers. They don’t provide the essential nutrients needed for energy, muscle maintenance and overall health.

If someone were to primarily eat cucumbers over an extended period, they could be at risk of undernutrition.

What about adding MSG ‘(obviously)’?

Many of the cucumber-based dishes on TikTok also include ingredients such as garlic, soy sauce, fish sauce, sesame oil and sugar – all well known to home cooks who like to boost flavour in their own dishes.

Moffitt is also fond of saying “MSG, obviously”, when listing his favourite cucumber salad ingredients.

MSG is monosodium glutamate, also known as food additive 621, an umami substance added to enhance the flavour of many Asian dishes.

Despite past scare campaigns about MSG, it is safe and authorised for consumption in Australia and other countries.

Typically, MSG is consumed at about 0.5g per serving, but some people report sensitivities at higher doses, such as over 3g.

It’s also worth noting that many foods – including tomatoes, mushrooms, and parmesan cheese – naturally contain glutamate, the main component of MSG.

So, should I eat an entire cucumber?

Well, like any food, moderation and variety are key.

Cucumbers are a refreshing and hydrating addition to a balanced diet, and work best nutritionally when paired with ingredients from other food groups.

For example, to create a balanced meal, try combining cucumbers with protein-rich foods like tuna, chicken, eggs, or marinated tofu, along with whole grains such as wholemeal bread, pasta, or rice. This combination will help you to consume essential nutrients for sustained energy and overall health.

And if you are looking for tailored dietary advice or a tailored meal plan, it’s always best to speak with an accredited practising dietitian.The Conversation

Lauren Ball, Professor of Community Health and Wellbeing, The University of Queensland and Pui Ting Wong (Pearl), PhD Candidate, Culinary Education and Adolescents' Wellbeing, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

MyMedicare promises better health care. But only 1 in 10 patients has signed up

Rose Marinelli/Shutterstock
Jialing LinUNSW Sydney

MyMedicare is a scheme that encourages patients to register with a regular GP practice to improve their health. But few patients have enrolled.

Since its launch in October 2023, only about 10% of patients have signed up.

The Albanese government’s 2023-24 budget allocated A$19.7 million over four years to implement MyMedicare. So if we are to get value for money from the scheme, we need to find out why patients are not signing up, and address any barriers to them doing so.

Other countries have similar schemes, as we outline in recent research. Here’s what we can learn from these to boost uptake of MyMedicare in Australia.

What is MyMedicare?

MyMedicare is a voluntary patient registration scheme. Patients nominate a GP or GP practice as their preferred provider and see the same GP or health-care team over time, a concept known as “continuity of care”.

Continuity of care is linked to earlier detection of health issues, better management of chronic (long-term) conditions, fewer avoidable hospital visits, and improved patient satisfaction.

Patients registered for MyMedicare have longer telehealth consultations. People living in residential aged care have more regular visits from their GP. From July this year, GP practices may offer patients more support for their chronic diseases.

There are also benefits for GP clinics that sign up for MyMedicare. They receive incentives to offer certain patients longer telehealth consultations. Practices also receive incentives to manage the health of registered aged care patients.

These incentives help practices invest in improved services and resources. From July, this may include better chronic disease management and enhanced team-based care (for instance, better liaison between GPs and allied health workers as part of someone’s health team).

Female doctors with stethoscope around neck looking at smartphone
MyMedicare comes with an extra boost for telehealth. fizkes/Shutterstock

How many patients have signed up?

Since MyMedicare’s launch in 2023 until March 19 this year, more than 2.6 million patients have registered for MyMedicare, according to Department of Health and Aged Care statistics provided to The Conversation.

That’s about 10% of Australia’s population. This raises concerns about how aware patients are of the scheme, how engaged they are with it, and possible barriers to registration.

GP practices that provide services to patients who would benefit from the new longer telehealth services or provide care to people in aged care were encouraged to register those patients in MyMedicare as a priority. So perhaps other patients have yet to sign up.

GP practices have been quicker to sign up. Since its launch, health department statistics provided to The Conversation show 6,469 practices had registered for MyMedicare until March 19 this year.

That’s about 80% of GP practices in Australia.

Who’s most likely to register?

We don’t know which patient groups sign up for MyMedicare. The health department told The Conversation patients can provide details of their sex, location (such as metropolitan, regional, rural and remote areas), linguistic background, and disabilities when they sign up. But this is voluntary, and these data have only been available for collection since March 2024.

However, here’s what we learned when we looked at other countries’ patient enrolment schemes:

  • men are less likely to enrol than women, and recent immigrants have significantly lower registration rates compared to long-term residents. These highlight potential barriers to access for certain populations

  • patients in suburban, rural or small urban areas have higher registration rates, whereas those in large metropolitan centres and lower socioeconomic groups register less

  • patients with mental illness or substance use disorders have lower registration rates, pointing to challenges in engaging vulnerable populations.

Elderly man paying for health care at doctor's reception
Men are less likely to enrol than women. DC Studio/Shutterstock

How do other countries do it?

We also looked at how other countries set up their schemes to see what we can learn.

New Zealand: high uptake through financial incentives

New Zealand has successfully implemented a voluntary patient registration system by offering incentives to enrolled patients. These include lower co-payments for consultations and cheaper prescriptions.

This approach encourages people to register with a general practice rather than a specific GP. Some 95% of the population was registered by January 2025.

Quebec, Canada: tailored registration programs, but low uptake

Quebec has several voluntary registration programs for different groups of patients. These include ones for family medicine, vulnerable patients and a general program.

However, registration rate remains low, at 14.7-32.2%, depending on the program.

British Columbia, Canada: incentive-driven registration

British Columbia offers three voluntary registration programs – one for chronic diseases, another for complex care and a general program.

These use “capitation funding”, where GPs receive payments based on the number of patients they care for.

Participation rates vary widely across the three programs, with 45.5-79% of the population registered.

The differences in registration rates across these systems highlight the importance of how schemes are designed and implemented.

What can Australia learn?

If MyMedicare is to improve access and continuity of care, targeted strategies – such as outreach for immigrants and lower-income groups, and better support for people with mental health issues – will be essential.

Australia could also look to how countries with higher rates of patients signing up have designed their systems. This could include considering whether more financial incentives for patients to enrol is warranted, which has been successful in New Zealand.The Conversation

Jialing Lin, Research fellow, International Centre for Future Health Systems, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

From flowers to stalking: how ‘nice guy’ narratives can lead to male entitlement and violence against women

Shutterstock
Jamilla RosdahlThe University of Melbourne

Being labelled a “nice guy” was once considered a form of flattery. Today, however, anyone privy to the world of dating and romance will know this isn’t necessarily a compliment.

The term has been unofficially reappropriated by women to describe a certain kind of man – one who presents as being “nice”, but feels entitled to some kind of attention from a woman in exchange for this niceness.

We need to take this attitude seriously, since the more it is normalised, the more likely it is to put women at risk.

When flowers become stalking

Plenty of women have shared their experience of being sent abusive texts after they rejected or ignored a man while online dating. The Instagram account @ByeFelipe, which has more than 400,000 followers, frequently features posts of “nice men” weaponizing their niceness on dating apps.

In one example, a woman tells a man she doesn’t want to have sex with him on their first meeting, and he responds by calling her “trash”, “ugly”, “old” and a “bitch”.

In my ongoing research on violence against women I have talked to hundreds of women who’ve been stalked by a man. In Australia, one in five women will be stalked. And women are eight times more likely to be stalked by a man than by another woman.

Often, the stalking is preceded by certain performances, such as the man repeatedly leaving flowers by the woman’s door. As one woman told me:

We are so used to being told that ‘bad guys’ are men who are physically abusive. When a guy is ‘nice’, it’s hard to believe he’s dangerous. It’s easier for women to ignore the signals of danger, because they are told that he has to be a good guy because he’s doing all these things. He even used feminist buzzwords. He’d say, ‘I believe in equality. I’m a feminist myself’.

Another described how a man kept telling her, “I’m in touch with my emotions. I wear my heart on my sleeve” – but that she had to escape the relationship after he threatened her.

Blaming women for feelings of inadequacy

The “nice guy” trope can create a narrative in which men feel victimised by women. As sociologist Michael Kimmel explains, this can lead to a sense of aggrieved entitlement, and men blaming women for their own feelings of inadequacy.

I’ve witnessed this while working with male inmates in a private capacity. Working in prisons in Sweden, I spoke to dozens of men who were convicted sex offenders and/or who had killed their wives or ex-partners.

All of them told me they reacted with violence when women rejected them romantically. None of the men I spoke to took responsibility for killing the woman. Instead, they justified their crimes and/or blamed the women.

The ‘nice guy’ in pop culture

Pop culture and media both have played a role in normalising the “nice guy” trope, which has now taken on different meanings in different groups – from misogynistic men in incel communities to women calling out men on dating apps.

Traditionally, the romance movie genre has portrayed highly persistent men as charming, or even admirable. In films such as There’s Something About Mary (1998) and Groundhog Day (1993), the “nice guy” obsessively pursues the woman while ignoring her wish to be left alone.

In these stories, obsessive behaviour is rewarded because the “nice guy” eventually gets the girl. In real life, the same behaviours can cross the line into harassment and stalking.

A more realistic depiction comes from the 1993 film I Can Make You Love Me, also known as Stalking Laura. This film is based on the true story of mass murderer Richard Farley.

Farley became obsessed with his coworker Laura Black in the 1980s. He love-bombed her, left her gifts such as letters and baked goods, called her every few hours, and even showed up to her apartment and her aerobics class. When he asked her out, Laura politely declined.

Farley would go on to shoot Laura in the shoulder in a killing spree that left her and three others injured, and seven more people dead. This event prompted California to pass the first anti-stalking laws in the United States.

Real-world consequences

Another horrifying example of an entitled “nice guy” was Elliot Rodger. In 2014, the then 22-year-old used knives, guns and his car to murder six people and injure 13 near the University of California, Santa Barbara.

Rodger described himself as a “supreme gentleman” and couldn’t understand why women wouldn’t have sex with him. In a chilling video posted before the attack, he said:

I will slaughter every spoiled, stuck-up, blond .... I see inside there. All those girls I’ve desired so much, they would have all rejected me and looked down upon me as an inferior man if I ever made a sexual advance towards them while they throw themselves at these obnoxious brutes.

More than ten years later, there’s no shortage of men who share Rodger’s victim mentality and violent sentiments. Yet there is a lack of research into how such attitudes can contribute to real-world harm.

As masculinity studies theorists argue, these attitudes are not the product of individual pathology, but are a much larger problem linked to societal ideas about masculinity. They are created by sexist ideology in culture, and are spread through socialisation.

Robert Farley and Elliot Rodger weren’t the first men, nor the last, to think they had entitlements over women just because they followed a social script of acting “nice”. If we can understand how this attitude grows and festers among men, we might be able to stop it at its start.The Conversation

Jamilla Rosdahl, Senior Lecturer, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

American liberators of Nazi camps got ‘a lifelong vaccine against extremism’ − their wartime experiences are a warning for today

A staged recreation of Mauthausen’s liberation, May 6, 1945. Spanish prisoners documented the camp’s actual liberation the day prior using Nazi cameras. National Archives and Records, Cpl. Donald R. Ornitz, US Signal Corps/Administration, III-SC-206395
Sara J. BrenneisAmherst College

When American soldiers liberated the Mauthausen Nazi concentration camp in Austria 80 years ago this May, Spanish prisoners welcomed them with a message of antifascist solidarity.

The Spaniards hung a banner made from stolen bed sheets over one of Mauthausen’s gates. In English, Spanish and Russian, it read: “The Spanish Antifascists Greet the Liberating Forces.”

Both American servicemen and Spanish survivors remember the camp’s liberation as a win in their shared fight against extremism, my research on the Spanish prisoners in Mauthausen finds. They all understood the authoritarian governments of Nazi GermanyItaly and Spain as fascist regimes that used extremist views rooted in intolerance and nationalism to persecute millions of people and imperil democracy across Europe.

World War II, the Holocaust and the horrors of Nazi violence have no modern equivalent. Nevertheless, extremism is now threatening democracy in the United States in recognizable ways.

As the Trump administration executes summary deportationsworks to suppress dissentfundamentally restructures the federal government and defies judges, experts warn that the country is turning toward authoritarianism.

As a scholar of the Mauthausen camp, I believe that understanding how American soldiers and Spanish prisoners experienced its liberation offers a valuable lesson on the real and present dangers of extremism.

‘We knew then why we had to stop Hitler’

In 1938, the Nazis established Mauthausen, a forced labor camp in Austria, with an international prisoner population. My research shows that the Nazis murdered 16,000 Jews and 66,000 non-Jewish prisoners at Mauthausen between 1938 and 1945, including 60% of the roughly 7,200 Spaniards imprisoned there.

The Spanish prisoners were committed antifascist resistors sent there in 1940 and 1941. Known as Republicans or Loyalists, they had fought against Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War and Adolf Hitler in World War II.

The young men with the 11th Armored Division of the U.S. Army who liberated Mauthausen would never forget the moment they discovered the camp. It was May 5, 1945, just days before the war ended in Europe. A platoon led by Staff Sgt. Albert J. Kosiek was repairing bridges in this tucked-away corner of Austria when a Swiss Red Cross delegate alerted them to a large Nazi concentration camp nearby.

Mauthausen’s international survivors were among the Nazis’ last prisoners to be freed.

George Sherman was a 19-year-old tank gunner from Brooklyn when his patrol found Mauthausen. He was Jewish and had read about the Nazi camps in Europe in the Army’s newspaper.

Black-and-white image of tanks roling into a concentration camp
American liberators rolling into the Mauthausen concentration camp on May 5, 1945, as photographed by prisoner Francesc Boix. Sgt. Harry Saunders is standing on the left fender. Francesc Boix/Courtesy of Collections of the Mauthausen Memorial

Still, seeing a concentration camp with his own eyes was alarming.

“The piles of bodies” struck him, he remembered in an oral history recorded for the University of South Florida in 2008. So did “these people walking around like God knows – skeletons and whatnot.”

Sgt. Harry Saunders, a 23-year-old radio operator from Chicago, also remembered the moment he saw the Mauthausen survivors. They were men and women of all nationalities.

“The live skeletons, the people that were in the camp, it was indescribable, it was such a shock,” he said in a 2002 interview for the Mauthausen Memorial’s Oral History Collection in Vienna.

One of the Spanish prisoners at Mauthausen, Francesc Boix, had stolen a camera from the SS in the chaotic moments before the camp’s liberation. Boix photographed Sgt. Saunders rumbling into the concentration camp on an armored car.

Saunders kept that photograph for the rest of his life. It captured a moment of clarity for him.

“When we liberated Mauthausen, we really knew then why we had to stop Hitler and why we really went to war,” he said in the interview.

Frank Hartzell, a technical sergeant with the 11th Armored Division, was 20 when he helped to liberate Mauthausen. He turned 100 this year. We met in mid-March 2025 and discussed his wartime experience.

“What I saw and experienced appalled me,” Hartzell told me.

The outrage has stayed with him for 80 years.

‘Starved and crippled but alive’

The American liberators toured the gas chambers and the crematory ovens in Mauthausen.

Maj. Franklin Lee Clark saw the dead stacked up in “piles like cord wood to the point that they had to bring in bulldozers and make mass graves,” and took photos to document it.

The Spanish banner hanging on the Mauthausen prison gate, May 1945. Franklin Lee Clark/Emory University Archives, Witnesses to the Holocaust Project

Soldiers from the 11th Armored Division directed locals to bury the men and women murdered by the Nazis. The local Austrians claimed they had not known about their town’s concentration camp. But a farmer who lived nearby had been upset about all the dead bodies visible from her property. She filed a complaint asking the Nazis either to stop “these inhuman deeds” or do them “where one does not see it.”

The American liberators made sure that the townspeople could no longer look away from the murderous rampage carried out in their backyards.

While Boix was taking photos of American soldiers during liberation, the soldiers were taking photos of the welcome banner the Spaniards had painted.

On the back of one snapshot, a Signal Corps soldier typed out his impressions of their message: “I really know what that word (antifascist) means. We liberated these prisoners in the Mauthausen concentration camp near Linz, Austria. They were Poles, Hungarians and Spanish Loyalists (remember the Loyalists?). They had men and women in this camp. Starved and crippled but alive.”

After Mauthausen was liberated, the freed Loyalists set to work documenting the Nazis’ crimes. Along with his countrymen Joan de Diego, Casimir Climent and others, Spanish survivor Joaquín López Raimundo compiled lists of Mauthausen victims and their Nazi captors. Using the Nazis’ own typewriters, they spent two weeks listing the names and personal details of Spanish victims of Mauthausen and of the SS who had killed them.

The result was page after page of evidence they handed over to American war crimes investigators and the International Red Cross.

Boix, meanwhile, gave the Americans hundreds of photo negatives he had rescued from the camp’s photography lab.

Boix later testified about these images in the war crime trials at Nuremberg and Dachau. He described seeing the Nazis beat, torture and murder their victims in Mauthausen and then photograph the bodies. For 2½ years, Boix stole the photographic evidence of their crimes.

He “could not keep those negatives because it was so dangerous,” he testified at Dachau, so he “hid them in various places until the liberation.”

Testimony in the Nuremberg war crime trials. Francesc Boix’s testimony begins at 7:44. (U.S. Holocaust Memorial Museum, courtesy National Archives and Records Administration. Producer: US Signal Corps)

A lifelong vaccine against extremism

For the American liberators, their up-close view of the horrors of Mauthausen and their interactions with the Spanish antifascist survivors was a lifelong vaccine against extremism.

They witnessed how a fascist leader tore the world apart. They saw with their own eyes the death and destruction of political extremism.

When I interviewed Hartzell, he expressed concern that the United States is going down a dangerous path.

“The USA today is not the USA I fought and came close to dying for,” Hartzell told me.

As American Mauthausen liberator Maj. George E. King warned an interviewer in 1980:

“This is the lesson we have to learn: It could happen here.”The Conversation

Sara J. Brenneis, Andrew W. Mellon Professor of Spanish, Amherst College

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.

Week One April 2025 (March 31 - April 6)

New South Wales Win Inaugural Pathways Interstate Championships 

April 1, 2025

New South Wales young surf lifesavers have won the inaugural Pathways Interstate Championships held as part of the ‘Aussies’ on the Gold Coast.

The U14/U15 competitions saw many athletes backing up from the Kellogg’s Nutri-Grain Youth Australian Surf Life Saving Championships to represent their State today across the beach and water events.

The sky blue of NSW took out the overall championships, with the overall title going down to the wire in the final beach flags.

NSW Coach Hannah Minogue said today’s win was really special and the pathways athletes enjoyed the opportunity to get more racing in, after a reduced program during the Kellogg’s Nutri-Grain Nipper and Youth Championships due to poor conditions being felt in Queensland.

“The kids were really excited to be racing today.  The weather during the Aussies Youth Champs meant they didn’t get to race as much.  So to be able to get out there today just enjoy it, they were ecstatic.

“Its new having the [Pathways] Interstates as part of the Aussies.  But any opportunity for these kids to put on the sky blue and represent your State is a real honour.

“We know Queensland is always going to be tough and that makes for really exciting racing.  It all came down to the beach flags so it was great to see all the kids get around our beachies… it’s always nice to get a win over Queensland,” she said.

For NSW’s Joshua Clark from Manly SLSC, a gold medal in the U14 Male Beach Flags while making his debut in the sky blue cap was the redemption he was chasing, after settling for the silver medal on Saturday for the Aussie Youth Championships.

“It feels so good to come out with the win.  It was a tough Aussies for me, getting silver in a close fight, so I was very happy to get the win today and to do my part to help New South Wales.

“This is my first time having the privilege of being part of the team and I’m loving it.

“I’ve been preparing all season [for this race] with my coaches Michael, Ben and Mike… I couldn’t ask for a better support and coaching crew, so all the credit goes to them for all the work they put in helping me with my training.

“This is my first time racing at North Kirra and it’s been a fun couple of days,” he said.

Queensland narrowly finished behind NSW by just seven points. Qld Cyclone’s Mary Thompson from Maroochydore SLSC, took out the Pathways Female Board race, representing her State for the second time.

“It feels pretty good especially because conditions are flat and pretty hard, so you have to have a good start and just keep going and not look back.

“The conditions are so different [from Saturday], a lot of flatter and a tiny shorey.

“It breaks a bit far out but most [waves] break close [to shore] so you just have to keep paddling.

“This one means a lot, representing Queensland. This is my second year racing for Queensland and it’s so special because you represent something bigger and something more than your Club.”

Western Australia rounded out the overall podium finishing in third place.  It was Sorrento’s Mia Bright that got WA off to a flying start, backing up her gold medal at the Aussies to win today’s U14 Female Beach Flags.

“It feels amazing. I was a bit sore after the Aussies but I had a nice stretch and warmed up before the big run.

“I’m very happy and very proud. Everyone [came into today] feeling great, feeling prepared and we’ve really been training to compete here today,” said Bright.

Fellow West Australian Olly Brown of Trigg Island was thrilled to win his pet event in the Pathways Male Swim before going on to win the Male Ironperson.

“Swim is my favourite thing, it’s always nice to get a win in your favourite race.

“It always means a lot getting to race for your State. This is my first time at Kirra and I like it over here with the different breaks and the different waves to catch rather than just one big shore dump… I like the challenge,” he said.

South Australia’s Elsie Parsons from Glenelg SLSC backed up her gold medal from the Aussies, storming home for her State in first place in the U14 Female Beach Sprint.

“It feels good, it was a bit of a tough one. I’m a bit cooked after racing two days ago but it was good to be back out here with the girls. They are really good competition.

“I love seeing all the interstate competitors, it makes it fun seeing all these other girls from around the country.

“This is my second State team and it’s good to get around everyone from SA, it’s so much fun.

“I was lucky enough to pull through with a gold in the sprints from the Youth Championships… that was really exciting.”

Victoria’s Summer Morgan from Anglesea SLSC overtook NSW in the final run leg of the Pathways Female Ironperson to take home the silver medal.

“I had been watching the previous races and noticed there was a dip, so when you think it’s really shallow it’s actually not, so I just did a couple of extra strokes [on the board] to get through it and then just started running.

“We just love representing Victoria.  We have trained all season and we just try really hard to get the best results we can.

“I love competing with my mates and every race is always so different because of the conditions so you just go out there and try your best,” she said.

Tasmania’s Freja Harris and Olya Mihal were happy to be part of the Pathways Interstate Championships on the Gold Coast and the opportunity to represent their State proudly.

Freja said: “This is really cool to represent Tasmania. I don’t think I ever thought I’d go this well in my sport and represent Tasmania.  It’s a real confidence boost.

“I think it’s quite a privilege to be racing on the same beach as the Ironman and Ironwomen that have made the Iron Series and that are from places that don’t get much coverage like Tassie.”

Olya said: “It feels very crazy to be in the Tassie uniform, and to be able to meet all these people from across Australia.

“Being on different sand, competing on different beaches… it’s so hot here in Queensland compared to Tassie.

“Here at the Aussies it is so awesome to see everyone compete cause you don’t get to see that in Tassie.”

The Australian Surf Life Saving Championships are continuing on the Gold Coast with the Opens competition commencing tomorrow, Wednesday 2 April 2025 through until Sunday 6 April.  For more details click here.

Report and photos; Surf Life Saving Australia

OVERALL Results

NSW – 72 points 2. QLD – 65 points 3. WA – 53 points 4. SA – 46 5. VIC – 34 points 6. TAS – 24 points

RESULTS

Female Ironperson: 1. Jessica Conrad (Qld); 2. Summer Morgan (Vic); 3. Mary Thompson (Qld)

Female Surf Race: 1. Jessica Conrad (Qld); 2. Mary Thompson (Qld); 3. Sophie Clues (NSW)

Mixed Board Relay: 1. Queensland; 2. New South Wales; 3. Western Australia

Mixed Surf Teams: 1. Queensland; 2. New South Wales; 3. Western Australia

Male Ironperson: 1. Olly Brown (WA); 2. Riley Macartney (QLD); 3. Henry Whitehead (NSW)

Male Surf Race: 1. Olly Brown (WA); 2. Riley Macartney (QLD); 3. Henry Whitehead (NSW)

Male Board Race: 1. Henry Whitehead (NSW); 2. Billy Hawkes (WA); Billy McCarthy (NSW)

Pathways Female Board: 1. Mary Thompson (QLD); 2. Sadie Maggs (NSW); 3. Summer Murray (QLD)

Mixed Cameron Relay: 1. Queensland; 2. New South Wales; 3. Western Australia

Mixed Beach Relay: 1. New South Wales; 2. South Australia; 3. Western Australia

U15 Male Flags: 1. Trent Yates (WA) 2. Lachlan Jones (TAS); 3. Louis D’Andrea (VIC)

U15 Male Sprint: 1. Rory Muldowney (NSW); 2.Trent Yates (WA); 3. Austin Botha (SA)

U14 Female Flags: 1. Evelyn Cornish (SA); 2. Aaliyah Bourke (QLD) 3. Katahra Boyle-Raniga (NSW)

U14 Female Sprint: 1. Mia Bright (WA); 2. Evelyn Cornish (SA); 3. Aaliyah Bourke (QLD)

U15 Female Flags: 1. Amelie Green (QLD); 2. Marli Mayne (NSW); 3. Macey Cole (VIC)

U15 Female Sprint: Elsie Parsons (SA); 2. Marli Mayne (NSW); 3. Amelie Green (QLD)

U14 Male Flags: 1. Joshua Clark (NSW); 2. Cooper Chapman (QLD); 3. Bailey Leech (SA)

U14 Male Sprint: 1. Thomas Giles (NSW); 2. Bailey Leech (SA); 3. Oscar Laity (VIC)

New strategy to boost university pathways and workforce readiness in NSW

April 1, 2025

The Minns NSW Government has unveiled a bold new strategy to ensure universities align with the state’s workforce and community needs over the next five years.

Public Partnerships for Public Benefit: The NSW Higher Education Strategy 2025-29 sets out a strategic framework to enable stronger collaboration between government and universities that targets workforce needs, student pathways, equity and effective public policy. The Government will now work with universities to ensure that academic programs are aligned with current and future workforce demands.

Developed in partnership with the state’s public universities, the strategy is the only one of its kind in Australia.

A key focus of the strategy is prioritising regional workforce development, addressing critical skills shortages in areas such as early childhood education, aged and disability care, nursing and health related professions to support local economies and communities. 

The NSW Government will work with universities to streamline credit recognition and transfer systems between vocational and higher education, making it easier for students to move between different types of study and to tailor their learning to suit their career goals.

This is a key pillar of the Minns Labor Government’s broader tertiary education reform agenda, working alongside the NSW Skills Plan, the Industry Policy and Innovation Blueprint to strengthen connections between universities, TAFE NSW, and employers to ensure the state’s workforce is ready for the future.

By 2036, nine out of 10 jobs will require a post-secondary qualification, with around half requiring a university degree, and 44% requiring a vocational education and training pathway.

The NSW Government will collaborate with the Commonwealth, Jobs and Skills Australia, and education providers to deliver these reforms and create a higher education sector that provides the skilled workforce we need today and into the future.

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education, Steve Whan said:

“This is an exciting step forward for NSW. Our universities are world-class, and with this strategy, we are ensuring they remain at the forefront of education, research, and industry collaboration.

“We know NSW faces major workforce challenges, and this strategy ensures our tertiary sector is agile and responsive to those needs.

“Importantly, this is about ensuring people—particularly in regional areas— can access the training and education required to fill critical skill gaps.

“By working closely with universities, TAFE NSW, industry, and the Commonwealth, we’re creating a system that empowers students, supports communities, and drives our state’s economic growth.”

UNSW to play major role in strengthening NSW’s higher education strategy

Steve Whan, NSW Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education, visited UNSW’s Kensington campus to launch the state’s higher education strategy.

UNSW Sydney has taken centre stage in the state’s vision for a more connected, accessible, and workforce-driven higher education system. 

Steve Whan, NSW Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education, toured the University’s Solar Industrial Research Facility (SIRF) before presenting the strategy to NSW Vice-Chancellors, Department of Education representatives, and university students and staff on Tuesday, 25 March.

The strategy focuses on strengthening pathways between vocational and higher education, addressing critical workforce needs, and expanding support systems to improve access and success for disadvantaged students.

“The higher education strategy, ‘Public Partnerships for Public Benefit’, is a really solid framework for the way that the relationship between the NSW government and our universities in NSW goes forward,” Mr Whan said.

“We want to ensure that our educational offerings across the state are linked as best we can and [in the] most smooth and cohesive way possible, so that people in NSW have access to the sort of education which can make their lives better and help them to be productive and really happy parts of our society as we move forward.”

The NSW higher education strategy emphasises collaboration between the state government, industry and universities. The strategy aims to support current and future workforce needs in NSW, enable lifelong learning pathways, improve equity outcomes in higher education and enable integration across sectors for public good. It aligns with the state's skills plan, targeting high-need areas and ensuring access for disadvantaged students. 

UNSW Vice-Chancellor and President Professor Attila Brungs said the Minister’s visit was an excellent opportunity to highlight UNSW’s expertise in developing cutting-edge research, its broader contributions to the state’s higher education sector and its partnerships for societal impact.

“UNSW is committed to supporting NSW’s higher education priorities through our teaching, research and industry partnerships,” Prof. Brungs said. 

“We are dedicated to identifying further opportunities to improve student access and success, ensuring that all learners – regardless of background – can thrive in higher education.  

“Collaboration with education providers is also key to ensuring that UNSW’s programs align with the evolving needs of the modern workforce. UNSW remains a driving force in strengthening NSW’s higher education landscape, keeping the state at the forefront of knowledge and innovation.”

From left: Murat Dizdar, Secretary NSW Department of Education, Professor Alex Zelinsky AO, Convener, NSW Vice-Chancellors’ Committee and Vice-Chancellor University of Newcastle, Steve Whan, NSW Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education, Professor Verity Firth AM, UNSW Vice-President Societal Impact, Equity & Engagement, and Dr Michelle Vaqueiro Contreras, UNSW School of Photovoltaic & Renewable Energy Engineering. Photo: UNSW Sydney

The impact of higher education

While at UNSW, Mr Whan met with several students who spoke of their studies and experiences at the University.

Rifah Tamanna, a 20-year-old second-year Bachelor of Engineering (honours) student, said she had always been passionate about working with communities.

“When I discovered that UNSW offered a Civil Engineering degree with an optional minor in Humanitarian Engineering, I was ecstatic! Finding a course so closely aligned with your future aspirations is rare, and I wouldn’t have wanted it any other way,” Ms Tamanna said.

“The professional development resources provided by UNSW Employability and the soft skills gained through volunteering in student societies have been invaluable. These experiences help you become a well-rounded individual which helps you stand out from other candidates and facilitates a smoother transition from university to the professional world.”

Harsheen Purewal, a 20-year-old Bachelor of Arts / Commerce student, said UNSW society and extracurricular culture drew her to the University. 

“Choosing UNSW was a big step as very few students in my school selected this university. Whilst the start of university was tricky navigating a completely different timetable and social dynamic to my friends, I found the best way to make the most of first year was getting involved!” Ms Purewal said.

“Since first year, there was always a clear correlation between the courses I studied and their relevance in the workforce. With so many networking, mentoring and career opportunities, UNSW students are well-equipped to enter the workforce and make a meaningful contribution.”

The emphasis on preparing students for real-world challenges is mirrored in UNSW’s research and technological advancements, which provide hands-on training opportunities for students.

The School of Photovoltaic & Renewable Energy Engineering’s Solar Industrial Research Facility, (SIRF) is a state-of-the-art pilot line manufacturing facility. It bridges the gap between laboratory research and large-scale industrial production of silicon solar cell technologies. The facility also plays a vital role in training the next generation of photovoltaics experts, ensuring Australia remains at the forefront of solar innovation.

Through Education and Commemoration, ANZAC Day Serves as a Bridge Between Past and Present

Statement by RSL NSW President Mick Bainbridge, April 2, 2025

ANZAC Day is one of the most significant days on the national calendar. It’s an opportunity for all Australians to honour the unique sacrifice of our current and former serving Defence Force personnel since 1915. Our young people learn about Australia’s proud military past.

RSL NSW encourages all schools in NSW to mark ANZAC Day by holding their own commemorations to allow students to pay respect to the sacrifice of the men and women who served in wars, conflicts, and peacekeeping operations.

The democratic freedoms we, as a nation, hold dear today are largely built on their service and sacrifice. That includes the right to freedom of thought, conscience, and religion or belief, which, ironically, some parents are relying on to deny their children the opportunity to learn about the importance of ANZAC Day.

It’s important to understand that ANZAC Day is not a celebration of war; in fact, ANZAC Day commemorates the horrors of war and ensures the sacrifices of those who served and died are never forgotten.

By integrating ANZAC history into schools, we can ensure that the legacy of those who served remains relevant, and I have been particularly impressed to see the initiative of students across all school sectors to deliver the Schools Remember ANZAC Commemoration at the Anzac Memorial, Hyde Park, this Thursday.

Through education and commemoration, ANZAC Day serves as a bridge between past and present, ensuring that every Australian child understands the price of freedom and the responsibility of remembrance.

RSL and Schools Remember ANZAC Commemoration Address by Abby Peterson-Hampshire, of Terrigal High School

Given Thursday April 3, 2025 at RSL and Schools Remember ANZAC Commemoration in Sydney - before 1500 students and teachers, the Governor of New South Wales, Her Excellency the Honourable Margaret Beazley, RSL NSW President Mick Bainbridge, Premier Chris Minns, and the leaders of the three school sectors. Abby is 16 years of age.

Abby's Address

My earliest and most memorable associations with ANZAC day are the ceremonies held each year at my local beach. The bustling crowds of locals, young and old, together early in the morning to remember, and reflect on the lives lost, the survivors, and those who still serve. The sense of community, sincerity and of being completely present alongside people who each have their own individual connections to the day, make ANZAC Day unique. 

With countless lives lost to war and the pain and suffering that still leaves its mark, days such as ANZAC Day serve not as celebrations for us to glorify war, but as an opportunity to reflect and thank those who made the ultimate sacrifice. 

But I think there is something else that ANZAC Day does in the context of the society we live in. It helps us who are young and disconnected from the past, to reconnect and learn. 

This year marks 110 years since the landing at Gallipoli, and 80 years since the end of the second world war. Both significant anniversaries but perhaps far removed from the lives of young people today, especially with the constant distraction of social media and the bombardment of the not always reliable news cycle.

During the two World Wars, vision from the battlefront was rare, perhaps a sanitised version shown at the cinema, designed to convey the glory of war rather than the horrific reality faced by service personnel. Governments did their best to hide the horrors from loved ones back home and this added to the mental and emotional strain of the survivors.

In later wars such as Vietnam, vision of battle conditions was more accessible with the advent of television. This vision prompted awareness but also protest, against the violence and futility, the wasted lives. 

Recently I had the honour of speaking with Jack Wade, a Vietnam veteran, businessman and incredibly gracious, humble man. When Jack was 20, back in 1961, conscription was introduced in Australia and, like thousands of others, he was sent into rigorous training before eventually going to fight. Jack and his fellow soldiers, including a friend he made in Vietnam, John George, faced many dangers, battling both enemy troops and the harsh environment. 

But after everything they went through Jack felt incredibly lucky to have survived and also to have found such camaraderie in the army. Everyone had each other’s back, unconditionally, no matter how awful things were, no matter how they were portrayed back home.

When Jack came home his friend John stayed in the army and became a lieutenant colonel. About 8 years ago, walking down the street in Terrigal, he heard someone calling his name. He turned and there was his old friend John George, after almost 50 years. Out of all the places in Australia he could have decided to settle down, he’d bought a house only a few hundred metres from where Jack lived.

This reignited a friendship built on a mutual understanding of the horrors of war, but also of survival, resilience and mateship. That sort of community and connection means the world to many current and ex-service people, as well as to their loved ones. Someone who understands what they went through together. Because the media reports showed some of the graphic details but ignored the human stories.

Today, though, we have gone to another extreme. Our increasing reliance on social media desensitises us to violence and conflict. Information is more accessible than ever, and the constant bombardment of graphic content and the unrelenting news cycle often leaves us feeling powerless and disconnected. The scale and severity of the tragedy, violence and hardship of conflicts viewed online changes our perception of the world. Video after video, clickbait after clickbait, lives lost fade into a never- ending abyss and it’s hard to know what to believe. Whether it’s 50 or 50,000 people who’ve lost their lives, we in our safe spaces lose our fragile grasp on the humanity behind the loss when we view it through a screen. 

And so, we disconnect from it: We turn away from the facets of our society, both past and present, that are distressing and difficult to see, to read and learn about. 

Of course, we should always aim to be informed. Apathy doesn’t ultimately achieve anything and by being well informed about global conflicts, events and our history, we can better advocate for those who are suffering, speak out against injustice and become more empathetic, understanding people. In ignorance, we look past the compassion, empathy and hope that tries to arise from tragedy. 

But our media consumption needs to be intentional, seeking out reputable sources and meaningful, nuanced information. And this is where our community and schools play such an important role. 

Schools themselves are a community. So much of the learning that we do about current and historical conflicts and wars comes from our classrooms and is fundamentally influential in shaping the morals and values of future generations. I have some of the most incredible teachers and mentors in my life who have opened my eyes to the reality of war and sparked passion, empathy and interest in past and present injustices, including how we treat those who have returned from war. The teachers in our classrooms have the power to open minds, ignite humanity and move young people. And these young people are our future leaders, innovators and moral compasses. 

Coming together for events like this on ANZAC Day allows us, who only know conflict through our screens, to listen to the voices of those who know what it’s like to actually live through war and conflict. Those with lived stories, scars and experiences. In the classroom and as local communities, we have the opportunity to highlight these voices and learn from them.

ANZAC Day also gives us the opportunity to remember that some veterans and current service members continue to face stigma and shame when seeking help for mental health issues. Veterans are less likely to report a mental health disorder, despite evidence suggesting that they are at a higher risk of mental health concerns. Whilst there are many programs in place to support returning service men and women as well as current members of the defence force, including work by the RSL, there’s still a lot to be done. The National Institute of Health stresses the importance of early intervention, treatment and long-term management and, whilst we’ve come a very long way, stigma also needs to be tackled on a wider scale. 

War is the cruellest of lotteries and even those who make it out alive are left with lingering scars, physical and emotional, but the human stories that represent the best of us, our connection with and compassion for others, offers a spark of hope because they serve as a reminder of the true humanity that exists within all of us.

On ANZAC Day we stop. We switch off our screens and we listen to the words of those who were there. We take in the scope of ceremony and tradition. We who are often disconnected, learn to connect with the past. And we come away with a better understanding of the reality of war so we can express our gratitude to those who made the ultimate sacrifice all those years ago to give us the peace and freedom we enjoy now.

We are reminded that behind each number of the millions lost in war from World War I to today there is a real person, with their own story that we can learn from. Through the most traumatic of experiences, our will to understand and connect with each other, to forge bonds in the most inhuman of circumstances, is what makes us truly human. I hope that as we disconnect from our screens today and focus on the meaning of ANZAC Day, we truly reconnect with our humanity.

Four standing figures adorn the highest corners of the Anzac Memorial building. They represent each of the four branches of Australian service during the Great War: the naval commander represents the Royal Australian Navy (facing south-east); the infantry lieutenant the Australian Imperial Expeditionary Force (facing north-east), the matron the Australian Army Nursing Service (facing north-west); and the air force officer the Australian Flying Corps (facing south-west)

Buttress Sculptues - Rayner Hoff's sixteen seated figures, which represent the various units of the AIF, are positioned at the top of the Memorial building's buttresses. These statues hold the equipment and weaponry relevant to their roles and demonstrate the skills and expertise demonstrated by Australians during the Great War. They were made in Hoff’s studio. He would model a clay figure to a third or half life-size and then it would be enlarged, exactly to scale, by his assistants with the aid of a pointing machine. A plaster cast was then made in segments under John Moorfield’s supervision and the clay removed from the inside. Thomas Grounds and Sons, a Newtown-based family business, then cast the figures in synthetic stone using a white cement, very fine- grained sand and a pinch of red oxide (to match the pink granite cladding of the building).

Among the 16 Figures are the Aviator - The aviator sits cocooned in his Sidcot flying suit with leather flying helmet and goggles for protection against the cold wind rush in his exposed and primitive aircraft. Between his knees is an air-dropped fragmentation bomb; an early example of a weapon that would change the nature of warfare in the 20th century. The Sidcot flying suit was a one-piece overall designed for aircrew by the pioneering Australian aviator, Sidney Cotton. During the Great War, Australian aviators flew patrols, bombing missions, or provided reconnaissance or aerial artillery spotting.

The Air Force Mechanic -  the air force mechanic is operating a portable vice in the workshop at an airfield on the Western Front. Australia may not have had an 'air force' until 1921, but the Australian Imperial Force provided ground staff and aircrew for an Australian Flying Corps (AFC) that numbered four operational squadrons and at least one training squadron by 1918.


The AFC was equipped with at least a dozen different types of aircraft during the course of the Great War. Most of them biplanes, they were almost universally made of stiffened fabric stretched tight over a timber frame. Flaps and ailerons were operated by tightly strung metal cables, and aircrew sat almost on top of most engines and machine guns. To keep these primitive aeroplanes flying, each squadron required teams of skilled and ingenious mechanics.

Information sourced from: www.anzacmemorial.nsw.gov.au

Photos by A J Guesdon

 

Careers in the NSW Marine Estate - Fisheries Manager Shane McGrath

Opportunities:

SHAPE 2025

SHAPE presents a selection of outstanding major projects by HSC Design and Technology, Industrial Technology and Textiles and Design students in NSW.

A number of local students have been selected for this year's SHAPE, which runs at Pier 2/3 Walsh Bay Arts Precinct until 12 April 2025. Congratulations to all those who were selected. 

The exhibition is free to attend. Find out more at: www.nsw.gov.au/education-and-training/nesa/hsc-showcase-hub/shape

The exhibition will feature a new Learning Lab where students can explore a selection of projects in more depth and learn about the major work process from SHAPE showcase students.

Students selected for the SHAPE showcase were notified in December 2024. 

Texstyle

The TexStyle exhibition, presented in partnership with the Technology Educators Association of NSW, showcases major works by HSC Textiles and Design students at Gallery 76, until 24 April 2025.

Visit the TexStyle website for more information about the showcase: www.embroiderersguildnsw.org.au/Gallery76

InTech

The InTech exhibition, presented by The Institute of Technology Education (iTE), showcases major works by HSC Industrial Technology students.

Visit the iTE website for more information about this year's InTech showcase; www.itensw.online/intech-2024/

Learning Lab

You can also visit NESA's new Learning Lab to get an exclusive, behind-the-scenes look at some of the major projects selected for this year’s SHAPE exhibition.  Here you can explore the projects in more depth, learn more about the major work process, and gain insights and advice from students who feature in the exhibition.

SHAPE exhibition opening 2024/2025- photo by NESA images

Council's 2025 Environmental Art & Design Prize judges announced - Entries open now

Council has announced Ramesh Mario Nithiyendran (art) and Keinton Butler (design) as the judges for this year’s Environmental Art & Design Prize.

Now in its fifth year, Environmental Art & Design Prize is open to artists and designers of all levels and diverse disciplines from across Australia. Submissions will be accepted until 19 May 2025.

Mayor Sue Heins said the prize has developed into one of the leading competitions covering both art and design focusing on the environment.

“Each year fascinating art works and designs are submitted for this environmentally thought-provoking prize.

“The prize is an important platform for the natural environment to take centre stage, enabling artists and designers to share their work inspired by nature, climate change and sustainable living.

“In past years we have seen impactful submissions from creatives including painters, ceramists and furniture designers. This year we would also love to see more contributions from architects, product, fashion and industrial designers.

“We are looking forward to an amazing array of powerful artworks and designs for 2025,” Mayor Heins said.

This year’s judges have vast experience in the art and design worlds. Ramesh Mario Nithiyendran is a contemporary artist with his work appearing in galleries across the globe. Keinton Butler is Senior Curator at Sydney’s Powerhouse Museum and the Creative Director of Sydney Design Week.

There are four prizes on offer this year with prize money totalling $46000. 

The visual arts and design winners will each receive $20,000. The people’s choice winners and the young artists/designers have a prize pool of $3,000 each.

All finalists will be featured in an exhibition across the Council’s 3 galleries, Manly Art Gallery and Museum (MAG&M), Curl Curl Creative Space, and Mona Vale Creative Space Gallery from 1 August to 14 September 2025.

Finalists will be announced on Friday 23 May and the winners will be announced on Friday1 August 2025.

For more information, and to enter, visit Council's webpage at: https://www.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/things-to-do/arts-and-culture/northern-beaches-environmental-art-and-design-prize   

Youth Week creative arts competition: ACYP

To celebrate Youth Week, the NSW Advocate for Children and Young People (ACYP) are running a creative arts competition for children and young people aged 12-24, who live in NSW. 

This competition is their chance to celebrate everything that makes them unique, strong and the future. That’s why this year’s theme is interactive, and children and young people are able to add their own quality, such as 'I am proud', 'I am strong', 'I am awesome.' 

They want you to create an art piece that shows them:

  • Who you are
  • Your skills
  • Your best qualities
  • What you're most proud of. 

What can you create?

Children and young people can submit any of the below, including:

  • Drawing
  • Painting
  • Sculpture
  • Collage
  • Digital art
  • Photography

Who can enter?

Children and young people aged 12-24, who live in NSW. 

The details

Submissions will be grouped in three age categories:

  • 12-15 years
  • 16-19 years
  • 20-24 years

What are the prizes?

There will be a 1st, 2nd and 3rd place chosen for each of the 3 age groups. All winners will get a 6 month membership to Skillshare and the following prizes:

  • 1st place: iPad 10 Gen
  • 2nd place: $300 voucher for Eckersley’s or Officeworks
  • 3rd place: $200 voucher for Eckersley’s or Officeworks

Competition deadline

Submissions close Sunday, 13 April 2025, at 11:59pm.

Find out more here: www.acyp.nsw.gov.au/youth-week-art-competition-2025

NSW Youth Week 2025

NSW Youth Week 2025 is taking place from 9 to 17 April.

Council's list of 2025 events, ranging from FREE up to $79.00 are listed at:  www.northernbeaches.youth-week

Youth Week is an opportunity for young people across NSW to come together in their local communities.

Councils, youth organisations and schools work with young people to host free activities, events and competitions!

If you live in NSW and are aged between 12 and 24, you can get involved and celebrate Youth Week by:

  • attending live events
  • showcasing your talents
  • taking part in competitions
  • using your voice to advocate for things young people want in your local community
  • having fun!

What is the Youth Week 2025 theme?

This year, the youth week theme is about:

  • celebrating every young person’s unique strengths
  • recognising your individual and collective power as our current and future influencers, leaders and decision makers.

So tell us who you are, your skills, your best qualities or what you are most proud of @youthweeknsw.

I am______________.


We are the future, and the future is now!

Follow @youthweeknsw and @acyp and get involved in the Youth Week competitions for a chance to win some prizes!

2025 Game Changer Challenge

Entries for the Game Changer Challenge 2025 are now open. Learn more about this year's challenge and enter your school now.

Find out more at: education.nsw.gov.au/schooling/schooling-initiatives/game-changer-challenge/about-the-game-changer-challenge

What is the Game Changer Challenge?

The Game Changer Challenge is the NSW Department of Education’s award-winning design thinking competition.

Open to public schools across the state the challenge centres on discovering solutions for a real-world, wicked problem by applying classroom learning.

Game Changer Challenge 2025

Entries for the Game Changer Challenge are now open. Enter your details in the form using your @education.nsw.gov.au login.

What is a wicked problem?

A wicked problem is a social or cultural problem that’s difficult or impossible to solve, normally because of its complex and interconnected nature.

Wicked problems push us to think outside the box, fostering innovation and creativity. The process of addressing these challenges can lead to breakthroughs in technology, policy and social norms.

Many wicked problems are related to environmental sustainability. By addressing this as a big issue, we can develop more sustainable living practices and build communities that are more resilient to changes and challenges.

Engaging with wicked problems empowers individuals and communities to take action and make a difference. It encourages young people to play an active role in their community and future.

The 2025 wicked problem: Ensure sustainable futures for all.

The 2025 priority areas are: Planet, People, Places.

Inspired by the United Nations Sustainable Development Goal No. 12: Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns

The United Nations defines sustainability as “meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.”

Sustainability is about balance. It’s about protecting our Planet, empowering our People, and caring for the Places we live, learn, and grow.

This year, teams will explore innovative ways to create a more sustainable future by tackling real-world challenges. Whether it’s rethinking how we empower people, use resources, reducing waste, or building more sustainable communities, this is your opportunity to make a lasting impact.

What is design thinking?

Design thinking is a human-centred process to solving complex problems. Empathy and collaboration are at the heart of design thinking.

The five-step process starts by encouraging problem solvers to walk in the shoes of those experiencing the 'problem' to gain a deeper insight into the challenges and issues they face (empathy).

This knowledge is then used to develop a clear problem statement (define), work on solutions (ideate), turn these solutions into tangible products (prototype) and then see whether the solution will work (test).

Design thinking is not a linear process. With each stage you make new discoveries that require you to rethink and redefine what you have already done.

Design thinking brings our head, heart and hands together to find innovative solutions to complex problems.

This process can be used over and over again, for small or complex problems.

A guide to Game Changer Challenge 2025

What's new in 2025

The 2025 Game Changer Challenge is bigger, bolder, and more impactful than ever before, with a new program design that will involve more students and extend the challenge’s reach across the state. All teams who register and work through Stage 1: Research will progress to Stage 2: Design, ensuring more students get more design experience.

This year, teams will produce a design portfolio that will track their design journeys from beginning to end, with a video pitch being submitted at the end of Stage 2 to be judged by industry experts. 20 teams will progress to the grand final.

Here’s how it works:

Step 1: Enter your school

Enter your details and receive the Game Changer Challenge 2025 resources. Access the form using your @education.nsw.gov.au login. Resources are available from Term 1, Week 6.

Step 2: Build your team

Teams consist of 5 students and 1 teacher per team. Supervising teachers can be from any subject area. The primary category is for students from Years 3 to 6, the secondary category is for students from Years 7 to 11.

Schools can have more than one team, providing each student team member is different. One teacher can oversee multiple teams.

Step 3: All teams work through the Stage 1 handbook and prepare your design portfolio

Access the teacher handbook on our GCC2025 Teacher Hub and guide your team through the first stages of the challenge.

The handbook guides you and your team through:

  • The Wicked Problem
  • GCC framework and principles
  • GCC 2025 schedule
  • Design portfolio submission process

All teams must prepare an online design portfolio after working through the playbooks to progress to Stage 2.

Step 4: Submit a design portfolio

Design portfolio due Thursday 29 May 2025 (Term 2, Week 5).

Step 5: All teams work through the design sprint livestream and prepare their video pitch

All teams who have submitted a design portfolio in Stage 1 will gain access to the design sprint livestream in Term 3, Week 4.

Teams will ideate, refine, and start building their solution. This year the design sprint will be an on-demand video where all teams will have 2 weeks to design a solution and produce a video pitch. Teams will continue to track their design thinking journeys in their design portfolio to using the Stage 2 templates provided. These design portfolios and video pitches will be judged by a panel of industry partners and NSW Department of Education staff.

Step 6: Grand final

20 teams participate in the grand final event hosted at the department's Parramatta office in Term 4, Week 5.

At the grand final teams create and finalise their prototype and present their solutions to judges and industry partners at the Ideas Expo.

Find out more, along with links to forms etc., at: education.nsw.gov.au/schooling/schooling-initiatives/game-changer-challenge/about-the-game-changer-challenge

Contact us

Do you have a specific question or need more detail about this year’s challenge? Send an email to GCC@det.nsw.edu.au

Learner drivers benefit as more resources become available online  

As the Driver Knowledge Test online heads toward 200,000 users in its first 12 months, many learner drivers are set to get behind the wheel for the first time. To help supervising drivers prepare and teach safe driving, Transport for NSW has launched a new free online resource. 

The Supervising Learner Drivers online learning resource is now available online and provides better access to parents, guardians and other full licensed drivers wishing to supervise learner drivers to help them supervise and teach learner drivers about safe driving before taking the driving test. 

Transport for NSW, in conjunction with local councils, has been delivering free face-to-face workshops ‘Helping Learner Drivers Become Safer Drivers’ across the state for over two decades to support supervising drivers. 

Executive Director Road Safety Regulation at Transport for NSW, Duncan Lucas, said now offering the learning resource online as well is a natural step towards more accessible road safety education, after the successful launch of the Driver Knowledge Test online last year.   

“Learning to drive is a big milestone and the role of supervising learner drivers often falls on parents, guardians and other full licensed relatives.  

“We want to support supervising drivers in understanding their responsibilities and to be able to provide safe and constructive feedback when they take their son, daughter, friend, or relative on the road to complete their logbook hour requirements,” Mr Lucas said.  

The online resource features five modules that cover a range of topics including what is involved in being a supervising driver, issues facing young drivers, how the NSW Graduated Licensing Scheme works, the importance of learner driver experience, lesson planning, dealing with stress, how to develop safe solo driving, where to go for more information and how to share the roads safely with heavy vehicles, motorcycles, bicycle riders and pedestrians.    

“For people in regional areas or those juggling work and other commitments, attending in-person workshops can be challenging,” Mr Lucas said. 

“With the learning resource now available online, supervising drivers will have a flexible and convenient option to ensure they can access critical road safety information and training from the comfort of their homes without having to travel long distances or sacrifice work hours. 

“I encourage all parents, carers and supervisors who are helping novice drivers complete their 120 driving hours to also access the new Supervising Learner Drivers online resource, for practical tips on how to stay safe and get the most out of driving practice.  

“I also encourage young learner drivers under 25 years to complete structured driving lessons under the ‘3 for 1’ scheme and enrol in the Safer Drivers Course to increase their knowledge and implementation of safe driving, with the bonus of getting additional supervised hours credited to their log book,” Mr Lucas said. 

Learners who complete a structured driving lesson with a licensed driving instructor can credit triple the time of their lesson to their log book under the ‘3 for 1’ scheme. Learners with 50 hours in their log book (excluding 3 for 1 bonus hours) who complete the Safer Drivers Course can credit an additional 20 hours to their log book.  

The resource can be completed any time at the supervising driver’s convenience and is available on the Centre for Road Safety website www.transport.nsw.gov.au/roadsafety/young-drivers/supervising-learner-drivers

NSW History Awards 2025: Submissions are now open

The Awards acknowledge the contribution of historical research to our culture and communities, and to society at large.

All works must have been first published, broadcast or screened and made publicly and commercially available between 1 April 2024 and 31 March 2025.

A total of $85,000 in prize money will be awarded across six categories.

Administered by the State Library, in association with Create NSW, the NSW History Awards will offer prizes in six categories this year:
  • Australian History Prize ($15,000)
  • General History Prize ($15,000)
  • New South Wales Community and Regional History Prize ($15,000)
  • Young People’s History Prize ($15,000)
  • Digital History Prize ($15,000)
  • The Anzac Memorial Trustees Military History Prize ($10,000)
A discounted early-bird entry fee is available until Thursday 13 March at 5pm!

All entries close at on Thursday 3 April at 5pm. Find more information via the link below. 


History Week 2025 Theme and Event Registrations

Announcing the History Council of NSW's theme for History Week 2025: Water Stories!
And...HCNSW are very excited to announce Event Registrations are now open for History Week, earlier than ever before!

From the caring for water practices of First Nations people to non-Indigenous transformations of creeks and rivers, and the building of dams, there is an abundance of histories of water waiting to be ‘tapped’ and told.

Members are invited to stage online or in-person events. Your event will form part of the HCNSW’s media campaign and be promoted in the History Week 2025 Program Event Calendar on our website.
Registrations for History Week events are now open via the link below

For all History Week inquiries, please contact programs@historycouncilnsw.org.au

A little bit more about Water Stories:
Water is fundamental to life. It also underpins our histories. From floods to droughts, from oceans to creeks, rivers and wetlands, our pasts are bound up with the ebbs and flows of water.

History Week 2025 will engage with stories of how water was cherished, contained, diverted, contaminated, looked after and shared, or withheld.

The theme invites History Council members to dive into their water stories.
  • 🛥️ What happens to communities when water is absent or when it is destructive? How did people in the past use water to travel and trade?
  • 🌊 How do waterways connect, or disconnect, communities?
  • 🐠 How important is water in cultures of sport, fishing, and play as well as the economy?

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Motto

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. a short sentence or phrase chosen as encapsulating the beliefs or ideals of an individual, family, or institution. 2. Music; a phrase which recurs throughout a musical work and has some symbolical significance.

From: late 16th century: from Italian, motto - ‘word’.

A motto (derived from the Latin muttum, 'mutter', by way of Italian motto, 'word' or 'sentence') is a sentence or phrase expressing a belief or purpose, or the general motivation or intention of an individual, family, social group, or organisation. Mottos (or mottoes) are usually found predominantly in written form (unlike slogans, which may also be expressed orally), and may stem from long traditions of social foundations, or from significant events, such as a civil war or a revolution. One's motto may be in any language, but Latin has been widely used, especially in the Western world.

Latin has been very common for mottos in the Western World, but for nation states, their official national language is generally chosen. Examples of using other historical languages in motto language include:

  • County of Somerset in England: Sumorsǣte ealle (All the men of Somerset), Old English.
  • South Cambridgeshire in the English Fens: Niet Zonder Arbyt (Nothing without work), Dutch, originally the motto of Dutchman Cornelius Vermuyden, who drained The Fens in the 17th century.
  • South Africa: ǃke e: ǀxarra ǁke (Unity in diversity), ǀXam.
  • Shire of Shetland: Með lögum skal land byggja (By law shall the land be built up), Old Norse.

A canting motto is one that contains word play. For example, the motto of the Earl of Onslow is Festina lente (literally 'make haste slowly'), punningly interpreting 'on slow'. Similarly, the motto of the Burgh of Tayport, Te oportet alte ferri (It is incumbent on you to carry yourself high), is a cant on 'Tayport at auld Tay Ferry', also alluding to the local lighthouse. The motto of the U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation, Fidelity, Bravery, Integrity, is a backronym of the letters F.B.I.

In heraldry, a motto is often found below the shield in a banderole in the compartment. This placement stems from the Middle Ages, in which the vast majority of nobles possessed a coat of arms complete with a motto. In the case of Scottish heraldry, it is mandated to appear above the crest and is called slogan. The word 'slogan' is an Anglicisation of the Scottish Gaelic sluagh-ghairm (sluagh "army, host" + gairm "cry"). There are several notable slogans which are thought to originate from a battle or war cries. In heraldic literature, the terms 'rallying cry' respectively 'battle banner' are also common.

In literature, a motto is a sentence, phrase, poem, or word; prefixed to an essay, chapter, novel, or the like, suggestive of its subject matter. It is a short, suggestive expression of a guiding principle for the written material that follows. For example, Robert Louis Stevenson's Travels with a Donkey in the Cévennes uses mottos at the start of each section.

Above the crest is the slogan, most traditional in Scottish heraldry) or the war cry, Arms of Brady Brim-DeForest, Baron of Balvaird

The lore of ‘lore’ – how fandoms created an online phenomenon from an Old English word

steved_np3/Shutterstock
Kate McNicholas SmithUniversity of Westminster

The term “lore” has, well, a whole lot of lore. Now essential online slang, the word can be traced back to Old English, where it referred primarily to learning, as in the act of teaching or being taught.

Over time, lore came to be associated with more informal knowledge, passed on through word of mouth. The term “folklore,” the “lore of the people”, was coined by the British writer William J. Thoms in 1846. As a result, lore largely slipped out of common usage. By 2024, however, it had made the shortlist for the Oxford word of the year (the title was taken by “brainrot”).

So, how did “lore” come to hold such contemporary relevance? And what does it mean today? The answer can be found, at least in part, in fandom, where “lore” is used to refer to the body of knowledge that exists around a person, fictional universe or character.

Fandom has long facilitated deep dives into media in which fans analyse, discuss and track their favourite storylines and character arcs. This has been particularly true of the science fiction and fantasy genres, due to their complex and expansive narrative universes.


No one’s 20s and 30s look the same. You might be saving for a mortgage or just struggling to pay rent. You could be swiping dating apps, or trying to understand childcare. No matter your current challenges, our Quarter Life series has articles to share in the group chat, or just to remind you that you’re not alone.

Read more from Quarter Life:


In 1969, science fiction fan and writer Bjo Trimble self-published the first edition of Star Trek Concordance. It was an unofficial reference book for the television series featuring timelines, plot summaries, character biographies and more – information that might now be described as Star Trek lore.

Since then, fans of Star Trek and countless other television shows have continued to create zines, write fan fiction, organise conventions and develop vast and ongoing archives of fan-works. Through such practices, fans develop what media expert Henry Jenkins has described as collective intelligence, as each fan contributes small parts of knowledge to a whole – or, to the lore.

Fandom has, of course, come a long way since the early days of Star Trek. Fan activities have now moved online, where their reach and visibility has significantly increased. Television has changed too, shifting towards the narrative complexity and innovation made possible, in part, by the active engagements of fandoms.

Where fandom was once a niche (and often derided) activity, in recent years fan culture has gone mainstream. From direct communication between fans and producers to the creative possibilities of transmedia storytelling (where productions circulate official content across platforms in ways that echo fan-ish expansions of narrative worlds) media is increasingly inviting audiences to participate in the investigating, cataloguing and circulating of lore.

Pop lore – from K-pop to Gaylor Swift

A powerful example of lore inspiring transmedia storytelling can be found in K-pop. Well known South Korean bands engage with their fans not only through their music, but also with “concepts” (themes that span styling, music and other media) and ever-expanding storytelling universes.

Take, for example, mega-boyband BTS’s meta narrative of the Bangtan Universe. It’s a fictional alternate universe which spans music videos, webtoons (digital comics), short films, mobile games, books and more. This kind of cross-platform storytelling encourages BTS fans to piece together the “lore” of the respective universe.

Storytelling is also central to the popularity of singer-songwriter Taylor Swift, described by Teen Vogue as “the queen of easter eggs”. These hidden messages and inter-textual references can be found in the star’s lyrics, videos, fashion, interviews and even manicures, and produce an expansive archive of Swift lore.

A subsection of Swift lore is known as Gaylor – where fans collate “evidence” that they believe shows that Swift is queer. It is, in part, an example of the expansive possibilities of fandom for queer audiences. But it also speaks to the ethical tensions of fandom and parasocial relationships, as fan-created lore can develop into invasive expectations of celebrities.

Dropping lore on TikTok

As digital media has grown to become part of our daily lives, “lore” has grown too. Today it goes beyond fictional universes and celebrities to also include everyday people and their online stories.

YouTube first invited users to “broadcast yourself” in 2005, and opportunities to do so have only expanded since then, notably with the rise of TikTok.

On TikTok, some users tell stories about their lives and experiences, or their “lore”. In these short videos, lore is “dropped” (revealed) about notable events, defining experiences, relationships (such as ex-lore) and family stories (such as dad lore).

These playful retellings remake real life through narrative conventions of heroism, romance and comic misadventure, while other videos offer ironic commentary on lore-dropping itself.

There is at once authenticity, performance and play here. Stories are, in part, ephemeral, as lore comes and goes in the fast-paced flow of digital content. Circulating via hashtags, however, stories are connected, responded to and remade, facilitating digital intimacies.

The circulation of lore is, at once, user generated and algorithmically curated. In the context of what researchers have described as the datalogical turn (where big data and adaptive algorithms become increasingly central to shaping and understanding society) and the rise of affective capitalism (in which feelings, desires and experiences are capitalised on for economic gain), personal lore also becomes valuable data to be commodified.

Lore then, is an old word with a distinctly contemporary iteration. It’s representative of the ever-expanding convergences of digital media, identity and intimacy.The Conversation

Kate McNicholas Smith, Lecturer in Television Theory, University of Westminster

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The bizarre-looking dinosaur challenging what we know about the evolution of fingers

The oviraptorosaur looked like a large bird. Danny Ye/Shutterstock
Milly MeadUniversity of Edinburgh

Oviraptorosaurs are weird dinosaurs, which look a bit like flightless birds. But these ancient animals aren’t just funny looking fossils. As my team’s new research shows, they can help us understand how our own forelimbs evolved and challenge what scientists think about the T rex.

Covered in feathers and equipped with a strong, sharp beak, oviraptorosaurs ranged in size from a house cat to a giraffe. They could easily be mistaken for birds if not for the sharp claws on their hands. The oviraptorosaurs lived during the Cretaceous period (between 145 and 66 million years ago) and belonged to a group of dinosaurs called theropods. This is a group of mainly meat-eating dinosaurs with hollow bones that includes the T rex and velociraptor.

Theropod dinosaurs and humans share a common feature: we walk on two legs and use our front limbs for functions other than walking. Although some dinosaurs – the birds – stretched their forelimbs into wings and used them for flight, others, shrunk them instead. Short forelimbs, missing one or more fingers are most famous in the T rex, but many other theropods also evolved shorter arms and hands.

Fossil of an oviraptorosaur. vipinrajmg/Shutterstock

The widespread view among scientists of their shrunken forelimbs as “useless” comes from a 1979 paper. It argues evolution selected for increased head and hindlimb size in the T rex and the arms became smaller as an evolutionary byproduct. So, when my team at the University of Edinburgh analysed patterns of arm evolution in a group of oviraptorosaurs, we expected to find that forelimb reduction and finger loss would be linked.

Instead, we found the opposite. Our study is the latest example of growing evidence that the reduced forelimbs of certain theropods retained some kind of function. Until now, many palaeontologists assumed dinosaurs which evolved shorter arms and lost their fingers did so because they weren’t using them.

Oviraptorosaurs are the perfect group to study finger loss in theropods. Although modern birds did not evolve directly from oviraptorosaurs, they share many features with them. Oviraptorosaurs had toothless beaks, they were covered in feathers, and they sat on carefully constructed nests, with their eggs arranged in neat rings and partly buried. Most of these dinosaurs had long arms with three clawed fingers on each hand, perfect for grasping prey. With one exception.

Oksoko avarsan had stumpy arms and only two functional fingers. It lived in Mongolia during the Late Cretaceous period (about 72-66 million years ago) and would have shared its habitat with a gigantic relative of the T rex called Tarbosaurus. Oksoko did – technically – have a third digit but it was a useless leftover from a time when their ancestors needed all three fingers. In fact, Oksoko’s hands and forelimbs are far more similar to a T rex or a Tarbosaurus than to any of its oviraptorosaurian cousins.

Drawing on dinosaur with small wing like forearms.
Oksoko avarsan had stumpy arms. Ddinodan/WikimediaCC BY-NC

It’s important to understand how theropod forelimbs evolved because they are some of the only animals, alongside humans, to become bipedal. This means they no longer rely on their forelimbs for moving around, whether that’s by walking, climbing, or flying. Their arms were free to evolve new functions. Many of them used their long arms and fingers for grasping. Others, like Oksoko, explored different and more specialised functions.

My team’s research, which analysed how the length of each arm bone changed over time, shows that these dinosaurs lost their third finger in a separate process to the shortening of their arms. This goes against the idea that their arms were functionless. If their forelimbs shrunk because the oviraptorosaurs were not using them, their fingers and forelimbs should have become shorter at the same time. Instead, their arms seem to have shrunk first.

Previous research shows one group of oviraptorosaurs, called the Heyuanninae, expanded their range during the Late Cretaceous (about 100-94 million years ago). They moved from the area that is now southern China into the Gobi Desert in northern China and southern Mongolia. The reduction in arm length coincided with this expansion in their range.

Then Oksoko lost its third finger. Although some other closely related oviraptorosaurs had relatively short third fingers, in none of them was it as reduced as in Oksoko.

Forelimb reduction and finger loss in this group of dinosaurs could have been caused by the new habitat. Once they had moved into the Gobi Desert, they would have come up against new survival challenges. For example, they might have had to adapt to new food sources or different predators. Something about their new habitat favoured dinosaurs with shorter arms and fewer fingers, causing them to evolve their stumpy, two-fingered forelimbs.

We think they started using their arms for a whole new purpose. It’s possible Oksoko used its arms for digging. Oksoko might have lost its third finger, but its first finger is another story. This digit is thick and strong-looking, with a large claw on the end. We can see scars and ridges where its muscles used to be attached to its bones. These show that Oksoko had strong arms.

Rather than reaching and grasping like other oviraptorosaurs, Oksoko could have used its small but mighty forelimbs for scratch-digging. This could have been useful for finding food, such as plant roots and burrowing insects, or for building nests in the ground.

The holotype fossil (the fossil which leads to the naming of a new species) of Oksoko was the most important fossil in our analysis. Originally found by poachers in Mongolia, this fossil was nearly lost to science. Authorities rescued it at the border of Mongolia in 2006 and it was taken to the Institute of Palaeontology, but wasn’t fully studied until 2020. It was Oksoko’s strange two-digit forelimbs that made us want to investigate finger evolution.

Despite the similarities in the size and shape of their forelimbs, it unlikely that T rex and Oksoko used their arms for the same thing. Oksoko was a small herbivore. T rex was a giant carnivore – it was so massive that it couldn’t have reached the ground to dig, even if it tried. But Oksoko shows us that theropod forelimbs can get shorter and lose digits without becoming functionless. And that begs the question: are T rex’s arms as useless as they’re often portrayed?

My team’s new research shows that our initial assumption – that forelimb and digit reduction are caused by function loss in oviraptorosaurs – is probably wrong. Instead, arm-shrinking and finger loss seem to be caused by adaptation to a new environment and the adoption of a new function. This is an example of how evolution can mould forelimbs to suit different habitats and uses.

It is also a step forward in understanding how theropods evolved such an amazing diversity of forelimb shapes and sizes.The Conversation

Milly Mead, PhD student in Palaeontology and Evolution, University of Edinburgh

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Astronomers listened to the ‘music’ of flickering stars – and discovered an unexpected feature

Pavel Gabzdyl / Shutterstock
Claudia ReyesAustralian National University

The “music” of starquakes – enormous vibrations caused by bursting bubbles of gas that ripple throughout the bodies of many stars – can reveal far more information about the stars’ histories and inner workings than scientists thought.

In new research published in Nature, we analysed the frequency signatures of starquakes across a broad range of giant stars in the M67 star cluster, almost 3,000 light years from Earth.

Using observations from the Kepler space telescope’s K2 mission, we had a rare opportunity to track the evolution of stars during most of their journey through the giant phase of the stellar life cycle.

In doing so, we discovered that these stars get stuck “playing the same part of their tune” once their turbulent outer layer reaches a sensitive region deep inside.

This discovery reveals a new way to understand the history of stars – and of the entire galaxy.

The sound of starquakes

Starquakes happen in most stars (like our Sun) that have a bubbling outer layer, like a pot of boiling water. Bubbles of hot gas rise and burst at the surface, sending ripples through the entire star that cause it to vibrate in particular ways.

We can detect these vibrations, which occur at specific “resonant frequencies”, by looking for subtle variations in the brightness of the star. By studying the frequencies of each star in a group called a cluster, we can tune into the cluster’s unique “song”.

Our study challenges previous assumptions about resonant frequencies in giant stars, revealing they offer deeper insights into stellar interiors than previously thought. Moreover, our study has opened new ways to decipher the history of our Galaxy.

The melody of a stellar cluster

Astronomers have long sought to understand how stars like our Sun evolve over time.

One of the best ways to do this is by studying clusters – groups of stars that formed together and share the same age and composition. A cluster called M67 has attracted a lot of attention because it contains many stars with a similar chemical makeup to the Sun.

Just as earthquakes help us study Earth’s interior, starquakes reveal what lies beneath a star’s surface. Each star “sings” a melody, with frequencies determined by its internal structure and physical properties.

Larger stars produce deeper, slower vibrations, while smaller stars vibrate at higher pitches. And no star plays just one note – each one resonates with a full spectrum of sound from its interior.

A surprising signature

Among the key frequency signatures is the so-called small spacing – a group of resonant frequencies quite close together. In younger stars, such as the Sun, this signature can provide clues about how much hydrogen the star still has left to burn in its core.

In red giants the situation is different. These older stars have used up all the hydrogen in their cores, which are now inert.

However, hydrogen fusion continues in a shell surrounding the core. It was long assumed that the small spacings in such stars offered little new information.

A stalled note

When we measured the small spacings of stars in M67, we were surprised to see they revealed changes in the star’s internal fusion regions.

As the hydrogen-burning shell thickened, the spacings increased. When the shell moved inward, they shrank.

Then we found something else unexpected: at a certain stage, the small spacings stalled. It was like a record skipping on a note.

We discovered that this stalling appears during a specific stage in the life of a giant star — when its outer envelope, the “boiling” layer that transports heat, grows so deep that it makes up about 80% of the star’s mass. At this point the inner boundary of the envelope reaches into a highly sensitive region of the star.

This boundary is extremely turbulent, and the speed of sound shifts steeply across it — and that steep change affects how sound waves travel through the star. We also found that the stalling frequency is distinctively determined by the star’s mass and chemical composition.

This gives us a new way to identify stars in this phase and estimate their ages with improved precision.

The history of the galaxy

Stars are like fossil records. They carry the imprint of the environments in which they formed, and studying them lets us piece together the story of our galaxy.

The Milky Way has grown by merging with smaller galaxies, forming stars at different times in different regions. Better age estimates across the galaxy help us reconstruct this history in greater detail.

Clusters like M67 also provide a glimpse into the future of our own Sun, offering insight into the changes it will experience over billions of years.

This discovery gives us a new tool – and a new reason to revisit data we already have. With years of seismic observations from across the Milky Way, we can now return to those stars and “listen” again, this time knowing what to listen for.The Conversation

Claudia Reyes, Postdoctoral Fellow, Research School of Astronomy & Astrophysics, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Margot Robbie’s Wuthering Heights dress is inaccurate, but not because it’s white – an expert explains

The tiered ‘polonaise’ style dress would have been popular with women like Cathy Earnshaw during the period the book was set. WikimediaCC BY
Danielle Mariann DoveUniversity of Surrey

The upcoming Wuthering Heights adaptation by Saltburn director Emerald Fennell has courted controversy since it was first announced, with Fennell’s choice of leading lady and man drawing internet critics.

Playing tragic heroine Catherine Earnshaw is the 34-year-old blonde Margot Robbie, and as tortured Heathcliff will be fellow Aussie, the 27-year-old Jacob Elordi. If you’re familiar with Emily Brontë’s 1847 novel then you know the ages, vibes and looks are just off.

Now fans of the book are aghast in response to a series of leaked photographs of Margot Robbie wearing an elaborate white wedding gown.

Some were quick to point out the historical inaccuracy of the wedding gown, while others argued that “the tradition of a white wedding dress wouldn’t have come around until after the story took place”.

But is that really true? And what would Catherine Earnshaw have actually worn on her wedding day in the late-18th century?


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.


Most 18th-century brides would have probably worn their Sunday best on their wedding day. This was their finest day dress in the current fashion.

While it may have been an expensive dress, it wouldn’t necessarily have been a purpose-made wedding gown – unless the bride was very wealthy. Significantly, and unlike most wedding dresses today, the gown would also have been worn again on other social occasions.

Brontë tells us nothing about Cathy’s wedding clothes and very little about Cathy and Edgar Linton’s wedding day, which takes place in 1783. However, as the bride of a wealthy landowner she would likely have chosen to have a wedding gown specially made for the occasion in rich silk or satin.

The dress would have been a testament to her new family’s social standing. It would likely have featured a tightly fitted bodice with a low, round neckline characteristic of the period, a sash, and close-fitting, three-quarter length sleeves with a frill.

The wide skirts would have been open to reveal a longer petticoat underneath, or they might have been looped up with ribbons to form three layers in the popular “polonaise” style of the day.

By contrast, the wedding dress that Margot Robbie has been pictured wearing is much more reminiscent of the silhouette in vogue in 1840.

In fact, it appears to take direct inspiration from Queen Victoria’s wedding gown which she wore to marry Albert in February of that year – almost six decades after Cathy’s fictional wedding takes place. Like Queen Victoria’s wedding gown, Robbie’s features a similar off-the-shoulder neckline, short, puffed sleeves and a deep V-shaped bodice.

A white dress?

Queen Victoria is often credited with having started the trend for wearing a white wedding dress. But while she certainly helped to popularise the white gown in the 1840s, she was by no means the sole originator of the tradition. Women were married wearing white long before she chose to do so and they continued to marry wearing dresses of other colours long after.

In 1875, for example, the magazine Beeton’s Young Englishwoman advised one of its readers who wrote in asking for bridal fashion advice, that a grey wedding dress of “Japanese silk would be pretty”, and suggested a silk gown of “pale blue or pale mauve” which “would be useful afterwards”.

Contrary to popular belief that white wedding dresses were not in vogue until the Victorian period, white and silver were in fact the preferred colours for wedding gowns in the 18th century.

The preference for a white or silver wedding dress over a coloured gown can be seen in Oliver Goldsmith’s 1768 comedy play, The Good Natur’d Man, when Garnet, a lady’s maid, tells the soon-to-be married Olivia: “I wish you could take the white and silver [gown] to be married in. It’s the worst luck in the world, in anything but white.”

The historical inaccuracy of Robbie’s Wuthering Heights wedding dress stems not from its colour, then, but primarily from its problematic silhouette.

Of course, historical accuracy is not necessarily the end goal for film directors. Rather, Robbie’s anachronistic wedding gown appears to exemplify a broader trend in historical drama (think Bridgerton) towards a kind of strategic inaccuracy, in which producers and costume designers prioritise experimentation over strict fidelity to period detail.

For all we know, Fennell might have decided to set the adaptation around the time of the novel’s publication rather than its original late-18th and early-19th century setting. Even more intriguingly, she might be using the wedding dress to signal the adaptation’s more modern inflections.

Robbie’s wedding dress and cathedral-length veil wouldn’t look out of place at a contemporary wedding. Basque, or drop waist, wedding dresses dominated New York bridal fashion week in October 2024 and are poised to become a major trend in 2025 having been adopted by celebrities such as actor Millie Bobby Brown and podcaster Alex Cooper. Perhaps Fennell’s Cathy is just extremely fashion forward.The Conversation

Danielle Mariann Dove, Surrey Future Fellow and Lecturer in English Literature, University of Surrey

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Is TikTok right? Do I need to eat more protein?

mavo/Shutterstock
Nick FullerUniversity of Sydney

In the ever-changing wellness industry, one diet obsession has captured and held TikTok’s attention: protein.

Whether it’s sharing snaps of protein-packed meals or giving tutorials to boost your intake, the message is clear: maximum protein consumption is essential for weight management and wellness.

Supermarkets have fed this obsession, stacking the shelves with protein-packed bars, shakes and supplements, and protein-boosted versions of just about every food we eat.

But is all this extra protein as beneficial as it’s made out to be? How much protein do we really need?

Different types of protein

Protein is an essential macronutrient our bodies need to function correctly. It’s made up of building blocks called amino acids. Twenty amino acids link in different combinations to form proteins that are classified into:

  • essential amino acids – ones our bodies can’t make that we need to get through our diet

  • non-essential amino acids – ones our bodies can make.

When we think about protein, animal-based foods such as meat, chicken, fish, eggs and dairy products are usually top of mind.

However, the essential amino acids we need to get from our diet can also be found in many plant-based foods, including legumes, nuts, seeds, wholegrains and soy products like tofu.

Why we need protein

Proteins are often called the workhorses of life. They’re involved in virtually every process that keeps our bodies functioning and play a vital role in:

  • building and repairing tissue. From our muscles and bones to our skin and nails, proteins are responsible for their growth, renewal and repair

  • fighting infection. Our immune system relies on antibodies, a type of protein, to fight off bacteria and viruses

  • transporting substances such as nutrients and blood sugar through our bodies and taking oxygen from our lungs to our cells

  • regulating processes. Most of the hormones controlling crucial functions, like our metabolism, are proteins

  • managing activity. Protein catalysts, in the form of enzymes, manage vital chemical reactions driving important actions in our bodies, including our ability to digest food

  • providing energy. Protein isn’t a primary energy source but it can be used for energy when other sources are low.

Four women walk across a horizon
Protein is vital for almost every process that keeps our body functioning. sk/Unsplash

Protein also plays an essential role in weight management by:

So influencers have it half right: protein is a must-have. But that doesn’t mean it’s a more-is-better situation.

How much protein do we actually need?

Our daily protein requirements are based on our body weight, gender and age.

Protein should account for around 15–25% of our total daily energy intake, with the national guidelines recommending

  • women consume 0.75 grams of protein per kilo of body weight (and 1.0 grams per kilo of body weight when pregnant or breastfeeding)

  • men consume 0.84 grams of protein per kilo of body weight.

A woman weighing 72 kilos, for example, should consume 54 grams of protein daily, while a man weighing 87 kilos should consume 73 grams.

Our recommended protein intake changes as we age, with adults aged over 70 requiring 25% more protein than younger people – or around 67 grams of protein daily for women and 91 grams for men.

Stir fry
Lean meat is a good source of protein but it’s not the only one. Pexels/Taryn Elliott

This is because, as we age, our bodies stop working as efficiently as before. Around the age of 40, we start experiencing a condition called sarcopenia, where our muscle mass naturally declines, and our body fat starts increasing.

Because muscle mass helps determine our metabolic rate, when our muscle mass decreases, our bodies start to burn fewer calories at rest.

Given the role protein plays in muscle growth and preservation, it’s even more vital as we age.

What does this look like in real life?

By including a protein source at every meal, you can easily meet your daily protein needs. With the example below, you end up with around 125g a day for men and around 100g for women.

Women should consume 0.75 grams of protein per kilo of body weight, while men should consume 0.84 grams. Here’s how to get to 100 or 120 grams. Interval Weight Loss

Broken down into meals, this might look like:

  • breakfast: chickpea scramble = 1.5 fist-sizes of protein

  • morning tea: Greek yoghurt and a handful of nuts

  • lunch: beef stir fry = 1 fist-size of protein

  • afternoon tea: hummus, veggie sticks and one boiled egg

  • dinner: lentil and beef bolognese, and salad = half a fist-size of protein.

What happens when we consume too much protein?

The wellness industry may make you think you’re not getting enough protein. But for most people, we are fixating on a problem that doesn’t exist. In fact, you can get too much, when at levels of greater than 2 grams per kilo of body weight per day.

A diet excessively high in protein can lead to nutritional deficiencies that can result in poor immune function, fatigue and a decrease in bone density because you’re likely to lose out on other nutrients.

High meat intake, particularly processed meats, may also increase our risk of cancer and heart disease, and can come with a surplus of energy that leads to weight gain.

Balance is key

Aim for a diet balanced across all of the macronutrients we need: wholegrain carbohydrates, healthy fats and protein.

As a guide, aim to fill a quarter of your plate with lean protein (lean meat, poultry, fish, eggs, tofu, nuts, seeds, legumes or beans), a quarter with wholegrain carbohydrates and the rest with vegetables and fruits.

And avoid those unnecessary, protein-boosted foods and supplements – your health, weight and hip pocket will thank you for it.

At the Boden Group, Charles Perkins Centre, we are running clinical trials for metabolic health. You can register here to express your interest.The Conversation

Nick Fuller, Clinical Trials Director, Department of Endocrinology, RPA Hospital, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What are caretaker conventions and how do they limit governments during election periods?

Anne TwomeyUniversity of Sydney

Now that the election has been called for May 3, parliament has been dissolved and the caretaker government period has commenced. During this period, the caretaker conventions require the government to exercise self-restraint. It must stick to routine government business and not embark on major new commitments.

There are commonly claims in the media that various actions by the government breach the caretaker conventions. Before the accusations start flying, here are the basics to help you make your own assessment.

Why do we have caretaker conventions?

There are two reasons for caretaker conventions. First, once parliament is dissolved, the government can no longer be called to account by parliament. It should therefore be more restrained in its actions while not under parliamentary scrutiny.

Second, as a matter of fairness, the government should not be entering into binding commitments immediately before an election, if they will burden an incoming government. It is unfair for an outgoing government to stack important statutory positions with its own people or enter into contracts that commit a new government to policies it opposes.

When do the caretaker conventions apply?

The caretaker conventions commence from the moment parliament is dissolved. They continue until the election result shows the existing government has been returned to office or a new government is formed.

If there is a hung parliament, it may take a few weeks before we know who will form the new government. If important matters have to be resolved during that prolonged caretaker period, the opposition may be consulted to try to get a cooperative outcome. The existing government, however, retains full legal power to act at all times.

How do the caretaker conventions restrict government actions?

Before each federal election, the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet issues a document called Guidance on Caretaker Conventions. It sets out the rules for ministers and public servants.

During the caretaker period, a government must avoid:

  • making major policy decisions that are likely to commit an incoming government
  • making significant appointments
  • entering into major contracts or undertakings, such as entry into treaties or other international agreements.

Whether a decision, appointment or policy is major, is a matter of judgement. In making this assessment, consideration is given to whether it is likely to be controversial or a matter of contention between the government and the opposition. The cost of the decision and its impact on future resources and policies will also be considered.

Both the government and the opposition can still, of course, make election commitments about future action. The caretaker conventions only apply to actions taken within the caretaker period. They also do not apply to decisions made and actions taken before the caretaker period commenced, even if they are only announced after it has commenced.

The public service and the caretaker period

Rules have also developed on the fair use of the public service and public resources before and after elections. Technically, these are not part of the caretaker conventions, which concern self-restraint by ministers. But because they concern fairness in relation to elections, they are often lumped in with the caretaker conventions and they are included within the official guidance document.

These rules are based upon obligations imposed on public servants by statutes and other instruments, such as the Public Service Act 1999 (Cth), and APS Code of Conduct. They require public servants to behave in an impartial and apolitical manner. They also require that public resources not be used to advantage political parties during an election campaign.

It is also customary to restrict the use of government advertising during the caretaker period to necessary matters, and those that do not highlight the role of ministers or promote the achievements or policies of the government.

Two recent examples show how these rules can become controversial during an election campaign. In 2013, the Rudd Labor government was criticised by the opposition for breaching the caretaker conventions by running ads, within Australia, about asylum-seekers not being settled in Australia. The ads were reluctantly approved by public servants under a ministerial direction that they were obliged to obey.

The opposition was happy for the ads to be run in overseas countries, as a source of information and deterrence, but regarded their publication in Australia as partisan and breaching the rules. Opposition spokesperson Scott Morrison called it a “shameless and desperate” grab for votes, with the government spending taxpayers’ money to advertise to the vote-people, rather than the boat people.

On the day of the 2022 election, the Morrison Coalition government instructed the Department of Home Affairs to publish a statement that a boat containing asylum seekers had been intercepted.

It requested that this information be emailed immediately to journalists and tweeted by the Australian Border Force. The issue was highly political. Prime Minister Scott Morrison told a press conference before any announcement had been made that:

I’ve been here to stop this boat. But in order for me to be here to stop those that may come from here, you need to vote Liberals and Nationals today.

Officials published a factual statement about the boat, because they were required to act as directed by the minister. But, as a subsequent investigation revealed, they refused requests to amplify the controversy by sending material to journalists and to publish it on social media, as this would breach their obligations to be apolitical.

Who enforces the caretaker conventions?

The caretaker conventions are not legally binding and cannot be enforced by a court. But some governors-general have given effect to the conventions by deferring action on anything that would breach them. Then, when the election is over, a new government can decide whether to proceed with the matter.

Breaches by public servants of their obligations under codes of conduct and the Public Service Act can have real consequences, such as disciplinary action being taken against them.

While conventions are not legally enforceable, they ordinarily work because there is agreement among political actors that these rules are fair and politically binding on them. Controversy in the media about breaches of conventions can raise public anger. Punishment is left in the hands of the voters.The Conversation

Anne Twomey, Professor Emerita in Constitutional Law, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Step length, a devastating finish and ‘springs in his spikes’: the science behind Gout Gout’s speed

2024 Chemist Warehouse Australian All Schools Championships live stream, Australian Athletics
Dylan HicksFlinders University and roland van den TillaarNord University

Every now and then an athlete comes along who makes people wonder, “how are they so fast?”

Let me introduce you to Gout Gout.

Gout is a 17-year-old sprint sensation from Australia, whose blistering 100m and 200m times have drawn comparison to none other than Jamaican sprint legend Usain Bolt.

While he was edged out over 200 metres in Melbourne last weekend by 21-year-old Lachlan Kennedy – recent 60-metre world indoor silver medallist who is a rising sprinter poised to break the ten-second barrier for 100 metres – Gout’s performances continue to signal a bright future on the track.

In a seven-month period since last August, Gout has:

  • won silver in the 200m at the World Junior Championships (20.60 seconds, -0.7 metres/second wind)
  • broken Peter Norman’s long-standing Australian 200m record (20.04 seconds, +1.5m/s)
  • two weeks ago in Brisbane, smashed through the magical 20-second barrier for the 200m, recording a world-leading 19.98 seconds (+3.6m/s), albeit wind-aided (anything greater than 2.0 metres/second is considered wind-aided).

But what makes Gout so fast?

Is it his explosive start, long stride, top speed or smooth technique?

The answer, as with all athletic outliers, is likely a combination of several unique attributes.

Let’s dive into the science.

The science of sprinting

Sprinting is an ongoing battle of force and mass.

Gravity is pulling the athlete’s body mass down. Meanwhile, the athlete must apply muscular force into the track to keep the body upright.

Research suggests the world’s fastest sprinters generate the highest ground reaction force relative to their body mass and apply it in the shortest period, in the right direction (more horizontally in acceleration and more vertically at top speed).

At 5'11" (180cm) and 66kg, Gout does not display the muscular physiques of past champion sprinters including Asafa Powell (Jamaica), Justin Gatlin (the USA), or Australia’s own Matt Shirvington. Yet his performances suggest is he redefining the archetype of elite sprinting.

For anyone who has run at school, you know the difficulty of holding your top speed for the duration of a 200-metre race.

But Gout defies logic. His speed endurance (maintaining speed) sets him apart from nearly all athletes.

And not just compared to his age group, although he currently sits second on the all-time under-18 200-metre list behind US runner Erriyon Knighton.

Gout’s speed endurance is up there with the best in 200-metre history: Bolt, Michael Johnson or Noah Lyles. Each of them has won multiple Olympic medals.

The fastest official 100-200 metre segment (the final 100 metres of the race) ever run in a 200-metre event is 9.16 seconds by American Lyles, on his way to winning the 2022 world athletics championships in Oregon (19.31 seconds overall).

In Gout’s recent performance in Brisbane, he completed this segment of the race in 9.31 seconds. Bolt and Johnson’s best 100-200 metre segment is 9.27 and 9.20 seconds respectively.

This statistic puts Gout in elite company.

The magic of Gout

Closer analysis of Gout’s performance highlights some sprinting anomalies.

He covers the first 100m of the race in 10.67 seconds, which is quite slow relative to his finishing time of 19.98.

For comparison, when Bolt broke the 200-metre world record in 2009 (19.19 seconds), he ran 9.92 seconds on the curve (and 9.27 seconds on the straight).

But once Gout enters the straight, his magic is on full display.

Gout has an average step length of 2.60 metres. Bolt’s average step length in his 100-metre world record performance was 2.45mwith Lyles displaying a similar result, 2.35m, in his 100-metre win in Paris.

This allows Gout to take between 3.75-4 steps for each ten-metre segment, which he covers at an average speed of 10.8m/s (or 38.8km/h). Like Bolt, his step length is a huge advantage over his competitors.

However, there is a trade-off with step length and step frequency.

Gout’s longer-than-average step length reduces his average step frequency to 4.15Hz (steps per second), much lower than Bolt who averaged 4.47Hz when at his best.

However, research highlights elite sprinters are reliant on either step length or frequency, and athletes should train to their strengths, rather than fixing their weaknesses.

So this may not be an area of concern for the teenager.

Gout also displays a unique coordination pattern in how he interacts with the ground: the way he strikes the track with his feet almost makes it look like he has springs in his spikes.

Well, we all do in a sense.

Elastic energy is stored and released in our Achilles tendon which acts as a muscle power amplifier during running.

Longer Achilles tendon length and stiffness play a huge role in sprint efficiency. This allows athletes to move at faster speeds for longer periods at a reduced energy cost, and may be another one’s of Gout advantages over his contemporaries.

A bright future

At 17, Gout’s performances are out of this world.

The way he generates and maintains speed challenges some conventional paradigms in sprinting – namely that raw power and muscle mass are the primary determinants of speed.

With most elite sprinters peaking in their mid-20s, Gout’s performances at this stage of his career are even more noteworthy.

His success likely highlights the role of his unique coordination patterns, biomechanics, technical efficiency, hard work and great coaching all bundled together.

Gout has already rewritten Australian sprinting history. Next up, he’s taking on the world.

Just don’t blink – he’s that fast, you might miss him.The Conversation

Dylan Hicks, Lecturer & Movement Scientist / PhD Sports Biomechanics, Flinders University and roland van den Tillaar, Professor in Sports Science, Nord University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Meta allegedly used pirated books to train AI. Australian authors have objected, but US courts may decide if this is ‘fair use’

Agata Mrva-MontoyaUniversity of Sydney

Companies developing AI models, such as OpenAI and Meta, train their systems on enormous datasets. These consist of text from newspapers, books (often sourced from unauthorised repositories), academic publications and various internet sources. The material includes works that are copyrighted.

The Atlantic magazine recently alleged Meta, parent company of Facebook and Instagram, had used LibGen, an illegal book repository, to train its generative AI tool. Created around 2008 by Russian scientists, LibGen hosts more than 7.5 million books and 81 million research papers, making it one of the largest online libraries of pirated work in the world.

The practice of training AI on copyrighted material has sparked intense legal debates and raised serious concerns among writers and publishers, who face the risk of their work being devalued or replaced.

While some companies, such as OpenAI, have established formal partnerships with some content providers, many publishers and writers have objected to their intellectual property being used without consent or financial compensation.

Author Tracey Spicer has described Meta’s use of copyrighted books as “peak technocapitalism”, while Sophie Cunningham, chair of the board of the Australian Society of Authors, has accused the company of “treating writers with contempt”.

Meta is being sued in the United States for copyright infringement by a group of authors, including Michael Chabon, Ta-Nehisi Coates and comedian Sarah Silverman. Court documents filed in January allege Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg approved the use of the LibGen dataset for training the company’s AI models knowing it contained pirated material. Meta has declined to comment on the ongoing court case.

The legal battles centre on a fundamental question: does mass data scraping for AI training constitute “fair use”?

Legal challenges

The stakes are particularly high, as AI companies not only train their models using publicly accessible data, but use the content to provide Chatbot answers that may compete with the original creators’ works.

AI companies defend their data scraping on the grounds of innovation and “fair use” – a legal doctrine that, in the US, permits “the unlicensed use of copyright-protected works in certain circumstances”. Those circumstances include research, teaching and commentary. Similar provisions apply in other legal jurisdictions, including Australia.

AI companies argue their use of copyrighted works for training purposes is transformative. But when AI can reproduce content that closely mimics an author’s style or regenerates substantial portions of copyrighted material, legitimate questions arise about whether this constitutes infringement.

A landmark legal case in this battle is The New York Times vs OpenAI and Microsoft. Launched in late 2023, the case is ongoing. The New York Times alleges copyright infringement, claiming OpenAI and its partner Microsoft used millions of its articles without permission, to train AI systems.

Although the scope of the lawsuit has been narrowed to core claims relating to copyright and trademark dilution infringement, a recent court decision allowing the case to proceed to trial has been seen as a win for the New York Times.

Other news publishers, including News Corp, have also initiated legal proceedings against AI companies.

The concern extends beyond traditional publishers and news organisations to individual creators, who face threats to their livelihoods. In 2023, a group of authors – including Jonathan Franzen, John Grisham and George R.R. Martin – filed a class-action suit, still unresolved, alleging OpenAI copied their works without permission or payment.

Implications

These and numerous other legal challenges will have significant implications for the future of the publishing and media industries, and for AI companies.

The issue is particularly alarming, considering that in 2023, the average median full-time income for an author in the United States was was just over USD$20,000. The situation is even more dire in Australia, where authors earn an average of AUD$18,200 per year.

In response to these challenges, the Australian Society of Authors (ASA) has called for the Australian government to regulate AI. Its proposal is that AI companies should be required to obtain permission before using copyrighted work and must provide fair compensation to writers who grant authorisation.

The ASA has also called for clear labelling of content that is wholly or partially AI generated, and transparency regarding which copyrighted works have been used for AI training and the purposes of that training.

If training AI on copyrighted works is permissible, what compensation model is fair to original creators?

In 2024, HarperCollins signed a deal allowing limited use of selected nonfiction backlist titles for AI training. The three-year non-exclusive agreement affected over 150 Australian authors. It gave them the choice to opt in for USD$2,500, split 50/50 between writer and publisher.

However, the Authors Guild argues a 50/50 split is not fair and recommends 75% should go to the author and only 25% to the publisher.

Potential responses

Publishers and creators are increasingly concerned about the loss of control of intellectual property. AI systems rarely cite sources, diminishing the value of attribution. If these systems can generate content that substitutes for published works, this has the potential to reduce demand for original content.

As AI-generated content floods the market, distinguishing and protecting original works becomes more challenging. Amazon has already been swamped by AI-generated content, including imitations and book summaries, sold as ebooks.

Lawmakers in various jurisdictions are considering updates to national copyright laws specifically addressing AI, which aim to promote innovation and safeguard rights. But the responses are diverging dramatically.

The European Union’s Artificial Intelligence Act of 2024 aims to balance copyright holders’ interests with innovation in AI development. The copyright provisions were added late in negotiations and are considered relatively weak. But they provide additional tools for copyright holders to identify potential infringements and give general purpose AI providers more legal certainty, if they comply with the rules.

Any plans to regulate AI have been explicitly rejected by US vice president JD Vance. In February, at the Artificial Intelligence Action Summit in Paris, Vance described “excessive regulation” as “authoritarian censorship” that undermined the development of AI.

This stance reflects the broader US approach to AI regulation. In their submissions to the US government’s AI Action Plan currently under development, both OpenAI and Google argue AI companies should be able to freely train their models on copyrighted material under the “fair use” principle, as part of “a copyright strategy that promotes the freedom to learn”.

This position raises significant concerns for content creators.

Chair of the Australian Society of Authors, Sophie Cunningham, has accused Meta of ‘treating authors with contempt’. Virginia Murdoch/Text Publishing

Deal or no deal?

In addition to legal frameworks, various models are being developed globally to ensure creators and publishers are being paid, while allowing AI companies to use the data.

Since mid-2023, several academic publishers, including Informa (the parent company of Taylor & Francis), Wiley and Oxford University Press, have established licensing agreements with AI companies.

Other publishers are making direct deals with AI companies, along similar lines to HarperCollins. In Australia, Black Inc. recently asked its authors to sign opt-in agreements permitting the use of their work for AI training purposes.

A variety of licensing platforms, such as Created by Humans, have emerged. These aim to facilitate the legal use of copyrighted materials for AI training and clearly indicate to readers when a book is written by humans, not AI-generated.

To date, the Australian government has not enacted any specific statutes that would directly regulate AI. In September 2024, the government released a voluntary framework consisting of eight AI Ethics Principles, which call for transparency, accountability and fairness in AI systems.

The use of copyrighted works to train AI systems remains contested legal territory. Both AI developers and creators have valid interests at stake. There is a clear need to balance technological innovation with sustainable models for original content creation.

Finding the right balance between these interests will likely require a combination of legal precedent, new business models and thoughtful policy development.

As courts begin to rule on these cases, we may see clearer guidelines emerge about what constitutes fair use in AI training and AI-driven content creation, and what compensation models might be appropriate. Ultimately, the future of human creativity hangs in the balance.The Conversation

Agata Mrva-Montoya, Senior Lecturer, Department of Media and Communications, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

ChatGPT’s Studio Ghibli-style images show its creative power – but raise new copyright  problems

Kai RiemerUniversity of Sydney and Sandra PeterUniversity of Sydney

Social media has recently been flooded with images that looked like they belonged in a Studio Ghibli film. Selfies, family photos and even memes have been re-imagined with the soft pastel palette characteristic of the Japanese animation company founded by Hayao Miyazaki.

This followed OpenAI’s latest update to ChatGPT. The update significantly improved ChatGPT’s image generation capabilities, allowing users to create convincing Ghibli-style images in mere seconds. It has been enormously popular – so much so, in fact, that the system crashed due to user demand.

Generative artificial intelligence (AI) systems such as ChatGPT are best understood as “style engines”. And what we are seeing now is these systems offering users more precision and control than ever before.

But this is also raising entirely new questions about copyright and creative ownership.

How the new ChatGPT makes images

Generative AI programs work by producing outputs in response to user prompts, including prompts to create an image.

Previous generations of AI image generators used diffusion models. These models gradually refine random, noisy data into a coherent image. But the latest update to ChatGPT uses what’s known as an “autoregressive algorithm”.

This algorithm treats images more like language, breaking them down into “tokens”. Just as ChatGPT predicts the most likely words in a sentence, it can now predict different visual elements in an image separately.

This tokenisation enables the algorithm to better separate certain features of an image – and their relationship with words in a prompt. As a result, ChatGPT can more accurately create images from precise user prompts than previous generations of image generators. It can replace or change specific features while preserving the rest of the image, and it improves on the longstanding issue of generating correct text in images.

A particularly powerful advantage of generating images inside a large language model is the ability to draw on all the knowledge already encoded in the system. This means users don’t need to describe every aspect of an image in painstaking detail. They can simply refer to concepts such as Studio Ghibli and the AI understands the reference.

The recent Studio Ghibli trend began with OpenAI itself, before spreading among Silcon Valley software engineers and then even governments and politicians – including seemingly unlikely uses such as the White House creating a Ghiblified image of a crying woman being deported and the Indian government promoting Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s narrative of a “New India”.

Understanding AI as ‘style engines’

Generative AI systems don’t store information in any traditional sense. Instead they encode text, facts, or image fragments as patterns – or “styles” – within their neural networks.

Trained on vast amounts of data, AI models learn to recognise patterns at multiple levels. Lower network layers might capture basic features such as word relationships or visual textures. Higher layers encode more complex concepts or visual elements.

This means everything – objects, properties, writing genres, professional voices – gets transformed into styles. When AI learns about Miyazaki’s work, it’s not storing actual Studio Ghibli frames (though image generators may sometimes produce close imitations of input images). Instead, it’s encoding “Ghibli-ness” as a mathematical pattern – a style that can be applied to new images.

The same happens with bananas, cats or corporate emails. The AI learns “banana-ness”, “cat-ness” or “corporate email-ness” – patterns that define what makes something recognisably a banana, cat or a professional communication.

The encoding and transfer of styles has for a long time been an express goal in visual AI. Now we have an image generator that achieves this with unprecedented scale and control.

This approach unlocks remarkable creative possibilities across both text and images. If everything is a style, then these styles can be freely combined and transferred. That’s why we refer to these systems as “style engines”. Try creating an armchair in the style of a cat, or in elvish style.

The copyright controversy: when styles become identity

While the ability to work with styles is what makes generative AI so powerful, it’s also at the heart of growing controversy. For many artists, there’s something deeply unsettling about seeing their distinctive artistic approaches reduced to just another “style” that anyone can apply with a simple text prompt.

Hayao Miyazaki has not publicly commented on the recent trend of people using ChatGPT to generate images in his world-famous animation style. But he has been critical of AI previously.

All of this also raises entirely new questions about copyright and creative ownership.

Traditionally, copyright law doesn’t protect styles – only specific expressions. You can’t copyright a music genre such as “ska” or an art movement such as “impressionism”.

This limitation exists for good reason. If someone could monopolise an entire style, it would stifle creative expression for everyone else.

But there’s a difference between general styles and highly distinctive ones that become almost synonymous with someone’s identity. When an AI can generate work “in the style of Greg Rutkowski” – a Polish artist whose name was reportedly used in over more than 93,000 prompts in AI image generator Stable Diffusion – it potentially threatens both his livelihood and artistic legacy.

Some creators have already taken legal action.

In a case filed in late 2022, three artists formed a class to sue multiple AI companies, arguing that their image generators were trained on their original works without permission, and now allow users to generate derivative works mimicking their distinctive styles.

As technology evolves faster than the law, work is under way on new legislation to try and balance technological innovation with protecting artists’ creative identities.

Whatever the outcome, these debates highlight the transformative nature of AI style engines – and the need to consider both their untapped creative potential and more nuanced protections of distinctive artistic styles.The Conversation

Kai Riemer, Professor of Information Technology and Organisation, University of Sydney and Sandra Peter, Director of Sydney Executive Plus, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why do I get headaches when I exercise, even when I drink lots of water?

Jacob Lund/Shutterstock
Hunter BennettUniversity of South Australia

Getting a headache during or after exercise can be seriously frustrating – especially if you have kept hydrated to try and stop them from happening.

But why do these headaches occur? And does keeping hydrated make any difference?

What are exercise headaches?

Exercise headaches (also known as “exertional headaches”) are exactly what they sound like: headaches that occur either during, or after, exercise.

French doctor Jules Tinel first reported these headaches in the medical literature in 1932 and they’ve been a regular point of discussion since.

Exercise headaches commonly present as a throbbing pain on both sides of the head. They most often occur after strenuous exercise – although what is considered “strenuous” can differ between people, depending on their fitness levels. They can last anywhere from a few minutes to a couple of days.

Exercise headaches are thought to impact about 12% of adults, although this number varies from 1% all the way up to 26% across individual studies.

In most circumstances, these headaches are harmless and will resolve on their own, over time. Some research suggests you will stop getting them after a few months of starting a new type of workout.

But while they are usually harmless, they can sometimes signal an underlying condition that requires medical attention.

What causes exercise headaches?

Despite a good amount of research looking at exertional headaches, we don’t know their exact cause, but we do think we know why they occur.

The leading theory suggests they are caused by changes in blood flow to the brain. During intense exercise, blood vessels in the brain dilate, increasing blood flow and pressure, leading to pain.

Because long-term exercise improves our cardiovascular health, including our ability to dilate and constrict our blood vessels, this theory makes sense when we consider that exercise headaches tend to resolve themselves over time. This might explain why research suggests fitter people are less likely to get exercise headaches.

People with migraines appear more likely to experience exercise headaches, which are thought to be caused by this same mechanism.

Does heat and dehydration cause exercise headaches?

There is evidence suggesting that exercise headaches are more likely to occur in the heat.

Your brain cannot dissipate heat by sweating like the rest of your body can. So when it’s hot, your body has to increase blood flow to the brain to help bring down its temperature, which can increase pressure.

Man drinks water at the gym
Exercise headaches might not be as bad when you’re hydrated. ME Image/Shutterstock

Similarly, exercise headaches also seem to get worse, and occur more often, when people are dehydrated.

However, we are not sure why this happens. Some research has shown that dehydration results in increased strain during exercise. As such, dehydration might not necessarily cause the headache, but make it more likely to occur.

Red flags: when to see a doctor

Most exercise headaches resolve themselves after a few hours and result in no lasting negative effects.

In some rare instances, they could be sign of something more serious occurring in the brain, such as a subarachnoid haemorrhage (a bleed between the brain and the tissues that cover it), reversible cerebral vasoconstriction syndrome (a spasming of blood vessels), cervical artery dissection (or tear), intracranial hypertension (pressure in the brain), or an infection.

See a doctor to rule out anything serious if:

  • it’s your first exercise headache
  • the headache is severe and sudden (also known as a thunderclap headache)
  • it’s accompanied by other symptoms such as vision changes, confusion, or sensations of weakness
  • you experience a stiff neck, nausea, or vomiting with your headache
  • it lasts for more than 24 hours and doesn’t seem to be getting better.

Can you prevent exercise headaches?

There is no surefire way to prevent exercise headaches.

But a recent review suggests that ensuring you’re adequately hydrated and gradually warm-up to your desired exercise intensity can make them less likely to occur.

A couple walks
Give your body time to adapt. Gorgev/Shutterstock

Beyond this, you may wish to keep your exercise intensity in a light-to moderate range for a couple of months. This will give your cardiovascular system some time to adapt before trying more strenuous exercise, hopefully reducing the likelihood of getting exercise headaches at all.

Exercise headaches are annoying, but are generally harmless and should subside on their own over time.The Conversation

Hunter Bennett, Lecturer in Exercise Science, University of South Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The best space telescope you never heard of just shut down

ESA / Gaia / DPACCC BY-SA
Laura Nicole DriessenUniversity of Sydney

On Thursday 27 March, the European Space Agency (ESA) sent its last messages to the Gaia Spacecraft. They told Gaia to shut down its communication systems and central computer and said goodbye to this amazing space telescope.

Gaia has been the most successful ESA space mission ever, so why did they turn Gaia off? What did Gaia achieve? And perhaps most importantly, why was it my favourite space telescope?

Running on empty

Gaia was retired for a simple reason: after more than 11 years in space, it ran out of the cold gas propellant it needed to keep scanning the sky.

The telescope did its last observation on 15 January 2025. The ESA team then performed testing for a few weeks, before telling Gaia to leave its home at a point in space called L2 and start orbiting the Sun away from Earth.

L2 is one of five “Lagrangian points” around Earth and the Sun where gravitational conditions make for a nice, stable orbit. L2 is located 1.5 million kilometres from Earth on the “dark side”, opposite the Sun.

L2 is a highly prized location because it’s a stable spot to orbit, it’s close enough to Earth for easy communication, and spacecraft can use the Sun behind them for solar power while looking away from the Sun out into space.

It’s also too far away from Earth to send anyone on a repair mission, so once your spacecraft gets there it’s on its own.

Keeping L2 clear

L2 currently hosts the James Webb Space Telescope (operated by the USA, Europe and Canada), the European Euclid mission, the Chinese Chang’e 6 orbiter and the joint Russian-German Spektr-RG observatory. Since L2 is such a key location for space missions, it’s essential to keep it clear of debris and retired spacecraft.

'Bye' appears in the status of Gaia's subsystems as the spacecraft is powered down and switched off for the final time
A final status update from Gaia. ESACC BY-SA

Gaia used its thrusters for the last time to push itself away from L2, and is now drifting around the Sun in a “retirement orbit” where it won’t get in anybody’s way.

As part of the retirement process, the Gaia team wrote farewell messages into the craft’s software and sent it the names of around 1,500 people who worked on Gaia over the years.

What is Gaia?

Gaia looks a bit like a spinning top hat in space. Its main mission was to produce a detailed, three-dimensional map of our galaxy, the Milky Way.

To do this, it measured the precise positions and motions of 1.46 billion objects in space. Gaia also measured brightnesses and variability and those data were used to provide temperatures, gravitational parameters, stellar types and more for millions of stars. One of the key pieces of information Gaia provided was the distance to millions of stars.

A cosmic measuring tape

I’m a radio astronomer, which means I use radio telescopes here on Earth to explore the Universe. Radio light is the longest wavelength of light, invisible to human eyes, and I use it to investigate magnetic stars.

But even though I’m a radio astronomer and Gaia was an optical telescope, looking at the same wavelengths of light our eyes can see, I use Gaia data almost every single day.

I used it today to find out how far away, how bright, and how fast a star was. Before Gaia, I would probably never have known how far away that star was.

This is essential for figuring out how bright the stars I study really are, which helps me understand the physics of what’s happening in and around them.

A huge success

Gaia has contributed to thousands of articles in astronomy journals. Papers released by the Gaia collaboration have been cited well over 20,000 times in total.

Gaia has produced too many science results to share here. To take just one example, Gaia improved our understanding of the structure of our own galaxy by showing that it has multiple spiral arms that are less sharply defined than we previously thought.

Not really the end for Gaia

It’s difficult to express how revolutionary Gaia has been for astronomy, but we can let the numbers speak for themselves. Around five astronomy journal articles are published every day that use Gaia data, making Gaia the most successful ESA mission ever. And that won’t come to a complete stop when Gaia retires.

The Gaia collaboration has published three data releases so far. This is where the collaboration performs the processing and checks on the data, adds some important analysis and releases all of that in one big hit.

And luckily, there are two more big data releases with even more information to come. The fourth data release is expected in mid to late 2026. The fifth and final data release, containing all of the Gaia data from the whole mission, will come out sometime in the 2030s.

This article is my own small tribute to a telescope that changed astronomy as we know it. So I will end by saying a huge thank you to everyone who has ever worked on this amazing space mission, whether it was engineering and operations, turning the data into the amazing resource it is, or any of the other many jobs that make a mission successful. And thank you to those who continue to work on the data as we speak.

Finally, thank you to my favourite space telescope. Goodbye, Gaia, I’ll miss you.The Conversation

Laura Nicole Driessen, Postdoctoral Researcher in Radio Astronomy, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

In Ancient Greece and Rome, who were the harpies, and why did they stink so much?

Krikkiat / Shutterstock.com
Kitty SmithUniversity of Sydney

Once yelled at women seen to be pestering or annoying – or at feminists questioning and threatening the status quo – “harpy” has long been used as a derogatory term targeting women.

But have you ever wondered what a harpy was in the first place?

Much like similar derogatory titles “siren” and “fury”, the term “harpy” is derived from a group of monstrous female figures from ancient Greek and Roman mythology.

This picture depicts the harpies being driven from the table of King Phineus, a story told in the Argonautica by Apollonius of Rhodes, in which Jason and the Argonauts search for the golden fleece.
This picture depicts the harpies being driven from the table of King Phineus, a story told in the Argonautica by Apollonius of Rhodes, in which Jason and the Argonauts search for the golden fleece. The Metropolitan Museum of Art/Rogers Fund, 1967

Who were the harpies?

In Greek and Roman myth, the harpies were a group of animal-human hybrid monsters on par with other such mythological creatures like the sirens, the sphinx, and the centaurs.

Harpies were commonly imagined as an amalgam of a bird’s body, such as wings and claws, with a woman’s head.

The ancient story of the Aeneid, by Latin poet Virgil, describes the story’s hero Aeneas encountering harpies on his quest to found Rome, saying:

Maiden faces have these birds, foulest filth they drop, clawed hands are theirs, and faces ever gaunt with hunger.

This description matches a common design from Greek and Roman art of birds with women’s heads.

In Greco-Roman myth, the harpies were typically tasked with meting out justice on behalf of Zeus and other gods by using their great speed from their wings and sharp talons.

The importance of their claws was likely a result of their name, which was derived from the Ancient Greek word for “snatching” (ἁρπάζω or harpazdo).

As was common of many mythological figures with hybrid features, the way their animal features were portrayed tended to vary across different media (art or literature), different narrative purposes, and over time.

Sometimes the claws were emphasised; other times it was their supernaturally swift wings and voracious hunger.

Harpies were a common motif in many parts of the world. This roughly 12th Century statue is from modern-day Iran.
Harpies were also a common motif in many parts of the Muslim world. This roughly 12th Century statue is from modern-day Iran. The Metropolitan Museum of Art/Cora Timken Burnett Collection of Persian Miniatures and Other Persian Art Objects, Bequest of Cora Timken Burnett, 1956

Enforcers of swift justice

The harpies were not nice people. They existed in myth to dish out punishments from the gods.

Their primary target? Phineus, a seer and king of Salmydessus in Thrace, a city believed to have been located on the Western coast of the Black Sea near the modern day Turkish town of Kıyıköy.

His story is told in the Argonautica by ancient Greek author Apollonius of Rhodes. This tale centres on the journey of Jason and the Argonauts in search of the golden fleece.

In the story, Phineus is said to have abused his powers as a seer by sharing too many of the gods’ secrets with mortals.

This was among the most egregious of crimes in the eyes of the gods, so an especially awful punishment was decided upon.

Phineus was blinded and given the dubious gift of immortality while still allowed to age endlessly. And worst of all, he was set upon by the harpies.

Every time Phineus picked up and tried to eat food, the harpies would burst out from the clouds, moving as fast as lightning, and

with their crooked beaks incessantly snatched the food away from his mouth and hands.

The harpies brought a further gift for Phineus: their smell. This supernaturally “intolerable stench” could putrefy food, so any scraps the harpies didn’t grab were left rotting on the table. You couldn’t even stand near it, “so foully reeked the remnants of the meal”.

And while the harpies swooped in and out in seconds, their smell stuck to the rotting food (and probably poor Phineus).

Some ancient poets add a little extra zest and disgust by also suggesting the harpies may have been defecating on the food, and presumably Phineus.

Most notable is Virgil in his text the Aeneid who wrote about “foedissima ventris proluvies”, meaning:

the foulest discharges from their bellies.

This was likely an exaggeration of their bird-like qualities, used to emphasise how disgusting and monstrous they were.

Phineus was eventually given a reprieve from the harpies, by order of Zeus, so he could help the hero Jason on his quest for the golden fleece.

Having completed their job, the harpies then flew to Crete to live in a cave far away from annoying mortals – only being disturbed once by Aeneas on his meandering path to Rome.

The story of Phineus helped harpies become a metaphor for greed.

Those compared to harpies could include greedy house-guests overstaying their welcome, people living extravagantly or frivolously, or even family members taking advantage of wealthy relatives.

Although the harpies were female monsters, the term was not exclusively applied to women, but used to describe groups of greedy people.

Harpies were often associated with greed. In this Renaissance painting, part of a series depicting the Seven Deadly Sins, a harpy-drawn chariot is being used by Gluttony (who has wings, carries a jug and and wears wine leaves in her hair).
Harpies were often associated with greed. In this Renaissance painting, part of a series depicting the Seven Deadly Sins, a harpy-drawn chariot is being used by Gluttony (who has wings, carries a jug and and wears wine leaves in her hair). The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Gift of Mrs. Frederic R. Coudert Jr., in memory of Mr. and Mrs. Hugh A. Murray, 1957.

Harpies today

Happily, today the title of “harpy” is falling out of favour as a derogatory term. But the hordes of monstrous, snatching, winged women live on in modern books, games, comics, movies and TV shows.

From video games with swathes of harpy-like creatures snatching and clawing at the protagonist, like the 2020 video game Hades, to characters in stories inspired by Greek and Roman myth, the harpies are sticking around – like a bad smell.The Conversation

Kitty Smith, PhD Candidate in Classical Greek and Roman History, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

2025 Federal Election Statement: COTA

April 2, 2025
Cost of Living is a major issue for anyone but particularly for older people who are on low and fixed incomes. What We Want is for all parties to commit to addressing cost of living issues.

Older and younger people face ageism in employment and in their day to day lives generally. Ageism hurts us all. What We Want is a national strategy that enables older people to fully contribute to our society as well as being supported by it.

We need to ensure there are strong safeguards for older people who are victims of domestic violence and elder abuse.
Also for those targeted by scammers.

What We Want is education and support so individuals can protect themselves and confidently access support as and when they need it.

As we age access to health and aged care services is critical. What We Want is to make sure that no waits more than 30 days for aged care at home and that we avoid unnecessary admissions to hospital.

In this election we ask all candidates and parties to consider what we need to do to support an ageing Australia. Getting it right for this generation is an investment for  current and future generations of older people.

2025 FEDERAL ELECTION ACTION REQUIRED:
Cost of Living
1. Fund dental care for seniors through Medicare,
2. Review and increase rental assistance payments for eligible seniors,
3. Provide direct energy bill relief for pensioners and Commonwealth Seniors Health Cardholders,
4. Require NBN providers to offer an affordable basic internet plan for seniors,
5. Expand the lower-income super tax offset scheme (LISTO) to ensure those earning between $37,000 and $45,00 are included, and
6. Create innovative programs to help older women find affordable housing and improve their financial knowledge.

Tackling Ageism
7. Create a national plan that improves outcomes for an Ageing Australia and tackles ageism

Strengthen Protections
8. Require businesses to accept cash payments and prohibit debit card fees,
9. Create a peer-led training and support service for victims of online fraud and scams
10. Provide elder abuse prevention and support services – including for older women experiencing family violence

Accessing Health and Aged Care
11. Ensure people requiring aged care services in their home don’t have to wait longer than 30 days for the support they need, and
12. Test a program that provides medical care at home to help older people avoid hospital stays. 

Read What We Want - the 2025 Agenda for Older Australians in full HERE

Rent assistance needs boost as research shows too many locked out of rentals: COTA

March 31, 2025
Political parties need to commit to further increases in support payments including the Commonwealth Rent Assistance Scheme to support Australians – including older Australians on fixed incomes – to get into the housing market, COTA Australia says.

The call comes as new Grattan Institute research shows that individual tenants living on government assistance have limited affordable property options after no increases were made for rent support or JobSeeker in this year’s budget.

COTA Australia Chief Executive, Patricia Sparrow, said the risk of not addressing our housing issues will see more people – including older people – put at risk.

“Over one in five older Australians are renting, and for those renting on a fixed income like the pension, the soaring cost of rent is pushing them into poverty,” Ms Sparrow said.

“Older women are the largest growing group at risk of homelessness. The issues around housing affordability impact people of all ages, but our older women are bearing much of the brunt of it.

Ms Sparrow said while the Federal Government raised the maximum rate of Commonwealth Rent Assistance by 27 per cent in the previous two budgets, renters were left wanting in the latest budget.“Australians of all ages will be looking to our political parties to outline how they’ll deal with our huge housing affordability issues in the lead up to the election day.

“Reviewing the role of Government demand-side supports, such as the design and eligibility of Rent Assistance is critical and should be implemented to ensure stable government housing supports for generations renting today and those to come.”

A new COVID variant is on the rise. Here’s what to know about LP.8.1

NicoElNino/Shutterstock
Thomas JeffriesWestern Sydney University

More than five years since COVID was declared a pandemic, we’re still facing the regular emergence of new variants of the virus, SARS-CoV-2.

The latest variant on the rise is LP.8.1. It’s increasing in Australia, making up close to one in five COVID cases in New South Wales.

Elsewhere it’s become even more dominant, comprising at least three in five cases in the United Kingdom, for example.

So what is LP.8.1? And is it cause for concern? Let’s look at what we know so far.

An offshoot of Omicron

LP.8.1 was first detected in July 2024. It’s a descendant of Omicron, specifically of KP.1.1.3, which is descended from JN.1, a subvariant that caused large waves of COVID infections around the world in late 2023 and early 2024.

The World Health Organization (WHO) designated LP.8.1 as a variant under monitoring in January. This was in response to its significant growth globally, and reflects that it has genetic changes which may allow the virus to spread more easily and pose a greater risk to human health.

Specifically, LP.8.1 has mutations at six locations in its spike protein, the protein which allows SARS-CoV-2 to attach to our cells. One of these mutations, V445R, is thought to allow this variant to spread more easily relative to other circulating variants. V445R has been shown to increase binding to human lung cells in laboratory studies.

A chart showing the distribution of different COVID variants in different colours.
The proportion of COVID cases caused by LP.8.1 has been rising in New South Wales. NSW Health

Notably, the symptoms of LP.8.1 don’t appear to be any more severe than other circulating strains. And the WHO has evaluated the additional public health risk LP.8.1 poses at a global level to be low. What’s more, LP.8.1 remains a variant under monitoring, rather than a variant of interest or a variant of concern.

In other words, these changes to the virus with LP.8.1 are small, and not likely to make a big difference to the trajectory of the pandemic.

That doesn’t mean cases won’t rise

COVID as a whole is still a major national and international health concern. So far this year there have been close to 45,000 new cases recorded in Australia, while around 260 people are currently in hospital with the virus.

Because many people are no longer testing or reporting their infections, the real number of cases is probably far higher.

A man wearing a mask looking out an airport window at a plane.
COVID is still around. Hananeko_Studio/Shutterstock

In Australia, LP.8.1 has become the third most dominant strain in NSW (behind XEC and KP.3).

It has been growing over the past couple of months and this trend looks set to continue.

This is not to say it’s not growing similarly in other states and territories, however NSW Health publishes weekly respiratory surveillance with a breakdown of different COVID variants in the state.

Sequences of LP.8.1 in the GISAID database, used to track the prevalence of variants around the world, increased from around 3% at the end of 2024 to 38% of global sequences as of mid March.

In some countries it’s climbed particularly high. In the United States LP.8.1 is responsible for 55% of cases. In the UK, where LP.8.1 is making up at least 60% of cases, scientists fear it may be driving a new wave.

Will COVID vaccines work against LP.8.1?

Current COVID vaccines, including the most recently available JN.1 shots, are still expected to offer good protection against symptomatic and severe disease with LP.8.1.

Nonetheless, due to its designation as a variant under monitoring, WHO member countries will continue to study the behaviour of the LP.8.1 variant, including any potential capacity to evade our immunity.

While there’s no cause for panic due to LP.8.1 variant at this stage, COVID can still be a severe disease for some. Continued vigilance and vaccination, particularly for medically vulnerable groups, is essential in minimising the impact of the disease.The Conversation

Thomas Jeffries, Senior Lecturer in Microbiology, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Curiosity-driven research’ led to a recent major medical breakthrough. But it’s under threat

Hakase_420/Shutterstock
Sean CoakleyThe University of Queensland

Earlier this year news broke about doctors in London curing blindness in children with a rare genetic condition.

The genetic condition was a severe, albeit rare, form of retinal dystrophy. It causes severe sight impairment and can be caused by defects in many different genes.

In this case, the four young patients had mutations in the gene encoding AIPL1. This accounts for up to 5% of infants affected by this condition, and has no treatment.

In this study, published in The Lancet, a team from the Moorfields Eye Hospital and University College London Institute of Ophthalmology injected a new copy of the gene AIPL1 into one eye of each patient to replace the defective one. The four children in the study showed improved functional vision without serious adverse effects.

The story of this incredible breakthrough actually begins 132 years ago. It highlights the importance of research done not for any clear application in the world – just curiosity. But around the world, this kind of research is under threat.

Understanding the world – just for the sake of it

Curiosity-driven research is exactly what it sounds like: research driven by the goal of understanding nature without regard for application. It has many aliases. “Blue-sky research”, “discovery science” and “basic science” are all terms commonly used to describe this approach.

This kind of research differs from “mission-directed research”, which focuses primarily on practical applications and whose goals are set by governments and industry.

The logic behind curiosity-driven research is that understanding how things work will inevitably lead to discoveries that will fuel innovation.

Historically, this has led to transformational discoveries. Another recent example is the 2023 Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine, which was awarded to Katalin Karikó and Drew Weissman for discoveries that enabled the development of effective mRNA vaccines against COVID.

The recent study in The Lancet follows more than a century of curiosity-driven discoveries culminating in these four children receiving their life-changing injections.

Sketching the structure of the retina

The kind of medical intervention used on these patients is called a gene therapy.

In this case, the cause of the condition is a defect in a single gene. This defect leads to the malfunction of an individual protein in the eye that is required for vision. The approach essentially is to provide a working copy of that gene to the eye, to restore function. This requires not only the technology to deliver the therapy, but the underlying knowledge of how AIPL1 functions in normal vision.

A sketch of several connected lines and circles.
In 1893, the pioneer of modern neuroscience Santiago Ramon y Cajal exquisitely sketched the structure of the retina. Santiago Ramon y Cajal/Wikipedia

This knowledge dates back to 1893, when the pioneer of modern neuroscience, Santiago Ramon y Cajal, exquisitely sketched the structure of the retina – the light-sensitive tissue at the back of the eye.

In the 132 years since, our knowledge of how this tissue converts light into an electrical signal for our brain to interpret as vision has significantly advanced. We now understand a lot about how this works.

This foundational knowledge also means we know precisely why a dysfunctional AIPL1 gene leads to severe vision impairment. It also enables us to predict that providing a working version could improve vision. Armed with this knowledge, we have an engineering problem. How do we get a working copy into the eye?

In this case, the working copy of AIPL1 was delivered by an adeno-associated virus, or AAV. These were first discovered in the mid-1960s, and without realising their therapeutic potential, several research groups dedicated themselves to understanding their biology.

An AAV was first used in a human patient in 1995 for the treatment of cystic fibrosis. Without this curiosity-driven research they would not have been developed into a gene therapy platform. This is how most modern therapies have emerged.

Woman with brown skin wearing a lab coat looking through a microscope.
Curiosity-driven research is driven by the goal of understanding nature without regard for application. Trust Katsande/Unsplash

Protecting curiosity-driven research

This is one of hundreds of therapies taking a similar approach. We will likely see many more stories like this in the coming decades. But I am certain we won’t see any examples where we don’t understand the underlying biology.

Curiosity-driven research, focused on understanding how biology works, is essential for the development of therapies to treat human disease. The history of medical advances shows us this time and time again.

Curiosity-driven breakthroughs include the discovery of X-rays as well as the antibiotic penicillin. The discovery of CRISPR/Cas9, an ancient bacterial defence, has enabled the editing of DNA with unprecedented precision. This has already led to an FDA-approved therapy to treat sickle cell disease.

Australia has punched above its weight in this arena for many years. But this is no longer the case.

Funding from the National Health and Medical Research Council, our largest funder of medical research, has been falling since 2020. More broadly, this coincides with a decline in the proportion of basic research being funded in Australia and directly threatens our capacity for curiosity-driven innovation.

Internationally, this strong focus on practical application is repeated. For example, 83% of the European Union’s €95.5 billion research funding program supports mission-directed research.

In Australia, and globally, we must protect curiosity-driven research at all costs and not underestimate the vital contribution it will make to our future.The Conversation

Sean Coakley, Senior Research Fellow, School of Biomedical Sciences, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Do infectious diseases cause dementia? UNSW's AI will be looking into it

April 4, 2025
Working out the relationship between infectious diseases and dementia is a bit like the chicken and the egg problem. But artificial intelligence may help researchers decide which comes first.

For decades, the medical profession has viewed dementia as a progressive cognitive decline that typically affects older adults. While there have been advances in diagnosing it earlier and slowing its progression, there is no known cure, and a broad range of risk factors.

But a new line of inquiry that first emerged in the 1990s is gaining ground among researchers, who are now exploring the possibility that infectious diseases might play a role in the development of this debilitating condition.

Dr Heidi Welberry with UNSW’s Centre for Big Data Research in Health and the Centre for Healthy Brain Ageing (CHeBA) will be examining these links not from a medical angle, but one informed by data science and biostatistics. She recently won an NHMRC Ideas Grant to use artificial intelligence to explore whether a causal link can be found between infectious diseases and dementia.

The use of AI in medicine is becoming increasingly common, such as in the design of new drugs, diagnosis of diseases, and targeted treatment tailored to a person’s genetic and physiological profile.

Recently, UNSW scientists successfully used AI to identify the chemical markers indicating early silicosis – a serious lung disease affecting construction workers who up until now, could only be diagnosed after irreversible damage turned up in CT scans. The same scientists had a couple of years earlier, developed an AI test that could predict, by analysing biomarkers in patients’ blood samples, which of them would go on to develop Parkinsons Disease.

In these cases the AI looks at correlations – it doesn’t matter so much whether the biomarkers are a cause of the disease or not; they just appear in patterns between affected individuals and assist with diagnosis. But when searching for causes, correlation isn’t enough.

“Mostly AI has been employed in tasks where the aim is prediction,” Dr Welberry says.

“Establishing causality is a different kind of task, because when you're trying to predict, you're looking for any signals that correlate with the disease - they don't have to be part of a causal pathway. The difference with our research is that we want to understand cause and effect. While someone may be hospitalised with a serious infection, this might be predictive of dementia, but it doesn't necessarily mean that it is causing the dementia.”

Infectious diseases and dementia
The theory that infectious diseases might be linked to dementia represents a shift in our understanding of its causes. Traditionally, dementia – of which there are about 100 types, opens in a new window – has been attributed to damage in parts of the brain due to a range of possible causes including a combination of genetic factors, lifestyle factors, vascular damage and in the case of Alzheimer’s Disease the build-up  of amyloid-beta plaques, opens in a new window and other neuronal abnormalities, opens in a new window. But emerging evidence suggests infectious diseases might also play a role through mechanisms like neuroinflammation and disruption of normal cell function.

“There’ve been quite a lot of studies, opens in a new window that have shown a link between severe infections and subsequently developing dementia,” says Dr Welberry.

“There's also been quite a few studies that have shown protective effects of vaccinations. The study released this week, opens in a new window showing the protective effect of the shingles vaccine on dementia provides the most important evidence to date. It made clever use of a health policy in Wales, UK that meant people who were born before 2 September 1933 were not eligible to receive the subsidised vaccine, whereas those who were born on or after this date were eligible. 

Comparing people born within a week or two either side of this date showed that vaccine coverage increased from 0.01% to 50% for those eligible and this corresponded to a 20% reduction in dementia incidence. There aren’t any other obvious explanations for this difference except that the vaccine is helping to prevent dementia.”

However, what we don’t know is how is the vaccine preventing dementia? Is it through prevention of shingles or is it a general activation of the immune system that helps the brain make repairs? 

“We still don’t know for sure whether infections themselves lead to dementia,” Dr Welberry says.

“There are also other specific infections – including both viruses and bacterial infections – linked to an increased risk of dementia including pneumonia, syphilis, Lyme disease, gum disease, COVID-19 and HIV. It raises an interesting question: would preventing these diseases also protect against dementia?”

There’ve been quite a lot of studies that have shown a link between severe infections and subsequently developing dementia...[and] a few studies that have shown protective effects of vaccinations. - Dr Heidi Welberry

Chicken and egg
Epidemiologists like Dr Welberry examining the link between infectious diseases and dementia are faced with a chicken and egg problem: do infectious diseases create the conditions for dementia, or does dementia make the person living with the condition more susceptible to infection?

“In epidemiology, you would call that reverse causation, that the actual ordering of the events isn't always very easy to measure, particularly in observational data,” she says.

But one clue that supports the theory that infections may be causing the onset of dementia is in found in Alzheimer’s disease, the most common form of dementia.

“It might make sense that infections are part of the causal pathway, and particularly around the role of amyloid plaques – clumps of protein which appear in the brain of Alzheimer's disease patients. Recent research suggests the plaques might have a sort of antimicrobial effect as well, which means they could be part of the body’s defence mechanism against the infection, but unfortunately, the plaques also damage brain function.”

Where AI comes in
Dr Welberry says one of the ways she will use artificial intelligence to determine the plausibility of infectious diseases causing dementia is to compare a range of demographic, hospital, pharmaceutical and aged care data, between two groups of people, one that has been exposed to a particular infection, and one that hasn’t.

“We're going to try to mimic a randomised trial in the data,” she says. “So basically we’ll identify people who've been exposed to an infection and people who haven’t. And after balancing other factors that may account for the differences between the two groups, we’ll use the data to test the plausibility – using probability and statistics – that the infection caused dementia in the first group, versus other factors that could explain what’s happening.”

A matter of time
Making the task even more complex is the fact that dementia can be present long before it is medically diagnosed by a GP or a geriatrician. So what amount of time is acceptable between having an infection and developing dementia?

“Reverse causality is more plausible as an explanation if the infection and dementia diagnosis are quite close together in time. It may be that dementia was pre-existing and not diagnosed before the infection appears,” says Dr Welberry.

“So one of the things that we want to model is the testing of different potential lag times so that you can assess whether or not that is the plausible explanation.”

Without significant computer power, she says, crunching this much data and investigating all the relationships between the various variables collected over a long period would not be feasible.

Looking ahead, the team will be first trying to replicate the study on the shingles vaccine and dementia here in Australia.

“We can conduct a similar experiment here with Australian data. The shingles vaccine was introduced on 1 Nov 2016 in Australia with similar age restrictions to the Welsh study. We then aim to build on this by looking at casual paths in the data to better understand how the vaccine may be working to protect people. And we will also be looking at a lot of the other infections and what role they may play in the path to dementia.”  

Astronomers listened to the ‘music’ of flickering stars – and discovered an unexpected feature

Pavel Gabzdyl / Shutterstock
Claudia ReyesAustralian National University

The “music” of starquakes – enormous vibrations caused by bursting bubbles of gas that ripple throughout the bodies of many stars – can reveal far more information about the stars’ histories and inner workings than scientists thought.

In new research published in Nature, we analysed the frequency signatures of starquakes across a broad range of giant stars in the M67 star cluster, almost 3,000 light years from Earth.

Using observations from the Kepler space telescope’s K2 mission, we had a rare opportunity to track the evolution of stars during most of their journey through the giant phase of the stellar life cycle.

In doing so, we discovered that these stars get stuck “playing the same part of their tune” once their turbulent outer layer reaches a sensitive region deep inside.

This discovery reveals a new way to understand the history of stars – and of the entire galaxy.

The sound of starquakes

Starquakes happen in most stars (like our Sun) that have a bubbling outer layer, like a pot of boiling water. Bubbles of hot gas rise and burst at the surface, sending ripples through the entire star that cause it to vibrate in particular ways.

We can detect these vibrations, which occur at specific “resonant frequencies”, by looking for subtle variations in the brightness of the star. By studying the frequencies of each star in a group called a cluster, we can tune into the cluster’s unique “song”.

Our study challenges previous assumptions about resonant frequencies in giant stars, revealing they offer deeper insights into stellar interiors than previously thought. Moreover, our study has opened new ways to decipher the history of our Galaxy.

The melody of a stellar cluster

Astronomers have long sought to understand how stars like our Sun evolve over time.

One of the best ways to do this is by studying clusters – groups of stars that formed together and share the same age and composition. A cluster called M67 has attracted a lot of attention because it contains many stars with a similar chemical makeup to the Sun.

Just as earthquakes help us study Earth’s interior, starquakes reveal what lies beneath a star’s surface. Each star “sings” a melody, with frequencies determined by its internal structure and physical properties.

Larger stars produce deeper, slower vibrations, while smaller stars vibrate at higher pitches. And no star plays just one note – each one resonates with a full spectrum of sound from its interior.

A surprising signature

Among the key frequency signatures is the so-called small spacing – a group of resonant frequencies quite close together. In younger stars, such as the Sun, this signature can provide clues about how much hydrogen the star still has left to burn in its core.

In red giants the situation is different. These older stars have used up all the hydrogen in their cores, which are now inert.

However, hydrogen fusion continues in a shell surrounding the core. It was long assumed that the small spacings in such stars offered little new information.

A stalled note

When we measured the small spacings of stars in M67, we were surprised to see they revealed changes in the star’s internal fusion regions.

As the hydrogen-burning shell thickened, the spacings increased. When the shell moved inward, they shrank.

Then we found something else unexpected: at a certain stage, the small spacings stalled. It was like a record skipping on a note.

We discovered that this stalling appears during a specific stage in the life of a giant star — when its outer envelope, the “boiling” layer that transports heat, grows so deep that it makes up about 80% of the star’s mass. At this point the inner boundary of the envelope reaches into a highly sensitive region of the star.

This boundary is extremely turbulent, and the speed of sound shifts steeply across it — and that steep change affects how sound waves travel through the star. We also found that the stalling frequency is distinctively determined by the star’s mass and chemical composition.

This gives us a new way to identify stars in this phase and estimate their ages with improved precision.

The history of the galaxy

Stars are like fossil records. They carry the imprint of the environments in which they formed, and studying them lets us piece together the story of our galaxy.

The Milky Way has grown by merging with smaller galaxies, forming stars at different times in different regions. Better age estimates across the galaxy help us reconstruct this history in greater detail.

Clusters like M67 also provide a glimpse into the future of our own Sun, offering insight into the changes it will experience over billions of years.

This discovery gives us a new tool – and a new reason to revisit data we already have. With years of seismic observations from across the Milky Way, we can now return to those stars and “listen” again, this time knowing what to listen for.The Conversation

Claudia Reyes, Postdoctoral Fellow, Research School of Astronomy & Astrophysics, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Flu vaccines are now available for 2025. What’s on offer and which one should I get?

PeopleImages.com - Yuri A/Shutterstock
Allen ChengMonash University

It’s that time of year when flu vaccines are becoming available in Australia. You may have received an email from your GP clinic or a text message from your pharmacy telling you they’re in stock.

So far in 2025 in Australia, there have been more flu notifications compared to the same period in previous years.

Elsewhere, many northern hemisphere countries have reported intense flu activity during the 2024–25 winter season. This has included several deaths in children.

Although it’s difficult to make predictions about the intensity and timing of the upcoming flu season, it’s a good time to start thinking about vaccination.

Who should get vaccinated, and when?

In Australia, flu vaccines are available for everyone over the age of six months. Flu vaccines don’t work well in young infants, but they can be protected if their mothers are immunised during pregnancy.

The National Immunisation Program provides free vaccines for people at higher risk, including specific age groups (adults older than 65 and children between six months and five years), those with chronic medical conditions, pregnant women and Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people.

For healthy adults and children outside these groups, a flu vaccine costs around A$20–30. The vaccines are widely available at GPs and pharmacies, and through workplace programs.

Flu vaccines reduce the risk of GP presentation with influenza by around 30–60% and hospitalisation with influenza by about 50–70%.

There’s some evidence the protection from flu vaccines wanes over several months. Ideally, everyone would get vaccinated within a few months of the peak of the flu season. But in reality, we can’t easily predict when this will occur, and since the COVID pandemic, flu seasons have arrived unusually early in the year. So, some time in the next month or so is a good time to get vaccinated.

A woman sitting on a couch blowing her nose.
The flu can be a nasty virus to catch. Kmpzzz/Shutterstock

In general, flu vaccines can be given at the same time as most other vaccines, including COVID vaccines, but check with your vaccination provider about whether this is appropriate for you.

Influenza vaccines are regarded as safe. While some people may get a sore arm or fever, these symptoms are usually mild and short lived. Serious side effects, such as Guillain-Barré syndrome, are rare, and are thought to be less common than after influenza infection.

Why do we need a flu vaccine every year?

Influenza is a difficult virus to make vaccines for, as the virus changes frequently, and vaccines generally only provide protection against a limited range of strains. Some studies suggest mutations in the influenza virus are 20 times more common than with SARS-CoV-2, the virus that causes COVID.

This means, each year, experts need to predict the likely circulating strains in the next season, so vaccines can be manufactured in preparation.

The World Health Organization coordinates two meetings each year – in February to decide on vaccine strains for the following northern hemisphere season, and around September for the southern hemisphere.

Although all current influenza vaccines contain strains from four influenza subtypes (A/H1N1, A/H3N2, B Victoria and B Yamagata), one of the strains appears to have disappeared during the pandemic. So next year’s vaccines will probably drop the B Yamagata strain.

Seasonal flu vaccines don’t provide protection against avian influenza (bird flu) strains, but vaccination is still recommended for people who may be at risk of bird flu, such as poultry workers. This is to reduce the chance that a new virus could result from the combination of both seasonal and avian influenza strains.

Which vaccines are available?

There are a variety of vaccines you may be offered when you book in or turn up for a flu vaccine.

Over the past few years, new types of vaccines have been developed. Some of these attempt to improve the body’s immune response to vaccines. For example, Fluad Quad contains an adjuvant called MF59, an additional substance designed to attract immune cells to the site of vaccination.

Other vaccines, such as Fluzone High-Dose, use a larger dose of the vaccine strains to improve the immune response. These vaccines are recommended for older people, as immune responses tend to decline with age.

Certain vaccines use alternative production methods to try to improve the match between vaccine strains and the circulating strains. Standard flu vaccines are produced using influenza viruses grown in chicken eggs. One weakness of this method is that viral mutations can occur during the production process, known as “egg adaptation”. During some of the seasons between 2014 and 2019, this was shown to reduce the effectiveness of flu vaccines.

The avoid this issue, cell-based vaccines, such as Flucelvax Quad, use influenza vaccine strains grown in mammalian cells rather than eggs.

A doctor examines a small boy with a stethoscope.
Flu vaccines are free for certain vulnerable groups, such as children under five. SeventyFour/Shutterstock

The key takeaways are:

  1. older people are recommended to receive an enhanced vaccine (Fluad Quad for >65 years or Fluzone High-Dose for >60 years), with Fluad Quad provided free under the National Immunisation Program

  2. other people are recommended to receive a standard vaccine (egg-based or cell-based), with vaccines provided free for high-risk groups and children between six months and five years.

Looking to the future

There are several new flu vaccines currently under development. Recombinant vaccines, such as Flublok, use insect cells to produce a specific component of the virus.

With the success of mRNA vaccines for COVID, there is interest in using a similar process for influenza. In theory, this could shorten the time to develop vaccines, for both seasonal influenza and pandemic influenza.

There’s also interest in combination vaccines – for example, a single shot could provide protection against both COVID and the flu.

The “holy grail” of influenza vaccines is one that could provide long-lasting protection against many different strains. Although we’re not there yet, you’re at lower risk of influenza and its complications if you get a flu shot.The Conversation

Allen Cheng, Professor of Infectious Diseases, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

People are getting costly stem cell injections for knee osteoarthritis. But we don’t know if they work

Marinesea/Shutterstock
Samuel WhittleMonash University

More than 500 million people around the world live with osteoarthritis. The knee is affected more often than any other joint, with symptoms (such as pain, stiffness and reduced movement) affecting work, sleep, sport and daily activities.

Knee osteoarthritis is often thought of as thinning of the protective layer of cartilage within the joint. But we now understand it affects all the structures of the joint, including the bones, muscles and nerve endings.

While there are things that can be done to manage the symptoms of knee osteoarthritis, there is no cure, and many people experience persistent pain. As a result, an opportunity exists for as yet unproven treatments to enter the market, often before regulatory safeguards can be put in place.

Stem cell injections are one such treatment. A new review my colleagues and I published this week finds that evidence of their benefits and harms remains elusive.

Stem cell treatments

Stem cells are already established as treatments for some diseases – mostly disorders of the blood, bone marrow or immune system – which has led to suggestions they could be used for a much wider array of conditions.

Stem cells have been touted as promising treatments for osteoarthritis because they have special properties which allow them to replicate and develop into the mature healthy cells that make up our body’s organs and other tissues, including cartilage.

Stem cell treatments for osteoarthritis generally involve taking a sample of tissue from a site that is rich in stem cells (such as bone marrow or fat), treating it to increase the number of stem cells, then injecting it into the joint.

The hope is that if the right type of stem cells can be introduced into an osteoarthritic joint in the right way and at the right time, they may help to repair damaged structures in the joint, or have other effects such as reducing inflammation.

But no matter how convincing the theory, we need good evidence for effectiveness and safety before a new therapy is adopted into practice.

An illustration of an injection and a knee joint.
Stem cells have been touted as promising treatments for osteoarthritis. But what does the evidence say? crystal light/Shutterstock

Stem cell injections have not been approved by Australia’s Therapeutic Goods Administration for the treatment of osteoarthritis. Nonetheless, some clinics in Australia and around the world still offer them.

Because of the regulatory restrictions, we don’t have reliable numbers on how many procedures are being done.

They’re not covered by Medicare, so the procedure can cost the consumer thousands of dollars.

And, as with any invasive procedure, both the harvest of stem cells and the joint injection procedure may carry the potential for harm, such as infection.

What we found

Our new review, published by the independent, international group the Cochrane Collaboration, looks at all 25 randomised trials of stem cell injections for knee osteoarthritis that have been conducted worldwide to date. Collectively, these studies involved 1,341 participants.

We found stem cell injections may slightly improve pain and function compared with a placebo injection, but the size of the improvement may be too small for the patient to notice.

The evidence isn’t strong enough to determine whether there is any improvement in quality of life following a stem cell injection, whether cartilage regrows, or to estimate the risk of harm.

This means we can’t confidently say yet whether any improvement that might follow a stem cell injection is worth the risk (or the cost).

A woman sitting outside clutching her knee in pain.
Osteoarthritis of the knee is the most common type of osteoarthritis. michaelheim/Shutterstock

Hope or hype?

It’s not surprising we invest hope in finding a transformative treatment for such a common and disabling condition. Belief in the benefits of stem cells is widespread – more than three-quarters of Americans believe stem cells can relieve arthritis pain and more than half believe this treatment to be curative.

But what happens if a new treatment is introduced to practice before it has been clearly proven to be safe and effective?

The use of an unproven, invasive therapy is not just associated with the risks of the intervention itself. Even if the treatment were harmless, there is the risk of unnecessary cost, inconvenience, and a missed opportunity for the patient to use existing therapies that are known to be effective.

What’s more, if we need to play catch-up to try to establish an evidence base for a treatment that’s already in practice, we risk diverting scarce research resources towards a therapy that may not prove to be effective, simply because the genie is out of the bottle.

A senior man lying down while a physiotherapist examines his knee.
There are some ways to manage the symptoms of knee osteoarthritis. PeopleImages.com - Yuri A/Shutterstock

Working towards a clearer answer

Several more large clinical trials are currently underway, and should increase our understanding of whether stem cell injections are safe and effective for knee osteoarthritis.

Our review incorporates “living evidence”. This means we will continue to add the results of new trials as soon as they’re published, so the review is always up to date, and offers a comprehensive and trustworthy summary to help people with osteoarthritis and their health-care providers to make informed decisions.

In the meantime, there are a number of evidence-based treatment options. Non-drug treatments such as physiotherapy, regular exercise, maintaining a healthy weight, and cognitive behavioural therapy can be more effective than you think. Anti-inflammatory and pain medications can also play a supporting role.

Importantly, it’s not inevitable that osteoarthritic joints get worse with time. So, even though joint replacement surgery is often highly effective, it’s the last resort and fortunately, many people never need to take this step.The Conversation

Samuel Whittle, ANZMUSC Practitioner Fellow, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Public Health Warning: Nitazenes found in counterfeit oxycodone tablets in NSW

March 28, 2025
NSW Health is warning the community about the dangers of nitazenes following the detection of nitazenes in fake oxycodone tablets in NSW.

The fake oxycodone tablets were found to contain N-desethyl isotonitazene, and have been described as green round tablets, marked ‘OC’ on the front and ‘80’ on the reverse, and lack a film coating.  

Pharmacy-dispensed oxycodone, sold as the brand name Oxycontin, is now marked ‘ON’ instead of ‘OC’ and has a film coating.

Nitazenes are extremely potent synthetic opioids which are more likely to suppress or stop breathing compared with other opioids.

NSW Poisons Information Centre Medical Director Dr Darren Roberts said these drugs are extremely dangerous, as they can be hundreds of times more potent than oxycodone and can cause severe overdose or death.

“Nitazenes are extremely potent and can vary widely in their strength," Dr Darren Roberts said.

“As they are illicit and unregulated, there is no way of knowing what type of nitazene is present or what dosage is being taken. The strength and contents can vary widely, even within the same batch.

“It is extremely important that people recognise the signs of an opioid overdose, signs to look for include pin-point pupils, drowsiness, loss of consciousness, slowed breathing/snoring, and skin turning blue/grey.

“It's strongly recommended that anyone who uses illicit drugs carry naloxone," Dr Roberts said.

Nitazenes have been detected in fake tablets, such as oxycodone and benzodiazepines, and in drugs thought to be heroin or MDMA.

Take home naloxone is a life-saving treatment which can temporarily reverse an opioid overdose, including with nitazenes.

Nitazenes can last longer in the body than oxycodone, heroin and naloxone. Higher and repeated doses of naloxone may be required as well as hospital treatment.

Anyone who uses naloxone should call Triple Zero (000) for an Ambulance immediately after use for follow up care. You won't get into trouble for seeking medical care. If you feel unwell, or if your friend feels unwell, do something about it.

Take home naloxone is available as an easy-to-use nasal spray or injection from some pharmacies and other health services. For more information on the take-home naloxone program visit: Your Room - Naloxone.

Naloxone is available from NUAA via mail in a discreet package. Order via their online shop or call (02) 9171 6650.

Anyone who has concerns about adverse effects from drugs should contact the NSW Poisons Information Centre on 13 11 26, at any time 24/7.

For support and information on drug and alcohol problems, contact the Alcohol and Drug Information Service on 1800 250 015. This is a 24/7 service offering confidential and anonymous telephone counselling and information.

NSW public drug warnings are available at Public drug warnings.

Heroin found in cocaine and ‘ice’, and snorting a line can be lethal

Skrypnykov Dmytro/Shutterstock
Darren RobertsUNSW SydneyJared BrownUniversity of Sydney, and Peter ChisholmUNSW Sydney

Authorities in New South Wales and Victoria have been warning the public about worrying cases of heroin overdoses after people thought they had taken cocaine or methamphetamine.

We know the issue is also relevant to other parts of Australia. And it’s particularly concerning because heroin can cause life-threatening opioid overdoses, particularly in people inexperienced with heroin who snort it.

Our new research sheds more light on what happens to people who accidentally took heroin thinking it was something else.

What we did and what we found

We are part of a NSW Health program that helps to find and quickly respond to concerning illicit and recreational drug poisonings and trends. The program is a collaboration between many government health services, including hospitals, the NSW Poisons Information Centre and labs.

We searched our database and found 34 cases of opioid overdoses after using what people thought to be a stimulant drug between January 2022 and June 2024. A total of 19 people thought they were taking cocaine and 15 methamphetamine.

Most of these 34 people had a severe opioid overdose requiring treatment by paramedics and in hospital. Sadly, two people died.

Heroin was the opioid in all cases where we specifically tested for it, and we suspect all the cases.

Cases occurred across NSW but most cases (68%) were in Sydney. In the last eight months of our study we identified multiple cases each month which may indicate these cases are becoming more common.

In the United States, drugs like cocaine and methamphetamine are sometimes mixed with the potent opioid drug fentanyl. This unintentional use of opioids is causing many deaths in the US. But we didn’t find any evidence that fentanyl was the cause of the overdoses we examined.

What happens when you take heroin by accident?

Cocaine and methamphetamine are stimulant drugs. These are drugs that make a person feel more energetic and confident, and their pupils become larger.

They have the opposite effect to heroin, which is an opioid and sedative. Heroin and other opioids make a person feel relaxed and often drowsy, with smaller pupils.

When overdosing, opioids cause loss of consciousness and a person’s breathing slows or even stops, which is life-threatening. Severe opioid overdose without prompt treatment is lethal.

If you expect to be taking cocaine or methamphetamine, but it is actually heroin, or has some heroin in it, you will very likely overdose. This is particularly true if you don’t usually take opioids, or if you use it for the first time. People can overdose from as little as snorting a line.

Why is this happening?

Sometimes people get a different drug than they wanted. This can happen because the drug is mixed with something else or swapped.

This can happen for many reasons, including during manufacturing and distribution. It can happen intentionally or unintentionally by the dealer or people using the drug.

One major reason is that you sometimes can’t tell heroin apart from cocaine or methamphetamine just by looking at them. So if drugs are mixed or swapped, you can’t always tell until you take them.

What can we do about it?

Opioid deaths are preventable. Government and community groups are working together to respond to the problem, either via issuing drug alerts or by educating their members.

But people who take illicit or recreational drugs can reduce their risk by avoiding using drugs alone, and by making sure one person in their group is able to get help if needed.

Unexpected sleepiness is a reason to seek help, not to simply rest. Start CPR if someone is not responsive and call 000.

Man performing CPR - heart compressions - on other man
If someone is not responsive, start CPR and call 000. PanuShot/Shutterstock

How about naloxone?

Definitely, if someone is experiencing an opioid overdose, give them naloxone as soon as possible.

Naloxone is a life-saving medicine that can temporarily reverse an opioid overdose. It comes in an easy-to-use nasal spray, and as a pre-filled injection.

It’s available for free and without a prescription via the national Take Home Naloxone program. You can also order it online and get it by post.

Naloxone is for anyone who may experience, or witness, an opioid overdose or adverse reaction.

NSW authorities recommend it for people who use any illicit drugs including opioids, stimulants (like cocaine, methamphetamine and MDMA), ketamine and counterfeit pharmaceuticals, due to the risk of drugs being mixed with something else or swapped. Call 000 even if you have given naloxone.


You can report unexpected overdoses to the Poisons Information Centre from anywhere in Australia on 131 126. In an emergency in Australia, call 000.The Conversation

Darren Roberts, Conjoint Associate Professor in Clinical Pharmacology and Toxicology, St Vincent’s Healthcare Clinical Campus, UNSW SydneyJared Brown, Clinical Senior Lecturer, Sydney Pharmacy School, Faculty of Medicine and Health, University of Sydney, and Peter Chisholm, Conjoint Associate Lecturer, School of Population Health, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New intake of paramedics and control staff for NSW Ambulance

Friday April 4, 2025
NSW Ambulance has today welcomed 157 new paramedic interns and 17 trainee emergency medical call takers, after they were officially inducted into the service at a ceremony. 

Following the largest induction held by NSW Ambulance so far this year, these new recruits will start their roles from tomorrow, further boosting frontline health services across the state.  

The new recruits joining the service come from a range of backgrounds and experiences, including paramedic intern Jayden McGrady, a former Australian water ski champion and trainee emergency medical call taker Rebekah Kirkman, a much-travelled mum of three.  

The paramedic interns will be posted across NSW to complete the on-road portion of their 12-month internships, before taking permanent positions in metropolitan and regional areas.   

The emergency medical call takers will be posted to the Sydney and Northern (Newcastle) control centres.

Minister for Health, Ryan Park said: 

“I congratulate these paramedics and control staff, for their dedication, compassion and desire to make a difference in their communities.

“Every call the new paramedic interns and emergency medical call takers respond to is an opportunity to make a difference and help those in our community in their most vulnerable moments.

“NSW will benefit from the clinical skills and expertise these new recruits bring to the healthcare workforce.” 

NSW Ambulance Chief Executive, Dr Dominic Morgan stated: 

“Paramedics and control staff are highly trained clinicians and coordinators, bringing advanced medical care to the patient, continually refining clinical skills and expertise. 

“Paramedicine and control coordination demands precision, critical thinking and clinical excellence. Stay sharp, stay committed and always put patient care first.” 

Jayden McGrady said:

“After my sporting career in water skiing, I often thought back to the medical support staff I encountered. 

“I am attracted to the variety and career opportunities of paramedicine.” 

Rebekah Kirkman said: 

“I am excited to be joining NSW Ambulance, I thrive on being busy so a busy control room will be a great start.

“I am very excited with where I am at, and I am looking forward to seeing where my career takes me.” 



Photo: NSW Ambulance

Bega Water Treatment Plant now open

April 3, 2025
The taps of the new $20.8 million Bega-Tathra Water Treatment Plant have officially been switched on, marking the historic completion of one of the largest water infrastructure projects on the NSW South Coast.

High grade drinking water is flowing to residents and businesses thanks to a $15.2 million investment from the NSW Government and $5.6 million from Bega Valley Shire Council.

The new state-of-the-art facility will cater for increased demand across the region, supplying up to 9.5 megalitres of high-grade drinking water to around 8,000 people each day across Bega, North Bega, Tarraganda, Kalaru, Tathra, Tathra River Estate and Mogareeka.

Drawing from local bores, the plant uses the latest treatment methods including ultrafiltration membrane technology to remove iron and manganese, which is commonly found in groundwater, followed by ultraviolet disinfection to ensure high quality water.

It’s also equipped with telemetry to enable remote monitoring and more efficient operations, as well as being powered by 300 kilowatt solar panels to reduce the area’s carbon footprint, making it one of the most environmentally friendly water treatment systems in the state.

After rigorous testing and commissioning over recent months, the new filtration plant is operating and servicing these seven communities, replacing the ageing one-step chlorination treatment process that was built over 30 years ago.

The project is funded under the NSW Safe and Secure Water Program which addresses at-risk water and wastewater infrastructure in regional towns across the state.

Minister for Water Rose Jackson said:
“The completion of this world-class water treatment plant is a game changer for Bega and surrounding communities, ensuring thousands of residents have access to high quality water for generations to come.

“We know long-term water security and quality are pressing issues for this popular and growing corner of the South Coast, which is why cutting the ribbon on this new filtration plant is a huge win and a credit to everyone involved.

“It’s fantastic to see this long-anticipated project come to life, replacing an ageing system with a modern, future-proof one that will deliver the best quality drinking water straight to the taps of locals and visitors.”

Member for Bega Dr Michael Holland said:
“More than a million tourists come to this iconic region every year and for good reason – stunning scenery, pristine environments, fresh produce and a laid-back lifestyle, but with that comes challenges, including ensuring water infrastructure keeps up with growth.

“Add to the mix a less predictable climate and it was clear significant funding would be required to lock in water reliability for the future. That’s exactly what we’ve done here.

“The Bega-Tathra Water Treatment Plant is smarter, more efficient and decked out with all the latest bells and whistles so it’s ready to support the community for years to come.”

Bega Valley Shire Mayor Russell Fitzpatrick said:
“Council has the responsibility to ensure we have the right infrastructure and services in place to support community growth and visitor needs.

“This project is an example of working collaboratively to get things right. The project team has delivered a first-class upgrade to a vital facility and none of it would have been possible without the NSW Government’s generous $15.2 million investment.

“Projects like this have a ripple effect. They not only enhance essential services but also support the local economy. I’d like to thank our contractor, Laurie Curran Water, for its commitment to using local suppliers and trade resources wherever possible to get the job done.”

Rise in motorcyclist deaths to be addressed at upcoming roundtable

March 30, 2025
Experts from across Australia will gather in Sydney this April for a Motorcyle Safety Roundtable convened by the Minns Labor Government after the number of motorcyclists dying on NSW roads hit a 10-year high.

In 2024, there was an increase of 16 people who died either riding (63) or as a passenger on a motorcycle (5) when compared to 2023.

To help better understand why more motorcycle riders have died, and to explore potential steps that can be taken to save lives, the government will hold a Motorcycle Safety Roundtable on April 29.

The roundtable will see motorcycle rider groups, academics, motorcycling experts, government agencies and other key stakeholders gather to examine the challenge confronting the community and potential improvements in areas such as licensing, education and training, vehicle safety, infrastructure and use of protective gear requirements.

It will also allow an opportunity for input on potential reforms to improve training and licensing requirements through the Motorcycle Graduated Licensing Scheme.

The number of young motorcycle riders aged 16-25 dying on our roads increased, from 12 in 2023 to 21 in 2024.

Novice rider deaths, which includes those with learner or provisional licences, also increased year-on-year from nine in 2023 to 14 in 2024.

Hospitalisations of motorcyclists also increased by 10 per cent in the 12 months to June 2024, with 2,846 motorcyclists admitted to hospital. This is 248 more than the previous 12 months.

Throughout 2024 motorcycle riders made up almost 20 per cent of all deaths on NSW roads and 57 per cent of the deaths were in regional NSW.

So far in 2025, as of 27 March 2025, 23 motorcyclists have died, which is nine more lives lost than at the same time last year.

Minister for Roads, Jenny Aitchison said:
“I am deeply concerned about the alarming rise in the number of motorcyclists dying on our roads.

“Every death on our roads is one too many and we’re determined to do more to save lives of all road users, particularly those who are more vulnerable like motorcyclists.

“We held the state’s first Road Safety Forum last year and have introduced a range of changes to help save lives including the average speed camera trial for light vehicles, switching on mobile seatbelt offence detection cameras and boosting the road safety budget to $2.8 billion.

“We know there’s more to do and we want to work with the community to come up with the right solutions to the challenges we face. 

“I want to take this opportunity to remind motorcyclists that if you’re riding, you should always stay within the speed limit, watch out for oncoming traffic, curves, and very importantly - make sure you’re wearing safe helmets and gear. 

“For other motorists, please be mindful, give motorcyclists space and check your blind spots when merging in traffic or crossing lanes.”

Motorcycle Council of NSW Chairman, Vincent Buck said:
“The Motorcycle Council of NSW welcomes the establishment of a Motorcycle Safety Roundtable aimed at addressing the critical issue of motorcycle fatalities and serious injuries on NSW roads.

“Motorcyclists are not only our friends, family, and loved ones, but valued members of our community.

“We are committed to ensuring that decisions made as a result of these discussions prioritise their safety. Our goal is to make NSW roads as safe as possible for riders and all road users alike.”

Road safety advocate, Heidi Haydon said:
“Motorcycle safety is so important, and it's great to see it being at the forefront of discussions in road safety.

“I've always loved riding, and I know from my experience how important it is to stay safe on the roads - for motorcyclists and for other road users!

“Having survived a crash and spending time in rehabilitation I understand the impacts of serious injuries for our riders so having a roundtable dedicated to discussing what we can do to improve this is very positive.”

Launch of in-house expert network continues NSW Government’s efforts to rein in consultant costs

March 31, 2025
The Minns Labor Government has announced the launch of the Expert Advisory Network (EAN), a new initiative to better utilise in-house expertise across the public sector and reduce its reliance on external consultants. 

Established in the Premier’s Department, the network has created an initial list of 30 existing teams across the public service. They will be able to provide projects across government with specialist advice and project support, including on policy and strategy, stakeholder engagement, financial and commercial services, actuarial services, infrastructure, technology, and environmental services.

Teams already on the list include Investment NSW's economic and analytics capabilities team and Multicultural NSW's interpretation and translation services.

Support from the Expert Advisory Network will take different forms depending on the nature of the project, including one-off advice, ongoing project coaching, direct project delivery, peer review, and financial and commercial advisory services. 

This will enable EAN teams working on short-term projects to share their knowledge and allow agencies to build their own institutional capacity.

As more specialist teams join the network, it will allow the government to deliver more projects internally with fewer external resources.

Under the previous Liberal-National Government, the Auditor-General identified that more than $1 billion was spent on external consultants without adequate procurement and management policies in place. Further analysis found that more than 15% of contracts were for ‘generalist work’ on policy design, program evaluation and report writing.

The Government states that in 2023-24 it delivered $450 million in savings on consultant and contingent labour spend.

The Expert Advisory Network will continue that work by allowing agencies to identify existing expertise inside government rather than sending taxpayer funds to external consultants.

A 2024 report undertaken by The Cabinet Office found that utilising existing expertise within the public service could save as much as 52% on each contract.

'The Minns Labor Government has implemented strict controls on consultant and external labour spend and issued clear instructions to agencies around the use of consultants. 

These measures deliver on Labor’s plans to reduce spend on consultants, bolster the public service and improve essential services for families and households across NSW.' the government stated in a release

For more information on the Expert Advisory Network, visit nsw.gov.au/expert-advisory-network.

Minister for Domestic Manufacturing and Government Procurement Courtney Houssos stated: 

“Establishing this network is a step forward as we undertake reforms on how the government spends money on goods and services. This is a common-sense reform and makes sure we work smarter within the public service and ensure taxpayer dollars are spent wisely. 

“We need to deliver value-for-money for taxpayers by spending more money on essential services and less money on unnecessary consultants.

"Consultants should be offering specific, expert advice to government, not replicating work that can be done with existing resources inside government agencies.

“With the Expert Advisory Network, we will save the public money and boost capacity in the public service, allowing us to deliver on the essential services that families and households rely on.”

Minns NSW Government launches Publicly accessible State agency league tables

March 31, 2025
The Minns Labor Government has announced it is publishing State Agency League Tables to monitor and hold the performance of 22 state Government agencies, state-owned corporations and electrical supply authorities delivering development in NSW to account.

Council performance on Development Application assessments have been published since July last year and this has resulted in a 10 per cent improvement in performance.

'With the success of the Council League Tables in improving overall assessment timeframes for councils, the Government is launching a second league table to hold itself accountable on housing delivery and development across NSW.' the government said in a release

The tracker has been developed by the Housing Taskforce, a multi-agency group within the Department of Planning, Housing and Infrastructure, tasked with accelerating the assessment and commencement of housing projects.

The State Agency League Tables will publish data on the number of Concurrences, Integrated development approvals and Referrals (CIRs) for each Government agency over the last six months.

It will also measure how many of these groups are meeting their legislated timeframes, with an expectation of meeting that timeframe in 90 per cent of all cases.

Delays or conflicts in approvals or advice from agencies can result in delays to a council issuing a development approval.

This means people are waiting longer to move into their new home, only worsening our housing supply challenges and locking the next generation out of housing.

The Minns Government formed the Housing Taskforce to tackle this problem by bringing representatives from each agency together to resolve these conflicts.

'Since its formation, the Housing Taskforce has resolved 1,985 CIR cases unblocking around 31,800 dwellings. This has resulted in the determination of 704 Development Applications at a 94 per cent approval rate.

The release of the Agency League Table data is the next step in increasing transparency and accountability for each agency, state-owned corporation and electrical supply authority.'

'This is all part of the Minns Government’s plan to build a better NSW with more homes and services, so young people, families and key local workers have somewhere to live and in the communities they choose.' the government stated

The State Agency League Table builds on the Government’s recent reforms to the planning system to speed up the delivery of more homes, including:
  • the development of the NSW Pattern Book and accelerated planning pathway for those who use the pre-approved patterns
  • the largest rezoning in NSW history around transport hubs and shopping centres to address the 'missing middle'
  • the largest ever investment in the delivery of social and affordable housing in NSW
  • $200 million in financial incentives for councils that meet the new expectations for development applications, planning proposals and strategic planning
  • $450 million to build new apartments for essential workers including nurses, paramedics, teachers, allied health care workers, police officers and firefighters.

Minister for Planning and Public Spaces Paul Scully said:

“We want the planning pipeline from lodgement, to assessment, commencement and completion, to be working as efficiently as possible, because that is what will actually see a family, a downsizer or a young person put a key in the door of their new home.

“The Housing Taskforce has unlocked around 31,000 homes since it was formed, I anticipate that the Agency League Table will see even more homes move from approval to commencement.

“Just like what we have done with councils, this is about holding ourselves to account, improving our own performance and making sure that everyone is able to get into a home.”

What are caretaker conventions and how do they limit governments during election periods?

Anne TwomeyUniversity of Sydney

Now that the election has been called for May 3, parliament has been dissolved and the caretaker government period has commenced. During this period, the caretaker conventions require the government to exercise self-restraint. It must stick to routine government business and not embark on major new commitments.

There are commonly claims in the media that various actions by the government breach the caretaker conventions. Before the accusations start flying, here are the basics to help you make your own assessment.

Why do we have caretaker conventions?

There are two reasons for caretaker conventions. First, once parliament is dissolved, the government can no longer be called to account by parliament. It should therefore be more restrained in its actions while not under parliamentary scrutiny.

Second, as a matter of fairness, the government should not be entering into binding commitments immediately before an election, if they will burden an incoming government. It is unfair for an outgoing government to stack important statutory positions with its own people or enter into contracts that commit a new government to policies it opposes.

When do the caretaker conventions apply?

The caretaker conventions commence from the moment parliament is dissolved. They continue until the election result shows the existing government has been returned to office or a new government is formed.

If there is a hung parliament, it may take a few weeks before we know who will form the new government. If important matters have to be resolved during that prolonged caretaker period, the opposition may be consulted to try to get a cooperative outcome. The existing government, however, retains full legal power to act at all times.

How do the caretaker conventions restrict government actions?

Before each federal election, the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet issues a document called Guidance on Caretaker Conventions. It sets out the rules for ministers and public servants.

During the caretaker period, a government must avoid:

  • making major policy decisions that are likely to commit an incoming government
  • making significant appointments
  • entering into major contracts or undertakings, such as entry into treaties or other international agreements.

Whether a decision, appointment or policy is major, is a matter of judgement. In making this assessment, consideration is given to whether it is likely to be controversial or a matter of contention between the government and the opposition. The cost of the decision and its impact on future resources and policies will also be considered.

Both the government and the opposition can still, of course, make election commitments about future action. The caretaker conventions only apply to actions taken within the caretaker period. They also do not apply to decisions made and actions taken before the caretaker period commenced, even if they are only announced after it has commenced.

The public service and the caretaker period

Rules have also developed on the fair use of the public service and public resources before and after elections. Technically, these are not part of the caretaker conventions, which concern self-restraint by ministers. But because they concern fairness in relation to elections, they are often lumped in with the caretaker conventions and they are included within the official guidance document.

These rules are based upon obligations imposed on public servants by statutes and other instruments, such as the Public Service Act 1999 (Cth), and APS Code of Conduct. They require public servants to behave in an impartial and apolitical manner. They also require that public resources not be used to advantage political parties during an election campaign.

It is also customary to restrict the use of government advertising during the caretaker period to necessary matters, and those that do not highlight the role of ministers or promote the achievements or policies of the government.

Two recent examples show how these rules can become controversial during an election campaign. In 2013, the Rudd Labor government was criticised by the opposition for breaching the caretaker conventions by running ads, within Australia, about asylum-seekers not being settled in Australia. The ads were reluctantly approved by public servants under a ministerial direction that they were obliged to obey.

The opposition was happy for the ads to be run in overseas countries, as a source of information and deterrence, but regarded their publication in Australia as partisan and breaching the rules. Opposition spokesperson Scott Morrison called it a “shameless and desperate” grab for votes, with the government spending taxpayers’ money to advertise to the vote-people, rather than the boat people.

On the day of the 2022 election, the Morrison Coalition government instructed the Department of Home Affairs to publish a statement that a boat containing asylum seekers had been intercepted.

It requested that this information be emailed immediately to journalists and tweeted by the Australian Border Force. The issue was highly political. Prime Minister Scott Morrison told a press conference before any announcement had been made that:

I’ve been here to stop this boat. But in order for me to be here to stop those that may come from here, you need to vote Liberals and Nationals today.

Officials published a factual statement about the boat, because they were required to act as directed by the minister. But, as a subsequent investigation revealed, they refused requests to amplify the controversy by sending material to journalists and to publish it on social media, as this would breach their obligations to be apolitical.

Who enforces the caretaker conventions?

The caretaker conventions are not legally binding and cannot be enforced by a court. But some governors-general have given effect to the conventions by deferring action on anything that would breach them. Then, when the election is over, a new government can decide whether to proceed with the matter.

Breaches by public servants of their obligations under codes of conduct and the Public Service Act can have real consequences, such as disciplinary action being taken against them.

While conventions are not legally enforceable, they ordinarily work because there is agreement among political actors that these rules are fair and politically binding on them. Controversy in the media about breaches of conventions can raise public anger. Punishment is left in the hands of the voters.The Conversation

Anne Twomey, Professor Emerita in Constitutional Law, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Nasa’s Curiosity rover has found the longest chain carbon molecules yet on Mars. It’s a significant finding in the search for alien life

The Curiosity rover near the site of Mont Mercou on Mars. NASA/JPL-Caltech/MSSS
Derek Ward-ThompsonUniversity of Central Lancashire and Megan ArgoUniversity of Central Lancashire

Nasa’s Curiosity Mars rover has detected the largest organic (carbon-containing) molecules ever found on the red planet. The discovery is one of the most significant findings in the search for evidence of past life on Mars. This is because, on Earth at least, relatively complex, long-chain carbon molecules are involved in biology. These molecules could actually be fragments of fatty acids, which are found in, for example, the membranes surrounding biological cells.

Scientists think that, if life ever emerged on Mars, it was probably microbial in nature. Because microbes are so small, it’s difficult to be definitive about any potential evidence for life found on Mars. Such evidence needs more powerful scientific instruments that are too large to be put on a rover.

The organic molecules found by Curiosity consist of carbon atoms linked in long chains, with other elements bonded to them, like hydrogen and oxygen. They come from a 3.7-billion-year-old rock dubbed Cumberland, encountered by the rover at a presumed dried-up lakebed in Mars’s Gale Crater. Scientists used the Sample Analysis at Mars (Sam) instrument on the Nasa rover to make their discovery.

Scientists were actually looking for evidence of amino acids, which are the building blocks of proteins and therefore key components of life as we know it. But this unexpected finding is almost as exciting. The research is published in Proceedings of the National Academies of Science.

Among the molecules were decane, which has 10 carbon atoms and 22 hydrogen atoms, and dodecane, with 12 carbons and 26 hydrogen atoms. These are known as alkanes, which fall under the umbrella of the chemical compounds known as hydrocarbons.

It’s an exciting time in the search for life on Mars. In March this year, scientists presented evidence of features in a different rock sampled elsewhere on Mars by the Perseverance rover. These features, dubbed “leopard spots” and “poppy seeds”, could have been produced by the action of microbial life in the distant past, or not. The findings were presented at a US conference and have not yet been published in a peer reviewed journal.

The Mars Sample Return mission, a collaboration between Nasa and the European Space Agency, offers hope that samples of rock collected and stored by Perseverance could be brought to Earth for study in laboratories. The powerful instruments available in terrestrial labs could finally confirm whether or not there is clear evidence for past life on Mars. However, in 2023, an independent review board criticised increases in Mars Sample Return’s budget. This prompted the agencies to rethink how the mission could be carried out. They are currently studying two revised options.

Signs of life?

Cumberland was found in a region of Gale Crater called Yellowknife Bay. This area contains rock formations that look suspiciously like those formed when sediment builds up at the bottom of a lake. One of Curiosity’s scientific goals is to examine the prospect that past conditions on Mars would have been suitable for the development of life, so an ancient lakebed is the perfect place to look for them.

Cumberland rock
The Martian rock known as Cumberland, which was sampled in the study. NASA/JPL-Caltech/MSSS

The researchers think that the alkane molecules may once have been components of more complex fatty acid molecules. On Earth, fatty acids are components of fats and oils. They are produced through biological activity in processes that help form cell membranes, for example. The suggested presence of fatty acids in this rock sample has been around for several years, but the new paper details the full evidence.

Fatty acids are long, linear hydrocarbon molecules with a carboxyl group (COOH) at one end and a methyl group (CH3) at the other, forming a chain of carbon and hydrogen atoms.

A fat molecule consists of two main components: glycerol and fatty acids. Glycerol is an alcohol molecule with three carbon atoms, five hydrogens, and three hydroxyl (chemically bonded oxygen and hydrogen, OH) groups. Fatty acids may have 4-36 carbon atoms; however, most of them have 12-18. The longest carbon chains found in Cumberland are 12 atoms long.

Mars Sample Return
Mars Sample Return will deliver Mars rocks to Earth for study. This artist’s impression shows the ascent vehicle leaving Mars with rock samples. Nasa/JPL-Caltech

Organic molecules preserved in ancient Martian rocks provide a critical record of the past habitability of Mars and could be chemical biosignatures (signs that life was once there).

The sample from Cumberland has been analysed by the Sam instrument many times, using different experimental techniques, and has shown evidence of clay minerals, as well as the first (smaller and simpler) organic molecules found on Mars, back in 2015. These included several classes of chlorinated and sulphur-containing organic compounds in Gale crater sedimentary rocks, with chemical structures of up to six carbon atoms. The new discovery doubles the number of carbon atoms found in a single molecule on Mars.

The alkane molecules are significant in the search for biosignatures on Mars, but how they actually formed remains unclear. They could also be derived through geological or other chemical mechanisms that do not involve fatty acids or life. These are known as abiotic sources. However, the fact that they exist intact today in samples that have been exposed to a harsh environment for many millions of years gives astrobiologists (scientists who study the possibility of life beyond Earth) hope that evidence of ancient life might still be detectable today.

It is possible the sample contains even longer chain organic molecules. It may also contain more complex molecules that are indicative of life, rather than geological processes. Unfortunately, Sam is not capable of detecting those, so the next step is to deliver Martian rock and soil to more capable laboratories on the Earth. Mars Sample Return would do this with the samples already gathered by the Perseverance Mars rover. All that’s needed now is the budget.The Conversation

Derek Ward-Thompson, Professor of Astrophysics, University of Central Lancashire and Megan Argo, Senior Lecturer in Astronomy, University of Central Lancashire

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Fitting the ‘missing puzzle pieces’ – research sheds light on the deep history of social change in West Papua

Tristan RussellCC BY-SA
Dylan GaffneyUniversity of Oxford and Marlin TollaBadan Riset dan Inovasi Nasional (BRIN)

Owing to its violent political history, West Papua’s vibrant human past has long been ignored.

Unlike its neighbour, the independent country of Papua New Guinea, West Papua’s cultural history is poorly understood. But now, for the first time, we have recorded this history in detail, shedding light on 50 millennia of untold stories of social change.

By examining the territory’s archaeology, anthropology and linguistics, our new book fits together the missing puzzle pieces in Australasia’s human history. The book is the first to celebrate West Papua’s deep past, involving authors from West Papua itself, as well as Indonesia, Australasia and beyond.

The new evidence shows West Papua is central to understanding how humans moved from Eurasia into the Australasian region, how they adapted to challenging new environments, independently developed agriculture, exchanged genes and languages, and traded exquisitely crafted objects.

A map of West Papua
Archaeological evidence shows that people migrating from Eurasia into the Australasian region came through West Papua. Dylan GaffneyCC BY-SA

Early seafaring and adaptation

During the Pleistocene epoch (2.5 million to 12,000 years ago), West Papua was connected to Australia in a massive continent called Sahul.

Archaeological evidence from the limestone chamber of Mololo Cave shows some of the first people to settle Sahul arrived on the shores of present-day West Papua. There they quickly adapted to a host of new ecologies.

The precise date of arrival of the first seafaring groups on Sahul is debated. However, a tree resin artefact from Mololo has been radiocarbon dated to show this happened more than 50,000 years ago.

Genetic analyses support this early arrival time to Sahul. Our work suggests these earliest seafarers crossed along the northern route, one of two passages through the Indonesian islands.

Maps showing human dispersal to West Papua during the Pleistocene epoch, about 50,000 years ago, and during the Lapita period, more than 3,000 years ago.
Human dispersal to West Papua during the Pleistocene epoch (about 50,000 years ago) and during the Lapita period (more than 3,000 years ago). Dylan GaffneyCC BY-SA

Interestingly, the first migrants carried with them the genetic legacy of intermarriages between our species, Homo sapiens, and the Denisovans, a now extinct species of hominins that lived in eastern Asia. Geneticists currently dispute whether these encounters took place in Southeast Asia, along a northerly or southerly route to Sahul, or even in Sahul itself.

In the same way modern European populations retain about 2% of Neanderthal ancestry, many West Papuans retain about 3% of Denisovan heritage.

As the Earth warmed at the end of the Pleistocene, rising seas split Sahul apart. The large savannah plains that joined West Papua and Papua New Guinea to Australia were submerged around 8,000 years ago. Much of West Papua’s southern and western coastlines became islands.

Social transformations during the past 10,000 years

As environments changed, so did people’s cuisine and culture.

We know from sites in Papua New Guinea that people developed their own agricultural systems between 10,000 and 6,000 years ago, at a similar time to innovations in Asia and the Americas. However, agricultural systems were not universally adopted across the island.

New chemical evidence from human tooth enamel in West Papua shows people retained a wide variety of diets, from fish and shellfish to forest plants and marsupials.

One of the key unanswered questions in West Papua’s history is when cultivation emerged and how it spread into other regions, including Southeast Asia. Taro, bananas, yams and sago were all initially cultivated in New Guinea and have become important staple crops around the world.

A man working under the light of a lamp, examining excavated artefacts at Mololo Cave.
Moses Dialom, an archaeological fieldwork collaborator from the Raja Ampat Islands, examines excavated artefacts at Mololo Cave. Tristan RussellCC BY-SA

The arrival of pottery, some 3,000 years ago, represents movements of new people to the Pacific. These are best illustrated by iconic Lapita pottery, recorded by archaeologists from Papua New Guinea all the way to Samoa and Tonga.

Lapita pottery makers spoke Austronesian languages, which became the ancestors of today’s Polynesian languages, including Māori.

New pottery discoveries from Mololo Cave suggest the ancestors of Lapita pottery makers existed somewhere around West Papua. Finding the location of these ancestral Lapita settlements is a major priority for archaeological research in the territory.

A rock paintings from the coast of West Papua, showing distinct hand prints in ochre.
Rock paintings provide evidence of social change in West Papua. Tristan RussellCC BY-SA

Other evidence for social transformations includes rock paintings and even bronze axes. The latter were imported all the way from mainland Southeast Asia to West Papua around 2,000 years ago. Metal working was not practised in West Papua at this time and chemical analyses show some of these artefacts were made in northern Vietnam.

At all times in the past, people had a rich and complex material culture. But only a small fraction of these objects survive for archaeologists to study, especially in humid tropical conditions.

A montage of images showing the places people settled in West Papua, including montane cloud forests (upper left), lowland rainforests (upper right), mangrove swamps (lower left) and coastal beaches (lower right).
People settled diverse environments around West Papua, including montane cloud forests (upper left), lowland rainforests (upper right), mangrove swamps (lower left) and coastal beaches (lower right). Dylan GaffneyCC BY-SA

Living traditions and the movement of objects

From the early 1800s, when West Papua was part of the Dutch East Indies, colonial administrators, scientists and explorers exported tonnes of West Papuan artefacts to European museums. Sometimes the objects were traded or gifted, other times stolen outright.

In the early 1900s, many objects were also burned by missionaries who saw Indigenous material culture as evidence of paganism. The West Papuan objects that now inhabit museums in Europe, America, Australia and New Zealand are connections between modern people and their ancestral traditions.

Sometimes these objects represent people’s direct ancestors. Major work is currently underway to connect West Papuans with these collections and to repatriate some of these objects to museums in West Papua. Unfortunately, funding remains a central issue for these museums.

Many West Papuans continue to produce and use wooden carvings, string bags and shell ornaments. Anthropologists have described how people are actively reconfiguring their material culture, especially given the presence of new synthetic materials and a cash economy.

West Papuan archaeologists in the field: (A) Klementin Fairyo, left, is setting up a new excavation. (B) Martinus Tekege excavating pottery. (C) Sonya Kawer with wartime archaeology. (D) Abdul Razak Macap, right, sieving for archaeological artefacts at Mololo Cave.
A montage of images showing West Papuan archaeologists in the field. (A) Klementin Fairyo, left, is setting up a new excavation. (B) Martinus Tekege excavating pottery. (C) Sonya Kawer with wartime archaeology. (D) Abdul Razak Macap, right, sieving for archaeological artefacts at Mololo Cave. Klementin Fairyo, Martinus Tekege, Sonya Kawer, Abdul Razak MacapCC BY-SA

Far from being “ancient” people caught in the stone age – a stereotype propagated in both Indonesian and international media – West Papuans are actively confronting the challenges and opportunities of the 21st century.

Despite our new findings, West Papua remains an enigma for researchers. It has a land area twice the size of Aotearoa New Zealand, but there are fewer than ten known archaeological sites that have been radiocarbon dated.

By contrast, Aotearoa has thousands of dated sites. This means West Papua is the least well researched part of the Pacific and there is much more work to be done. Crucially, Papuan scholars need to be at the heart of this research.The Conversation

Dylan Gaffney, Associate Professor of Palaeolithic Archaeology, University of Oxford and Marlin Tolla, Researcher in Archaeology, Badan Riset dan Inovasi Nasional (BRIN)

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘It is a seriously difficult role and only getting harder’: school principals speak about stress, violence and abuse in their jobs

Isuzek/Getty Images
Paul KidsonAustralian Catholic UniversityHerb MarshAustralian Catholic University, and Theresa DickeAustralian Catholic University

School principals around Australia are responsible for about 4.5 million staff and students in almost 10,000 schools. Not only do they oversee students’ progress, but they are also responsible for the performance of staff and the wellbeing of everyone at their school. Their jobs are huge.

As we have previously tracked in our annual survey of principals, their jobs are also extremely stressful and they are subject to regular abuse – often from parents.

Our latest survey shows these trends are not changing. And more than 50% of those we surveyed are seriously thinking about quitting.

Our research

Since 2011, we have surveyed Australian school leaders. This includes principals, deputy principals, and other school leaders such as heads of junior or senior schools.

In our new report, we surveyed almost 2,200 people, which is more than 20% of Australian school leaders. In 2024, we surveyed primary and high school leaders from government, independent and Catholic schools all around the country.

This makes it the most comprehensive data set on principals’ health and wellbeing in Australia. It is also the longest-running survey of its type in the world.

Two men in suits walk past a row of lockers.
The survey asked almost 2,200 school leaders about their jobs and wellbeing. Sol Stock/ Getty Images

High workloads and stress

Previous surveys have shown school principals face unsustainably high workloads and high levels of stress. Unfortunately, these trends continue in our latest 2024 results.

School leaders work an average of 54.5 hours a week during term time and 20.6 hours during holidays. They nominated the “sheer quantity of work” as the biggest source of their stress.

This was closely followed by “lack of time to focus on teaching and learning” and “student-related issues”.

As a high school principal from Western Australia told us:

I do love what I do however it is a seriously difficult role and only getting harder.

Generalised anxiety and depression reports have also increased from last year’s survey. Severe anxiety was reported by 14.8% of participants, up from 11.4% in 2023. Moderate depression is reported by 11.1% of participants, up from 10.6%.

Critical incidents

For the first time, our 2024 survey asked principals about the number of “critical incidents” they have to deal with. These are defined as an “often unexpected event that may involve loss or threat to wellbeing or personal goals”.

Nearly three-quarters (73.7%) said they had experienced a critical incident while in their role. The most common type of incident was violence and security threats (43.9%). Suicide and suicidal threats represented 12.6% of reported incidents. Participants also reported medical emergencies (10.3%) and custody or child-protection incidents (7%).

As one NSW principal told us:

I think it is untenable for principals to continue to be under constant stress at this level and am aware that many of my colleagues are also retiring or considering retiring. I have only just turned 59 and would like to work for another 5-10 years but can’t continue due to the ridiculous workload and pressure.

Schools are not safe for principals

An increasing number of principals report being subject to offensive behaviours that are unacceptable in any workplace – let alone one that involves children and young people.

Nearly 55% reported they are subjected to threats of violence, 57% are subjected to gossip and slander, and 35% are subjected to cyberbullying. These are the highest levels we have ever reported.

When asked “from whom”, more than 65% of school leaders said parents and caregivers. Students also contribute, but unfortunately, so do staff. They were the source of 29% of “gossip and slander” reported by school leaders.

As one ACT school leader told us:

The major cause of distress are parents. Parents behave in an unreasonable manner, have ridiculous expectations and think that because they went to school they can therefore run a school. Principals are constantly defending staff from parents. Parents are rarely told to stop and desist by Education Support Offices.

A group of young school children play in a playground.
While many principals report loving their jobs, stress and abuse are constant features. Rawpixel.com/ Shutterstock

Many prinicpals want to leave

In 2023, we first asked the question whether school leaders seriously consider leaving their job. More than half (56%) agreed or strongly agreed with the statement.

It’s pleasing to report this has reduced slightly to 53% nationally, but the trend is, unfortunately, not consistent across the country.

For example, the figure in NSW has dropped from 63% to 51%, but in Victoria it has increased from 48% to 54%. Policymakers across jurisdictions could benefit from working together to address these findings, to see what is working and what is not.

How can we help?

The demands on today’s school principals are significant – the work takes an emotional toll – and this means we need different approaches to supporting them.

It’s why we recommend education departments and school boards provide “reflective supervision” for school leaders. This gives professionals a regular chance to reflect on what they are doing with a confidential and experienced practitioner in the field, which in this case would be another experienced school leader.

This is a widespread practice in other demanding workplaces, such as family violencehealthcare, and child mental health. Practitioners in these fields benefit through improved management of their own wellbeing, which in turn helps them support their clients and patients.

We also need to make sure governments regularly and routinely consult principals about education policy.

Schools and education departments should also explore alternative models to make the job more sustainable. This could include co-principals or job sharing models.

Without change, too many leaders will leave too quickly, without anyone left to replace them.The Conversation

Paul Kidson, Senior Lecturer in Educational Leadership, Australian Catholic UniversityHerb Marsh, Distinguished Professor of Educational Psychology, Australian Catholic University, and Theresa Dicke, Professor, Institute for Positive Psychology and Education, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Menthol cigarettes will be banned from April 1. Here’s why – and what else is changing

patpitchaya/Shutterstock
Becky FreemanUniversity of Sydney

New laws come into effect in Australia today that change the look, ingredients, and packaging of tobacco products.

The Australian government passed the package of tobacco laws in late 2023, which include:

  • standardised tobacco pack and cigarette stick sizes, no more novelty pack sizes or cigarette lengths

  • updated and improved graphic health warnings and quitting advice inserts within all tobacco packs

  • warnings printed directly on cigarettes

  • banning ingredients that make tobacco taste better and easier to smoke, including menthol.

Retailers have a three-month grace period to sell any old stock already in their stores by July 1.

Here’s what’s behind these changes – and what needs to happen next.

Packs warn about the harms of smoking. Department of Health and Ageing

New graphic health warnings

Cigarette packaging requirements have been stagnant since 2012, when Australia introduced plain packaging laws that banned the use of all on-pack logos and branding. This was a world-first.

While large graphic health warnings are effective in both preventing smoking uptake and aiding quitting smoking, the effects wear out if warnings are not refreshed and varied.

New warnings replace those from 2012. Department of Health and Ageing

Cigarette packages must carry one of ten new health warnings. Fresh warnings that smoking doubles the risk of cervical cancer and leads to diabetes will be new information for many smokers.

There are also warnings for roll-your-own, cigar, bidi and shisha tobacco packaging.

Warnings on cigarettes

Cigarettes themselves must now include one of eight health warnings printed directly on the filter paper.

Canada was the first country in the world to adopt similar requirements in 2023.

The size, shape, and colour of cigarettes has also been standardised to prevent tobacco companies from using unique cigarette designs to attract new users. Long, thin cigarettes, for example, have been marketed to women as a fashion accessory and diet tool for nearly a century.

Warnings will now be on the sticks themselves. Department of Health and Ageing

The ingredients permitted in cigarettes are also changing, with ingredients that enhance the flavour of tobacco being now banned. The long list of prohibited ingredients includes everything from cloves, to sugar, to probiotics and vitamins.

Until now, the tobacco industry has had free reign to add ingredients that increase the palatability and attractiveness of cigarettes. This banned list also captures menthol and any ingredients that mimic the cooling properties of menthol.

Why ban menthol?

Menthol masks the harshness of smoke. Just like cold lollies that contain menthol to soothe sore throats and tame coughs, menthol in cigarettes prevents inexperienced smokers from reacting to the rough effects of tobacco smoke in the throat. This helps to make smoking a more pleasant experience that young users will return to.

The introduction of crushable menthol capsules in cigarette filters has proven very popular with Australian teenagers. Teens who use these products are more likely to have recently smoked and have higher smoking intentions in the future. The new laws also explicitly prohibit these “crush balls” or “flavour beads.”

Other counties that have banned menthol have seen drops in tobacco sales and use and increases in quitting behaviours.

No similar reforms for the United States

Menthol cigarettes have been heavily marketed to African American people since at least the 1950s and make up one-third of the total US cigarette market share. Tobacco control groups in the US have been advocating for a menthol ban for well over a decade.

The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) proposed a rule banning menthol in 2022, and a 2024 US Surgeon General report highlighted that menthol products increase addiction and are:

disproportionately used by Black people, Native Hawaiian and Pacific Islander people, women and people who identify as lesbian, gay, or bisexual.

Under the Biden Administration, the FDA delayed issuing the final rule which meant the ban was not properly enacted before Trump was elected.

In January 2025, the Trump administration completely withdrew the ban.

A menthol ban in the US was predicted to reduce total smoking by 15% and the number of smoking attributable deaths among African Americans by up to 238,000.

Reforms needed to stamp out our illicit market

Organised criminals are operating in Australia’s tobacco supply chain to illegally import and sell tobacco products. Government action to step in and gain control of that supply system is long overdue.

Until this year, Australia’s two most populous states didn’t even require tobacco sellers to be licensed, and Queensland only introduced licensing last year.

Australia will need to change how tobacco is sold. It should not be so easy and commonplace to sell such an addictive and deadly product.

Both state and national governments need timely and transparent reporting on the size and scope of the illicit market, and strict licensing of the entire tobacco supply chain.

Businesses that sell illicit tobacco must face real consequences – not only large fines and loss of licences to operate, but also criminal charges.

All aspects of the tobacco supply chain – from wholesalers to retailers – must be tightly controlled.The Conversation

Becky Freeman, Professor in Public Health, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why do I get headaches when I exercise, even when I drink lots of water?

Jacob Lund/Shutterstock
Hunter BennettUniversity of South Australia

Getting a headache during or after exercise can be seriously frustrating – especially if you have kept hydrated to try and stop them from happening.

But why do these headaches occur? And does keeping hydrated make any difference?

What are exercise headaches?

Exercise headaches (also known as “exertional headaches”) are exactly what they sound like: headaches that occur either during, or after, exercise.

French doctor Jules Tinel first reported these headaches in the medical literature in 1932 and they’ve been a regular point of discussion since.

Exercise headaches commonly present as a throbbing pain on both sides of the head. They most often occur after strenuous exercise – although what is considered “strenuous” can differ between people, depending on their fitness levels. They can last anywhere from a few minutes to a couple of days.

Exercise headaches are thought to impact about 12% of adults, although this number varies from 1% all the way up to 26% across individual studies.

In most circumstances, these headaches are harmless and will resolve on their own, over time. Some research suggests you will stop getting them after a few months of starting a new type of workout.

But while they are usually harmless, they can sometimes signal an underlying condition that requires medical attention.

What causes exercise headaches?

Despite a good amount of research looking at exertional headaches, we don’t know their exact cause, but we do think we know why they occur.

The leading theory suggests they are caused by changes in blood flow to the brain. During intense exercise, blood vessels in the brain dilate, increasing blood flow and pressure, leading to pain.

Because long-term exercise improves our cardiovascular health, including our ability to dilate and constrict our blood vessels, this theory makes sense when we consider that exercise headaches tend to resolve themselves over time. This might explain why research suggests fitter people are less likely to get exercise headaches.

People with migraines appear more likely to experience exercise headaches, which are thought to be caused by this same mechanism.

Does heat and dehydration cause exercise headaches?

There is evidence suggesting that exercise headaches are more likely to occur in the heat.

Your brain cannot dissipate heat by sweating like the rest of your body can. So when it’s hot, your body has to increase blood flow to the brain to help bring down its temperature, which can increase pressure.

Man drinks water at the gym
Exercise headaches might not be as bad when you’re hydrated. ME Image/Shutterstock

Similarly, exercise headaches also seem to get worse, and occur more often, when people are dehydrated.

However, we are not sure why this happens. Some research has shown that dehydration results in increased strain during exercise. As such, dehydration might not necessarily cause the headache, but make it more likely to occur.

Red flags: when to see a doctor

Most exercise headaches resolve themselves after a few hours and result in no lasting negative effects.

In some rare instances, they could be sign of something more serious occurring in the brain, such as a subarachnoid haemorrhage (a bleed between the brain and the tissues that cover it), reversible cerebral vasoconstriction syndrome (a spasming of blood vessels), cervical artery dissection (or tear), intracranial hypertension (pressure in the brain), or an infection.

See a doctor to rule out anything serious if:

  • it’s your first exercise headache
  • the headache is severe and sudden (also known as a thunderclap headache)
  • it’s accompanied by other symptoms such as vision changes, confusion, or sensations of weakness
  • you experience a stiff neck, nausea, or vomiting with your headache
  • it lasts for more than 24 hours and doesn’t seem to be getting better.

Can you prevent exercise headaches?

There is no surefire way to prevent exercise headaches.

But a recent review suggests that ensuring you’re adequately hydrated and gradually warm-up to your desired exercise intensity can make them less likely to occur.

A couple walks
Give your body time to adapt. Gorgev/Shutterstock

Beyond this, you may wish to keep your exercise intensity in a light-to moderate range for a couple of months. This will give your cardiovascular system some time to adapt before trying more strenuous exercise, hopefully reducing the likelihood of getting exercise headaches at all.

Exercise headaches are annoying, but are generally harmless and should subside on their own over time.The Conversation

Hunter Bennett, Lecturer in Exercise Science, University of South Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A ban on price gouging and new powers to break up supermarkets are on the table this election. Would either work?

wisely/Shutterstock
Barbora JedlickovaThe University of Queensland

With the federal election campaign now underway, Prime Minister Anthony Albanese has promised that if re-elected, Labor would seek to make price gouging illegal in the supermarket sector.

A new taskforce would be set up to examine the best way to do so, drawing on the experience of other countries. The Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) would then enforce the new “excessive pricing regime”.

Labor’s proposal comes despite the fact the final report from the ACCC’s supermarkets inquiry didn’t make any explicit accusation of price gouging.

Meanwhile, the Coalition and Greens still want new divestiture powers to break up the supermarkets, a course of action also not recommended by the ACCC’s report.

Price gouging

Price gouging, also referred to as “excessive pricing”, isn’t illegal in Australia. As long as prices are set independently by an individual business – and not in collusion with supposed competitors – they can be set as high or low as desired.

However, the Australian Competition and Consumer Act does allow the ACCC to monitor and regulate the price of some “notified” goods or services – with approval from the relevant federal minister.

One current example are postal services. The ACCC assesses proposed price increases, and can make an objection.

man browses supermarket aisle holding basket
Price gouging isn’t illegal in Australia. doublelee/Shutterstock

The legal situation on price gouging differs around the world.

The European Union, for example, prohibits abuse of a dominant market position by “directly or indirectly imposing unfair purchase or selling prices”.

It can be difficult to define an “unfair price”. Typically, it’s an excessive, monopolistic price higher than what would be set in a competitive market.

A landmark EU judgement defines an excessive price as one with “no reasonable relation to the economic value of the product supplied”.

Despite this ban, enforcement cases are somewhat rare. The European Commission has been more focused on tackling “exclusionary conduct” in recent decades.

This is when a competitor with significant market power uses restrictive means to directly hurt its competitors and exclude them (and future competitors) from competing in the relevant market.

An example is predatory pricing, where a company sets prices unrealistically low to drive out competitors – then becoming able to set them as high as they would like.

What about divestiture?

Both the Coalition and Greens have pledged to create new “divestiture” powers to break up supermarkets if they were found to be abusing their market power.

In competition law, divestiture is when a commercial entity is ordered to sell a portion of its assets or its business to a third party, to improve competition in the affected market.

Australian law has divestiture powers to address anti-competitive mergers and acquisitions. But currently, there aren’t powers to break up businesses for misuse of market power.

It’s a different picture in the United States, where the government has had powers to break up businesses in the context of “monopolisation” for more than a century.

The risks of splitting up

Divestiture powers were not recommended in the ACCC’s final report. That may be linked to market structure here.

The Australian grocery retail market is highly concentrated. The majority of retail sales are shared among only a few supermarket chains, primarily Woolworths (38%) and Coles (29%).

However, the combined share of these two retail giants has declined over the past 14 years, from 80% to 67%. Meanwhile, Aldi’s market share has grown to 9%, showing these two retailers face some competition.

This suggests divestiture may be a misguided approach. There are specific risks that come with divestiture remedies.

For instance, who would purchase the assets under a specific divestiture order? When considering the structure of the current grocery retail market, there is a high risk it would be another powerful retailer interested in purchasing its competitor’s assets. This would defeat the purpose entirely.

Other measures already in motion

Any ban on price gouging or new divestiture powers should be implemented with caution and used as a temporary tool. Directly interfering with free markets comes with risks.

Other actions are already underway to boost competition in the sector and improve supermarkets’ dealings with suppliers.

The federal government has previously announced incentives for the states to “cut planning and zoning red tape”, with the aim of making it easier for smaller supermarkets to enter the market and compete.

And from April, the Food and Grocery Code of Conduct will be made mandatory and enforceable, in line with a key recommendation of the independent Emerson review.

trays of apples on a farm
The Food and Grocery Code of Conduct for dealing with suppliers is now mandatory. Nita Corfe/Shutterstock

Certain restrictive and unfair practices in dealing with suppliers will be directly prohibited and enforced.

The new code gives the ACCC a range of useful tools to enforce against a breach by a powerful supermarket chain.

These include:

  • a confidential channel for whistleblowing suppliers
  • effective dispute resolution to address lengthy and costly litigation
  • heavy penalties – as high as A$10 million or 10% of annual turnover – for serious breaches of the code.

Rather than bring in measures that have not been independently recommended – like a price gouging ban or divestiture powers – it would be worth first seeing how these new enforceable rules work to deliver a better deal for supermarket customers.The Conversation

Barbora Jedlickova, Senior Lecturer, School of Law, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘Shame, disgust, horror’: Kate Grenville faces her family history of stolen land in Australia – and asks us to feel it with her

Kate Grenville, Wiseman’s Ferry on the Hawkesbury River. Darren James/Tim Keegan, Wikimedia CommonsCC BY-ND

by Tim RowseWestern Sydney University

How do Australians feel about knowing the territory we inhabit was violently stolen from First Nations people? In Unsettled, Kate Grenville explores this through her own feelings. “I’ve been circling this book for years,” she writes.

But its immediate context is the 60% “No” vote in the 2023 referendum to establish an Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Voice to parliament, and to the executive government, which develops laws and policies.

The slogan “If you don’t know, vote No” gave Australians “permission to keep looking away” from the past, Grenville writes. She invites us to look into that past, accompanying her on a journey that leaves her “unsettled”, but hopeful.


Review: Unsettled: a journey through time and place – Kate Grenville (Black Inc.)


For Grenville, the difference between knowing the truth of Australia’s past and feeling it is significant. An accomplished historical novelist, she has taken readers into the imagined inner lives of colonist characters in books like The Secret River (2005), allowing us to feel what they felt. In Unsettled, she invites us to witness and share her responses to places and stories of colonial land theft.

Feeling the violence of stolen land

Most Australians acknowledge the violence of colonisation. In August 2022, a Reconciliation Australia survey found 76% of the general community believed First Nations people “were subject to mass killings, incarceration, forced removal from land and restricted movement throughout the 1800s”. The same survey found 63% believed “Frontier wars occurred across the Australian continent” as First Nations people “defended their traditional lands from European invasion”.

Revisionist scholarship has made these beliefs historical orthodoxy. They have entered the curricula of Australian schools and universities. They have informed legal judgements (like Mabo, which recognised “native title” as a property right based on First Nations customary law), films, TV programs, novels and poetry.

Critical accounts of the nation’s “appalling” past have even been acknowledged as valid by former prime minister John Howard. While rejecting “black armband history”, he told parliament in October 1996: “I regret as an Australian the appalling way in which members of the Indigenous community have been treated in the past and I believe the truth about what occurred in our history should be taught in an unvarnished fashion.”

However, for Kate Grenville, it is not enough to know Australia is stolen land: she wants to feel it, and she hopes readers will too.

Unsettled narrates what she calls her “pilgrimage” to places where her ancestors “settled”. Early on, she announces self transformation as the goal of her journey: “The body moves through space, and with it the spirit might move through understanding.”

In each place she visits, she wonders how her forebears interacted with (or insulated themselves from) Indigenous Australians, as they “took up” the land. She analyses this widely used term for us, arguing when we add “up” to “took” or “take”, we weaken the sense that to “take” is to “steal”.

The pilgrimage’s first pause is at Wiseman’s Ferry, on the Hawkesbury River: named after Solomon Wiseman, the ancestor Grenville fictionally evoked as a colonist of Dharug country in her widely admired novel The Secret River. There she finds herself “shocked”, “confused” and “irritable” that she had not seen what this place “had to show me” on previous visits.

Grenville’s first visit on her pilgrimage is to Wiseman’s Ferry on the Hawkesbury River, named for her ancestor Solomon Wiseman. Royal Historical Society

Grenville thus declares the purpose of her pilgrimage: to make herself emotionally vulnerable to knowledge. Implicitly, she imagines (or calls into being) a reader willing to rethink their own place in history, as receivers of the colonists’ insular legacy. Grenville exemplifies Australians’ possible openness to a loss of self assurance. Her book is an invitation to national uncertainty.

As she travels, she moves from her most time-distant ancestor, Wiseman, to her parents’ generation. (The 20 places named for the reader and visited include St Albans, Wollombi, Gunnedah and Tamworth.)

One source is her mother’s recorded memories, the basis of Grenville’s biographical 2015 book, One Life: My Mother’s Story. Here, she revisits her mother’s words with a sharpened awareness of what her mother’s generation didn’t know, or did not think it important to dwell on.

Tracing this descent, paying close attention to the terminology used in monuments and in family anecdotes, Grenville enacts her own emancipation from not seeing to seeing, from self-enclosure to emotionally risky openness. She urges Australians to reevaluate the self-understanding passed down to them by parents, grandparents and the wider culture.

Truth-telling and owning the past

National learning as personal quest is a beguiling way to portray contemporary Australian historical consciousness. Dja Dja Wurrung and Yorta Yorta journalist Bridget Brennan demonstrated this in last week’s Four Corners program on Victoria’s Yoorrook Justice Commission.

Her interviews with two witnesses to the Commission presented national enlightenment as the hoped-for sum of many hard individual journeys. A woman continuing her deceased husband’s pastoral enterprise on the site of the 1843 Warrigal Creek massacre was “grappling with how best to protect and honour the massacre site for future generations”. A descendant of Alfred Deakin apologised for his 1886 legislation that forced Aboriginal people of mixed descent off reserves, in the hope they would assimilate to the settler community.

I take Brennan to be saying that if non-Indigenous Australians are to “own” their past, they must open themselves to dialogue with the colonised – such as the commissioners of Yoorrook.

Dja Dja Wurrung and Yorta Yorta journalist Bridget Brennan demonstrated national learning as personal quest on a recent Four Corners.

Grenville’s pilgrim self does not encounter actual Indigenous interlocutors. They are absent – for a variety of reasons – from the places her ancestors “took up”. They are imaginably present for her, however. Unsettled often recreates the structure of feeling produced by Jindyworobak poets such as Rex Ingamells: the intimation of an Aboriginal presence that persists in the land itself, beyond colonial erasure.

Indeed, the literary precedents of Unsettled go back to poems inspired by horror at the 1838 Myall Creek Massacre: Elizabeth Hamilton Dunlop’s The Aboriginal Mother (From Myall’s Creek) (1838) and Charles Harpur’s A Wail from the Bush (1845).

Grenville closes her book with a visit to the Myall Creek monument erected in 2000, near Bingara. There she allows herself to feel “shame, disgust, horror” as “the price to pay for being who I am”. Those who erected the monument – descended from both slayers and slain – are her exemplary Australians.

On difficult terms with multiculturalism

To say Unsettled is a sustained performance of a postcolonial conscience is not to belittle it. Its great achievement is the effortless and artful intertwining of received histories of the nation with stories specific to Grenville’s family. However, Unsettled is on difficult terms with another progressive Australian ideology: multiculturalism. I mean two things by this.

Recent migrants to Australia will be limited in their capacity to identify with Grenville’s deep colonial lineage. Subject to (at times) self-lacerating review, this heritage is not only Grenville’s burden, but also the cultural asset that enables her pilgrimage.

Those best placed to identify with her anguish are not only those yearning for truth-telling, but those descended, like her, from several generations of colony-born “natives”. This is the effect of the book’s configuration of self, family and nation.

The premise of shared heritage – celebrated or criticised – is vulnerable in a nation adding so rapidly to its stock of people.

It is likely that a large proportion of those who voted in the 2023 referendum are of non-British heritage. Of the three million permanent migrants added to Australia’s population between 2000 and 2021, settling mainly in the capital cities, one in three were from India, China, the Philippines or Vietnam; 77% of migrants who have lived in Australia for more than ten years have become citizens and eligible to vote. Even if these “new Australians” know they are beneficiaries of violent colonisation, what does that knowledge mean to them?

Migration, the severing of a person from place and people, requires some erasure of a person’s past. This is for some, no doubt, part of its allure. Whether experienced as loss or renewal of self, this severance may breed an impatience with claims – moral or political – that invoke heritage.

On 24 May 2023, Michael Sukkar (Liberal member for Deakin and member of a Lebanese migrant family) heard Yes advocates refer to the ancient heritage of Indigenous Australians as if it were the basis of their right to a Voice. He replied, explaining his “vehement” opposition to the Voice, by expounding a migrant version of the equality ethos.

It didn’t matter if your family went back to the First Fleet or whether your family went back 60,000 years or whether your family arrived a couple of years ago and were at last night’s citizenship ceremony. The minute you were an Australian citizen, you were, in every single way, equal. There was no grading. There were no different rights or different rules for one or the other.

Unsettled, and the collective memory and identity it invokes, speaks powerfully to a structure of postcolonial feeling within Australian society that is significant, but may be of diminishing influence. Today, Australia’s high (diversely sourced) migration challenges the very possibility of a collective memory.The Conversation

Tim Rowse, Emeritus Professor, Institute for Culture and Society, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘Sorry mate, I didn’t see you’: when drivers look but don’t see cyclists on the road

Serhii Milekhin/Shutterstock
Giulio PonteUniversity of Adelaide and Jamie MackenzieUniversity of Adelaide

When a vehicle and a cyclist collide, the cyclist almost always emerges worse off. Globally, more than 40,000 cyclists are killed and millions more seriously injured in road crashes.

In most of these collisions, the driver is responsible.

So, what factors are involved when a cyclist and a car collide?

The most common factors

The most common types of vehicle-cyclist crashes are caused by:

When drivers ‘look-but-failed-to-see’

Many drivers fail to notice cyclists until it’s too late. Sometimes this phenomenon is referred to as SMIDSY (“sorry mate, I didn’t see you”).

Crash researchers often classify these types of crash as a “looked-but-failed-to-see” error.

Cyclists are extremely susceptible to this. They are small, not a safety threat to drivers, are outnumbered and are typically ranked low on a driver’s “attentional hierarchy”. It may also be that drivers just don’t expect cyclists to be around.

Cyclists can be inconspicuous but even if they are visible, drivers may look but not “see” them because they’re focusing on something else.

This selective attention test highlights how easy it is to end up in a looked-but-failed-to-see situation:

It is inevitable drivers will occasionally make errors resulting in near misses and crashes. Telling drivers to look out for cyclists and not crash into them won’t stop crashes with cyclists. So what might help?

Solutions with limited effectiveness

While errors are inevitable, improving road infrastructure and using layouts that highlight cyclists in potential conflict areas can help.

In practice, this means things such as advanced stop lines or holding areas that place cyclists ahead of motor vehicles at intersections so cyclists are more visible and can move off safely.

Advanced green lights (where the traffic light turns green for cyclists before it does for cars) could also help, as they allow cyclists to move off while motor vehicle traffic is still stopped.

Bicycle-activated warning signage provide a visual warning to alert drivers that a cyclist is near by.

Improved road lighting to highlight cyclists better on the network at night, would also help.

There are also things cyclists can do to improve their own safety. These include

Many roads have white lines painted on them to allocate separate space to cyclists and there are mandatory passing distance laws throughout Australia as well as in some international jurisdictions.

However, research has shown that close passing is still relatively common and that painted bike lanes may actually increase the frequency or severity of these dangerous interactions.

Speed limit reform

If we know that errors are inevitable and crashes will occur, then we should make those events survivable.

Humans are fragile. Being struck by a car at 50 km/h is estimated to result in a 90% chance of being killed. At 30 km/h, the risk of being killed decreases to just 10%.

Speed limits of 40 km/h and 30 km/h improve safety for both cyclists and pedestrians, particularly in high pedestrian and cyclist locations.

While lowering speed limits is widely supported within the road safety fraternity, more efforts are needed to promote acceptance throughout the wider community.

A car passes a cyclist quickly on the road.
Telling drivers to look out for cyclists and not crash into them won’t stop crashes. Rocksweeper/Shutterstock

Autonomous emergency braking

One opportunity for reducing or eliminating collisions with cyclists (in the absence of speed limit reform) may be with advanced driver assistance systems such as autonomous emergency braking.

These systems constantly and rapidly process visual information in the traffic environment.

They can help prevent certain crashes, or reduce collision speeds, when human error occurs.

They can also help prevent “dooring”, which is where a cyclist collides with a car door suddenly opened by the driver.

However, these technologies are not 100% effective; emergency situations between vehicles and cyclists can occur suddenly, with little time for automated systems to respond appropriately.

These systems are also generally only available on newer vehicles. Given the average age of Australian vehicles is over 11 years, it will take some time before they are widely prevalent and have a significant influence on bicycle safety.

Eliminating conflicts

Dedicated separated infrastructure is optimal for cyclist safety as it avoids interactions between vehicles and cyclists completely.

However, this infrastructure often forces cyclists to share space with pedestrians such as children, dog walkers, wheelchair users, and parents with prams (which can introduce other safety issues).

Additionally, these dedicated separated paths are not always well connected, or may “lead to nowhere”, so they don’t always appeal to cyclists.

Another way to eliminate conflicts is through changes to the traffic network. For example, controlling turn movements at traffic lights with right-turn arrows means drivers no longer need to decide when it’s safe to turn.

But this comes at a cost to traffic efficiency. In our society, unfortunately, there are many who value lost time more than the cost of road crashes and injury trauma.

Ultimately, if we want to focus on the value of human life and live-ability, we need to rethink the transport hierarchy to place more value on the most vulnerable road users. This could be achieved with “presumed liability” laws, where a driver who collides with a cyclist must prove they were not at fault.

Finally, we should remember that we are all vulnerable at some point in our transport journeys.The Conversation

Giulio Ponte, Research Engineer at the Centre for Automotive Safety Research, University of Adelaide and Jamie Mackenzie, Senior Research Fellow, Centre for Automotive Safety Research, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Keep an eye on the Senate – the people elected to it this year will have immense power for years to come

Zareh GhazarianMonash University

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese has finally ended weeks of speculation and named the election date for the national parliament.

After months of unofficial campaigning, Australians will now be treated to a festival of democracy as promises are made, policies are announced, and the leaders travel the country to rally support.

Much of the campaigning by the parties will be focused on the House of Representatives. This is to be expected as the lower house is where government is formed by the party that wins the majority of seats in this chamber, and the leader of this party becomes prime minister.

While the election for the lower house dominates the campaign, the contest for the Senate is rarely mentioned.

This is a bit unfair as the Senate is an immensely powerful chamber.

The power of the Senate

Barring its inability to initiate or amend supply bills, the Senate has almost the same powers as the House of Representatives. Senators can introduce their own bills, as long as they’re not supply bills.

For any proposed bill to become law, it must be passed by the Senate as well as the House of Representatives.

All states have equal representation in the chamber. Currently, every state is represented by 12 senators, each with six-year terms.

This means half the Senate is up for election at every general election.

The territories are represented by two senators each and they face re-election at every general election. The current number of senators is 76.

Winning a majority in the Senate has no bearing on who forms government (it’s the result of the lower house – the House of Representatives – which determines this). It does, however, make it easier for the government to pass bills to become law if it enjoys a majority in this chamber.

Who wins seats in the Senate?

The voting system in the Senate is very different to the House of Representatives. To win a seat in the House of Representatives, a candidate must win 50% +1 of the votes cast in the district.

In the Senate, however, a candidate must win a proportion (approximately 14.3%) of the state-wide vote.

This makes it a bit easier for minor parties to win representation as they can rely on broad support from across the state to reach the required threshold.

Changes introduced in 2016 mean Australians have choice on how to complete their Senate ballot paper. They can either number six or more candidates of their choice above the black line, or vote below the line by numbering 12 or more candidates.

While parties will organise their own preference deals to benefit them, voters are ultimately in control of where their preferences go.

Thanks to the voting system used in the Senate, it is rare for a government to hold a majority of seats in the upper house. The last time this occurred was in 2004 when the John Howard-led Coalition enjoyed a majority in the chamber.

The current Senate

Following the 2022 election, both major parties lost ground in the Senate. To have a majority in the chamber, a party must have 39 seats. Currently, Labor has 25 representatives, while the Coalition has 30.

The remaining seats are held by the Greens with the third highest number of representatives (11), One Nation (2), Jacqui Lambie Network (1), United Australia Party (1), and six Independents.

Several high-profile senators are up for election in 2025. In Queensland, for example, Malcolm Roberts from Pauline Hanson’s One Nation will be up for re-election, Jacqui Lambie will be recontesting in Tasmania, while Independent Senator David Pocock from the ACT will be seeking another term.

There will also be some other prominent senators hoping to be re-elected from established parties.

These include Senator Jacinta Nampijinpa Price (Country Liberal Party) and Senator Malarndirri McCarthy (ALP) from the Northern Territory, Liberal James Paterson from Victoria, Sarah Hanson-Young from the Greens in South Australia, and Jordan Steele-John from the Greens in Western Australia.

The 2025 contest

Fewer people have been voting for the major parties in recent years. In 2022, the vote for non-major party candidates reached a high of 35.7% (which, as Antony Green reminds us, was higher than the primary vote for both the Coalition and Labor).

Since the 1980s, Australians appear to have become open to supporting non-major party candidates contesting the Senate. If this continues as expected in 2025, whoever becomes prime minister will have to deal with the diverse interests and policy demands from those in the upper house.

While the campaign for the Senate may go under the radar over the next few weeks, who is elected to the Senate will have a massive impact on Australian politics for years to come.The Conversation

Zareh Ghazarian, Senior Lecturer, School of Social Sciences, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Cancer patients from migrant backgrounds have a 1 in 3 chance of something going wrong in their care

SeventyFour/Shutterstock
Ashfaq ChauhanMacquarie UniversityMelvin ChinUNSW SydneyMeron PitcherThe University of Melbourne, and Reema HarrisonMacquarie University

More than 7 million people in Australia were born overseas. Some 5.8 million people report speaking a language other than English at home.

But how well are we looking after culturally and linguistically diverse (CALD) Australians?

In countries around the world, evidence suggests people from CALD backgrounds are at increased risk of harm as a result of the health care they receive when compared to the general population. Common problems include a higher risk of contracting a hospital-acquired infection or medication errors.

People receiving cancer care are at particularly high risk of harm associated with their health care.

In a recent study, we found CALD cancer patients in Australia had roughly a one-in-three risk of something going wrong during their cancer care. This is unacceptably high.

We reviewed medical records

We worked with four cancer services (two in New South Wales and two in Victoria) that provide care to high proportions of people from CALD backgrounds. These four cancer services offer a combination of care to patients in hospitals, clinics and in their homes.

We analysed de-identified medical records of people from CALD backgrounds who received care at any of the four cancer services during 2018. To identify CALD patients, we used information from their medical records including “country of birth”, “preferred language”, “language spoken at home” and “interpreter required”.

We reviewed a total of 628 medical records of CALD cancer patients. We found roughly one in three medical records (212 out of 628) had at least one patient safety event recorded. We defined a patient safety event as any event that could have or did result in harm to the patient as a result of the health care they receive. We also found 44 patient records had three or more safety events recorded over a 12-month period.

Medication-related safety events were common, such as the wrong medication type or dose being given to a patient. Sometimes the patients themselves took the wrong type or dose of a medication or stopped medication all together. We also observed a variety of other patient safety events such as falls, pressure ulcers and infections after surgery.

The number of incidents could even be higher than what we observed. We know from other research that not all patient safety events are documented.

A man in a hospital bed is seen by a male doctor.
Our research looked at patient safety incidents among CALD patients at four Australian cancer services in 2018. Monkey Business Images/Shutterstock

We didn’t have a control group, which is the main limitation of our study. In other words, we didn’t examine medical records of patients from non-CALD backgrounds to compare how common patient safety events were between groups.

But looking at other data suggests the rate of incidents is much higher in CALD patients.

Studies over many years indicate around one in ten patients admitted to hospital experience a safety event.

One study from Norway found cancer patients have a 39% greater risk of experiencing adverse events in hospital when compared to other patients (24.2% compared to 17.4%).

Why is the risk of incidents so high for CALD patients?

We identified miscommunication as a key factor that put cancer patients from CALD backgrounds at risk.

For example, we observed from one patient’s notes that the patient didn’t take their medication because they were confused by the instructions given by different clinicians. This confusion might have stemmed from language barriers or health literacy issues.

In some medical records, we also saw interpreter requirements were unmet. For example, at the time of admission, assessment for language needs noted an interpreter was not required. However, later notes mentioned the patient had poor English or needed an interpreter.

Also, with the limited availability of interpreters, they’re often reserved for specialist appointments, and not used for “routine” tasks, such as during chemotherapy treatment. This may result in side effects from cancer medications not being properly identified and responded to, potentially leading to patient harm.

A young nurse talks with a senior woman.
Risks may increase if a patient needs an interpreter but doesn’t have one. THICHA SATAPITANON/Shutterstock

What can we do to improve things?

To make care safer, patients, their families and the clinicians who care for them should come together so that any solutions developed are practical, relevant, and informed by their combined experiences.

As an example, we developed a tool with consumers from CALD backgrounds and their clinicians that seeks to ensure that when patient medications are changed, there is common understanding between the clinician and the patient of their medication and care instructions. This includes recognising the side effects of the medications and who to contact if they have concerns.

This tool uses images and simple language to support common understanding of medication and care instructions. It takes into account specific cultural expectations and is available in different languages. It’s currently being evaluated in two cancer clinics.

To make cancer care safer for patients from CALD backgrounds, health systems and services will need to support and invest in strategies that are specifically targeted towards people from these backgrounds. This will ensure more equitable health solutions that improve the health of all Australians.The Conversation

Ashfaq Chauhan, Research Fellow, Australian Institute of Health Innovation, Macquarie UniversityMelvin Chin, Senior Lecturer, School of Clinical Medicine, UNSW SydneyMeron Pitcher, Honorary, Medicine, Dentistry and Health Sciences, The University of Melbourne, and Reema Harrison, Professor, Australian Institute of Health Innovation, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘Behind every claim is a grieving family’. Death benefits inquiry demands change but lacks penalties

SeventyFour/Shutterstock
Natalie PengThe University of Queensland

When Lisa’s husband passed away unexpectedly, she assumed accessing his superannuation death benefit would be straightforward. Instead, she spent months navigating a bureaucratic maze.

She repeatedly sent documents, waited weeks for callbacks and struggled to get answers from his fund.

Her experience is far from unique. A damning new report reveals systemic failure by Australia’s A$4 trillion superannuation industry in handling members’ death benefits.

A system in disarray

The Australian Security and Investments Commission’s landmark review of ten major super trustees, managing 38% of super assets, exposes an industry that is not serving its members.

Grieving families routinely face excessive delays, insensitive treatment and unnecessary hurdles when trying to access death benefits. It found they sometimes waited over a year for payments to which they were legally entitled.

The central problem was a fundamental breakdown in claims processing, with five critical failures exacerbating inefficiency and distress.

1. Poor oversight

No trustee monitored end-to-end claims handling times, leaving boards unaware of how long families were waiting. While the fastest trustee resolved 48% of claims within 90 days, the slowest managed just 8%.

In one case, a widow waited nearly a year despite her husband having a valid binding nomination. ASIC found 78% of delays stemmed from processing inefficiencies entirely within trustees’ control.

2. Misleading and inadequate information

Many funds misled on processing times and masked extreme delays. Boards often received reports only on insured claims, despite most death benefits not involving insurance. This meant boards were unable to fix systemic problems.

3. Process over people

Risk-averse procedures often overrode common sense. Many funds imposed claim-staking – delaying payments for objections – even for straightforward cases, adding a median 95 day delay.

Communication failures further compounded delays, with claimants receiving inconsistent advice and few or no status updates.

4. Outsourcing without accountability

Claims handled in-house were processed significantly faster than those managed by external administrators. Only 15% of outsourced claims were resolved within 90 days, compared to 36% of in-house claims.

The securities commission is calling for stronger oversight. External administrators significantly slow down responses, so some funds may need to bring claims processing back in-house to ensure efficiency.

5. Lack of transparency

Many funds failed to provide clear timelines or explanations for delays and had no accountability mechanisms.

The ten funds investigated include the Australian Retirement Trust, Avanteos (Colonial First State), Brighter Super, Commonwealth Superannuation Corporation, HESTA, Hostplus, NM Super (AMP), Nulis (MLC), Rest and UniSuper.

Two others, Australian Super and Cbus, are being sued separately by ASIC for either failing to pay out or delaying payments to thousands of eligible beneficiaries.

A list of key findings from the ASIC Taking ownership of death benefits report
Taking ownership of death benefits: How trustees can deliver outcomes Australians deserve, ASIC, March 2025CC BY-SA

Will ASIC’s fixes work?

ASIC has made 34 recommendations to improve death benefit processing. This will require real change, not box ticking. Changes should include setting performance objectives and empowering frontline staff to cut unnecessary steps.

There should be consequences for failure. Unlike the United Kingdom, which fines pension providers for missing statutory deadlines, ASIC’s recommendations lack penalties.

Without consequences, some funds may continue prioritising administrative convenience over members receiving their entitlements.

What needs to happen now?

ASIC’s report is a wake-up call, but real reform requires strong action.

Super funds must be held to clear, binding processing timelines, with meaningful penalties for non-compliance. Standardising requirements across the industry would eliminate unnecessary hurdles, ensuring all beneficiaries are treated fairly.

Beyond regulation, funds must improve communication and accountability. Bereaved families deserve clear, plain language guidance on what to expect, not bureaucratic roadblocks or sudden document requests.

Technological upgrades should focus on reducing delays, not just internal efficiencies.

And to better support families, an independent claims advocate could help navigate the process, ensuring no one is left to struggle alone.

Has ASIC gone far enough?

While ASIC’s review is a step in the right direction, it does not fundamentally overhaul flawed claims-handling practices.

The recommendations lack enforceability, relying on voluntary compliance.

Also, the role of insurers within super remains largely unaddressed, despite death benefits being tied to life insurance policies. This often causes further complications and delays.

Ensuring insurers adopt and apply ASIC’s recommendations will be critical for meaningful change.

Most importantly, super funds must remember that behind every claim is a grieving family. No one should have to fight for what they are owed during one of the most stressful times in their life.The Conversation

Natalie Peng, Lecturer in Accounting, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.